<![CDATA[On Your Terms®]]>14b28e68-d061-5beb-a63d-61ddf240ae94Wed, 08 Apr 2026 16:48:11 +0000Captivate.fmSam Vander Wielenhttps://artwork.captivate.fm/dcf17a6c-be5f-433f-9d97-06a949624bbe/Zw_iksMdISlQbnieoMtiZJjQ.jpgOn Your Terms®Sam Vander WielenSam Vander WielenA podcast for online business owners who refuse to choose between revenue and a real life. Most business advice tells you to hustle harder, post more, and "always be on." I'm here to tell you that's BS—and I have the multi-seven-figure business to prove it. I'm Sam Vander Wielen, and I've built a thriving online business while protecting my mornings, unplugging at night, and actually living the life I built my business for. Every week, I share the marketing strategies, legal foundations, and lifestyle boundaries that keep my business profitable without stealing my peace. Whether you're building your first six figures or scaling past seven, this show will help you grow your revenue without sacrificing your presence, your sleep, or your sanity. Because success isn't just about how much you make—it's about having the freedom to actually enjoy your life. New to my world? I’m a lawyer-turned-entrepreneur who built an 7-figure digital product business helping thousands of founders legally protect and grow their online businesses. These days, I’m here to share not just the legal clarity but the lessons, stories, and strategies that make business and life more fulfilling. I'm the author of the best-selling book, When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy, and a weekly newsletter called Sam's Sidebar. Originally a proud Philly girl, I now live ON Long Island with my husband, Ryan, and bernedoodle/velcrodog, Hudson.https://samvanderwielen.comfalseepisodic83b3ecf0-0b42-11f1-8fc2-b9a8368153d1nopodcast283. How I Actually Decide What to Send My Email List (Even When I Have No Idea)283. How I Actually Decide What to Send My Email List (Even When I Have No Idea)If you've ever opened a blank document to write your newsletter and immediately closed it again, this one's for you.

I've been sending my weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar, consistently for years, and in this episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on exactly how I decide what to write every single week. Including the time I scrapped a completely finished email the morning it was supposed to go out, wrote something raw and real in about five minutes, and watched my inbox light up with replies all day long.

This is the behind-the-scenes process I use to make email feel less like a chore and more like one of the most powerful, reliable tools in my business.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. Why I always start by zooming out on my business before I write a single word
  2. How to reverse engineer your email from your call to action so everything you write actually has a point
  3. Why your call to action doesn't always have to be a sale (and what to do between launches)
  4. The one habit that makes finding topics infinitely easier, even when your brain is totally blank
  5. How I turned a frustrated, throw-it-all-out moment into one of my most-responded-to emails ever

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Get your copy of Sam's book When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy
  3. If you have a question you’d like Sam to answer on a future podcast episode, you can submit it here.
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you've ever opened a blank document to write your newsletter and immediately closed it again, this one's for you.

I've been sending my weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar, consistently for years, and in this episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on exactly how I decide what to write every single week. Including the time I scrapped a completely finished email the morning it was supposed to go out, wrote something raw and real in about five minutes, and watched my inbox light up with replies all day long.

This is the behind-the-scenes process I use to make email feel less like a chore and more like one of the most powerful, reliable tools in my business.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. Why I always start by zooming out on my business before I write a single word
  2. How to reverse engineer your email from your call to action so everything you write actually has a point
  3. Why your call to action doesn't always have to be a sale (and what to do between launches)
  4. The one habit that makes finding topics infinitely easier, even when your brain is totally blank
  5. How I turned a frustrated, throw-it-all-out moment into one of my most-responded-to emails ever

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Get your copy of Sam's book When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy
  3. If you have a question you’d like Sam to answer on a future podcast episode, you can submit it here.
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>809f18bc-394f-48fa-a077-05df6649b689Mon, 06 Apr 2026 05:30:00 -040030:08falsefull283283282: The End-of-Quarter Habit That Will Change How You Run Your Business282: The End-of-Quarter Habit That Will Change How You Run Your BusinessQ1 is officially in the books — so before you barrel headfirst into Q2, let's actually stop and take stock of how it went.

In this episode, I'm walking you through the end-of-quarter check-in I use in my own business — one that covers both your stats and your vibes — so you can go into the next quarter with one clear focus, a simple plan, and a lot less "why does running this business feel so chaotic?" energy.

We'll talk about how to look at your numbers without spiraling into a shame spiral, how to figure out whether you have a leads problem or a sales problem (because the answer totally changes your Q2 plan), and why the things that are draining you in your business are probably directly connected to what's not working in your data.

I'm also sharing my personal Q1 gap year update — what's working, what's not, the mastermind I very painfully said no to, and the morning routine that finally helped me get my writing practice off the ground.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. How to review your Q1 stats without spiraling into a shame spiral (the "curious scientist" approach is a game-changer)
  2. Why picking one single focus for Q2 will get you further than 16 half-finished goals ever will
  3. The "vibes check" — how to honestly assess how this quarter felt and what that means for Q2
  4. Why what's draining you in your business might be directly connected to what's not working in your stats
  5. My personal Q1 gap year update, including the mastermind I painfully said no to, the morning writing routine that finally clicked, and why "gap year" does NOT mean I'm sitting on a beach doing nothing

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Sam's Substack post: Taking a Gap Year as an Entrepreneur: My Year of Letting Go in 2026
  3. Sam's Substack post: I called it a gap year—and everyone heard “year off.”
  4. Check out The Brick (affiliate link)
  5. Kit what I use to build my email list, send emails to my list, and create opt-in forms & pages (affiliate link)
  6. If you have a question you’d like Sam to answer on a future podcast episode, you can submit it here.
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Q1 is officially in the books — so before you barrel headfirst into Q2, let's actually stop and take stock of how it went.

In this episode, I'm walking you through the end-of-quarter check-in I use in my own business — one that covers both your stats and your vibes — so you can go into the next quarter with one clear focus, a simple plan, and a lot less "why does running this business feel so chaotic?" energy.

We'll talk about how to look at your numbers without spiraling into a shame spiral, how to figure out whether you have a leads problem or a sales problem (because the answer totally changes your Q2 plan), and why the things that are draining you in your business are probably directly connected to what's not working in your data.

I'm also sharing my personal Q1 gap year update — what's working, what's not, the mastermind I very painfully said no to, and the morning routine that finally helped me get my writing practice off the ground.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. How to review your Q1 stats without spiraling into a shame spiral (the "curious scientist" approach is a game-changer)
  2. Why picking one single focus for Q2 will get you further than 16 half-finished goals ever will
  3. The "vibes check" — how to honestly assess how this quarter felt and what that means for Q2
  4. Why what's draining you in your business might be directly connected to what's not working in your stats
  5. My personal Q1 gap year update, including the mastermind I painfully said no to, the morning writing routine that finally clicked, and why "gap year" does NOT mean I'm sitting on a beach doing nothing

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Sam's Substack post: Taking a Gap Year as an Entrepreneur: My Year of Letting Go in 2026
  3. Sam's Substack post: I called it a gap year—and everyone heard “year off.”
  4. Check out The Brick (affiliate link)
  5. Kit what I use to build my email list, send emails to my list, and create opt-in forms & pages (affiliate link)
  6. If you have a question you’d like Sam to answer on a future podcast episode, you can submit it here.
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0eb03d38-653d-4c39-a1c1-e6f99708a677Mon, 30 Mar 2026 05:30:00 -040037:09falsefull282282281. How I Made $500K in 4 Days (The Real Story)281. How I Made $500K in 4 Days (The Real Story)Sam pulls back the curtain on her biggest launch ever — $500K in revenue in just four days. She's sharing the real numbers: 11,000 webinar registrants, a 5% conversion rate, and exactly what she spent on ads to get there. But this isn't just a brag fest — Sam gets honest about what's actually behind a launch like this, why you can't just copy someone else's formula, and what entrepreneurs at every stage can take away and apply to their own business.

Whether you're planning your first launch or looking to scale, this episode is packed with practical strategy on webinars, email list marketing, buyer objections, and building an online business that actually converts.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. The actual stats from my $500K launch — including webinar registrations, show-up rates, conversion percentages, and ad spend (yes, I'm sharing the numbers)
  2. Why I switched from three live webinars down to one — and how it actually increased my results
  3. The "show up" email strategy I use to get more people to attend the webinar live (and why it works way better than a basic reminder)
  4. How I think about Meta ads as their own social channel — and when you should (and absolutely should not) start running ads
  5. The three main buyer objections I prepare for in every launch — and how I use testimonials to overcome each one

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Grab a copy of Sam's Book When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy
  3. Read Sam's Substack post: I called it a gap year—and everyone heard “year off.”
  4. If you have a question you’d like Sam to answer on a future podcast episode, you can submit it here.
  5. Learn more about VideoAsk (affiliate link)
  6. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Sam pulls back the curtain on her biggest launch ever — $500K in revenue in just four days. She's sharing the real numbers: 11,000 webinar registrants, a 5% conversion rate, and exactly what she spent on ads to get there. But this isn't just a brag fest — Sam gets honest about what's actually behind a launch like this, why you can't just copy someone else's formula, and what entrepreneurs at every stage can take away and apply to their own business.

Whether you're planning your first launch or looking to scale, this episode is packed with practical strategy on webinars, email list marketing, buyer objections, and building an online business that actually converts.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. The actual stats from my $500K launch — including webinar registrations, show-up rates, conversion percentages, and ad spend (yes, I'm sharing the numbers)
  2. Why I switched from three live webinars down to one — and how it actually increased my results
  3. The "show up" email strategy I use to get more people to attend the webinar live (and why it works way better than a basic reminder)
  4. How I think about Meta ads as their own social channel — and when you should (and absolutely should not) start running ads
  5. The three main buyer objections I prepare for in every launch — and how I use testimonials to overcome each one

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Grab a copy of Sam's Book When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy
  3. Read Sam's Substack post: I called it a gap year—and everyone heard “year off.”
  4. If you have a question you’d like Sam to answer on a future podcast episode, you can submit it here.
  5. Learn more about VideoAsk (affiliate link)
  6. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8f70df76-10a9-47d6-97bc-7076dc7a235dMon, 23 Mar 2026 05:30:00 -040001:01:10falsefull281281280. How I Got My First 1,000 Subscribers on Substack280. How I Got My First 1,000 Subscribers on SubstackEveryone's talking about Substack — and maybe you're curious, a little skeptical, and 100% wondering if you actually need to add another platform to your already-full plate. (Spoiler: you don't need to. But you might want to after this.)

In this episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on exactly how I grew my Substack, Beyond Business, to 1,000 subscribers using only organic strategies — no importing my 60,000+ person email list, no fancy custom design, no team of people building it out for me. Just consistent writing, a growth mindset, and a few simple (but powerful) tactics I wish I'd known earlier.

You’ll hear…

  1. Why I started a Substack when I already have an email list of 60,000+ people (and why it's absolutely not an either/or decision)
  2. The #1 mindset shift you need before you ever publish your first post Why becoming a fan of the platform first is one of the most underrated growth strategies out there
  3. How I built a consistent writing habit — and what happened to my creativity when I actually stuck with it
  4. The "idea bank" strategy that keeps me showing up even when inspiration goes on vacation
  5. Why you need to bank essays before you let the world respond to your writing
  6. How to use Substack Notes to grow your audience without burning out
  7. The referrals and recommendations strategy I used to accelerate growth (and exactly how to ask for them without being weird about it)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  3. Episode 271. Why I Started a Substack When I Already Have an Email List
  4. Episode 279. What to Focus on First If You Want to Build an Audience
  5. Sam's episode of Amelia Hruby's podcast, Off the Grid
  6. AI All Stars by Gemma Bonham-Carter (custom GPTs for your business) (affiliate link)
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Everyone's talking about Substack — and maybe you're curious, a little skeptical, and 100% wondering if you actually need to add another platform to your already-full plate. (Spoiler: you don't need to. But you might want to after this.)

In this episode, I'm pulling back the curtain on exactly how I grew my Substack, Beyond Business, to 1,000 subscribers using only organic strategies — no importing my 60,000+ person email list, no fancy custom design, no team of people building it out for me. Just consistent writing, a growth mindset, and a few simple (but powerful) tactics I wish I'd known earlier.

You’ll hear…

  1. Why I started a Substack when I already have an email list of 60,000+ people (and why it's absolutely not an either/or decision)
  2. The #1 mindset shift you need before you ever publish your first post Why becoming a fan of the platform first is one of the most underrated growth strategies out there
  3. How I built a consistent writing habit — and what happened to my creativity when I actually stuck with it
  4. The "idea bank" strategy that keeps me showing up even when inspiration goes on vacation
  5. Why you need to bank essays before you let the world respond to your writing
  6. How to use Substack Notes to grow your audience without burning out
  7. The referrals and recommendations strategy I used to accelerate growth (and exactly how to ask for them without being weird about it)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  3. Episode 271. Why I Started a Substack When I Already Have an Email List
  4. Episode 279. What to Focus on First If You Want to Build an Audience
  5. Sam's episode of Amelia Hruby's podcast, Off the Grid
  6. AI All Stars by Gemma Bonham-Carter (custom GPTs for your business) (affiliate link)
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>447c3271-ce70-403a-a96b-5c5f3d947cf8Mon, 16 Mar 2026 05:30:00 -040042:30falsefull280280279. You Have to Get Good First (Then the Audience Follows)279. You Have to Get Good First (Then the Audience Follows)If you’re trying to grow your audience for your online business, you’ve probably heard advice like “build the audience first” or “you need followers before you can launch.” But what if that’s backwards?

In this episode of On Your Terms®, Sam shares the real foundation of sustainable audience growth—and why focusing on followers, email list size, or social media metrics too early can actually slow you down. Instead, she breaks down how mastering your craft (whether that’s writing, podcasting, video, or your core service) is what truly builds an audience that sticks.

You’ll hear…

  1. Why obsessing over audience size can distract you from building actual skill
  2. The “wedding vs. marriage” analogy that changed how I think about growth
  3. What I realized after being in a mastermind with serious writers
  4. How to practice your craft in public without spiraling over metrics
  5. How to consume content in a way that fuels your output (instead of becoming a content junk drawer)
  6. A simple way to audit whether your time matches what you say you want

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  3. Get Sam's Book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’re trying to grow your audience for your online business, you’ve probably heard advice like “build the audience first” or “you need followers before you can launch.” But what if that’s backwards?

In this episode of On Your Terms®, Sam shares the real foundation of sustainable audience growth—and why focusing on followers, email list size, or social media metrics too early can actually slow you down. Instead, she breaks down how mastering your craft (whether that’s writing, podcasting, video, or your core service) is what truly builds an audience that sticks.

You’ll hear…

  1. Why obsessing over audience size can distract you from building actual skill
  2. The “wedding vs. marriage” analogy that changed how I think about growth
  3. What I realized after being in a mastermind with serious writers
  4. How to practice your craft in public without spiraling over metrics
  5. How to consume content in a way that fuels your output (instead of becoming a content junk drawer)
  6. A simple way to audit whether your time matches what you say you want

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  3. Get Sam's Book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>661dedb4-24e7-4114-aac2-ab23614b1e11Mon, 09 Mar 2026 05:30:00 -040034:32falsefull279279278. Make This List If You're Burnt Out (It Changed Everything)278. Make This List If You're Burnt Out (It Changed Everything)Have you ever heard a quote at exactly the moment you needed it? Like it practically reached out and grabbed you by the shoulders?

That happened to me recently when I heard this line from The Artist’s Way: "perfectionism isn’t a quest for the best… it’s a pursuit of the worst in ourselves.

Oof. Holy cannoli. That one knocked me flat.

In this episode, I’m sharing the simple exercise that helped me see my burnout in black and white—and how you can use it to finally exhale.

You’ll hear…

  1. The quote about perfectionism that stopped me in my tracks
  2. The unexpected way I realized I am a perfectionist (even though I swore I wasn’t)
  3. What I wrote on my “trying to do this perfectly” list—and why it shocked me
  4. How this one list immediately softened my burnout and anxiety
  5. Why doing “everything right” might actually be the thing holding you back

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever heard a quote at exactly the moment you needed it? Like it practically reached out and grabbed you by the shoulders?

That happened to me recently when I heard this line from The Artist’s Way: "perfectionism isn’t a quest for the best… it’s a pursuit of the worst in ourselves.

Oof. Holy cannoli. That one knocked me flat.

In this episode, I’m sharing the simple exercise that helped me see my burnout in black and white—and how you can use it to finally exhale.

You’ll hear…

  1. The quote about perfectionism that stopped me in my tracks
  2. The unexpected way I realized I am a perfectionist (even though I swore I wasn’t)
  3. What I wrote on my “trying to do this perfectly” list—and why it shocked me
  4. How this one list immediately softened my burnout and anxiety
  5. Why doing “everything right” might actually be the thing holding you back

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

EPISODE RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>195b1d3e-ccf5-4602-b97f-ba2e12f0cee9Mon, 02 Mar 2026 05:30:00 -040018:10falsefull278278277. The 6 Types of Rest (And Why Sleep Isn't Enough)277. The 6 Types of Rest (And Why Sleep Isn't Enough)If you’re building a business, doing “all the right things,” and still feel exhausted even after a full night of sleep… this episode is for you.

So many entrepreneurs think rest is something you earn later — after the launch, after the revenue goal, after things finally feel “stable.” And that belief keeps you stuck in a cycle of pushing, white-knuckling, and wondering why you’re burned out even though you technically love your work.

I’m breaking down the 6 different types of rest, why sleep alone won’t fix burnout, and how I’ve been intentionally weaving more play, creativity, and relief into my life and business — without stepping away from work entirely.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why sleep isn’t the kind of rest most business owners actually need
  • The 6 types of rest and how burnout can show up even when you “love what you do”
  • How pressure, grief, and mental load quietly drain your energy
  • What it looks like to rest while building — not after
  • Simple ways to add more joy, play, and creativity into your everyday life

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’re building a business, doing “all the right things,” and still feel exhausted even after a full night of sleep… this episode is for you.

So many entrepreneurs think rest is something you earn later — after the launch, after the revenue goal, after things finally feel “stable.” And that belief keeps you stuck in a cycle of pushing, white-knuckling, and wondering why you’re burned out even though you technically love your work.

I’m breaking down the 6 different types of rest, why sleep alone won’t fix burnout, and how I’ve been intentionally weaving more play, creativity, and relief into my life and business — without stepping away from work entirely.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why sleep isn’t the kind of rest most business owners actually need
  • The 6 types of rest and how burnout can show up even when you “love what you do”
  • How pressure, grief, and mental load quietly drain your energy
  • What it looks like to rest while building — not after
  • Simple ways to add more joy, play, and creativity into your everyday life

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>4ca0b114-c55b-4ed8-a86c-51fe5c85c35aMon, 23 Feb 2026 05:30:00 -040040:17falsefull277277276. The Monthly Goals Method (Steal This)276. The Monthly Goals Method (Steal This)It’s mid-February (or honestly… March… or April… or whenever you’re listening), and if your New Year’s goals already feel like they’ve floated off into the abyss — you’re not broken. You’re just human.

In this episode, I’m breaking down why January 1st is kind of a terrible time to set goals, especially if you’ve been navigating grief, uncertainty, burnout, or just… life. I’m sharing how I actually set goals now using a monthly goals method that’s way more realistic, flexible, and supportive — and yes, you’re absolutely allowed to steal it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why January 1st isn’t actually a clean slate (and never has been)
  2. How grief, uncertainty, and burnout affect goal-setting more than we admit
  3. The monthly goals method I use instead of New Year’s resolutions
  4. How to set goals when you don’t feel clear or motivated
  5. Ways to bring “new year energy” into any month of the year
  6. How to stay present and profitable without rigid long-term plans

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>It’s mid-February (or honestly… March… or April… or whenever you’re listening), and if your New Year’s goals already feel like they’ve floated off into the abyss — you’re not broken. You’re just human.

In this episode, I’m breaking down why January 1st is kind of a terrible time to set goals, especially if you’ve been navigating grief, uncertainty, burnout, or just… life. I’m sharing how I actually set goals now using a monthly goals method that’s way more realistic, flexible, and supportive — and yes, you’re absolutely allowed to steal it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why January 1st isn’t actually a clean slate (and never has been)
  2. How grief, uncertainty, and burnout affect goal-setting more than we admit
  3. The monthly goals method I use instead of New Year’s resolutions
  4. How to set goals when you don’t feel clear or motivated
  5. Ways to bring “new year energy” into any month of the year
  6. How to stay present and profitable without rigid long-term plans

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>8df2cd81-4f40-40ba-be8f-c550f3488669Mon, 16 Feb 2026 05:30:00 -040037:53falsefull276276275. 6 Lessons I Wish I Knew 5 Years Ago275. 6 Lessons I Wish I Knew 5 Years AgoThere’s this moment in business where you keep thinking, okay… when does it get easier? When does the stress chill out, the money feel steadier, and you finally get to enjoy what you’re building?

Here’s the sneaky truth I wish someone had told me sooner: the “someday” version of your life isn’t where the joy starts. The rise is actually the fun part.

In this episode, I’m sitting down with the version of myself from five years ago (hello, 2021 Sam) and sharing the six lessons I wish I could’ve handed her in a note. These aren’t fluffy business platitudes — they’re the real, lived-in truths that only come from building a seven-figure business, navigating massive personal loss, and realizing the mountaintop doesn’t feel the way everyone promises it will

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why the rise is actually the best part (even when it feels messy)
  • The hard truth about the “carrot” always moving in business
  • How chasing someone else’s version of success can quietly wreck your joy
  • Why you don’t need to be “one of them” to build a wildly successful business
  • How to stay confident being a leader — especially when new platforms and trends pop up
  • The simple mindset shift that helped me finally loosen my grip on control

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>There’s this moment in business where you keep thinking, okay… when does it get easier? When does the stress chill out, the money feel steadier, and you finally get to enjoy what you’re building?

Here’s the sneaky truth I wish someone had told me sooner: the “someday” version of your life isn’t where the joy starts. The rise is actually the fun part.

In this episode, I’m sitting down with the version of myself from five years ago (hello, 2021 Sam) and sharing the six lessons I wish I could’ve handed her in a note. These aren’t fluffy business platitudes — they’re the real, lived-in truths that only come from building a seven-figure business, navigating massive personal loss, and realizing the mountaintop doesn’t feel the way everyone promises it will

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why the rise is actually the best part (even when it feels messy)
  • The hard truth about the “carrot” always moving in business
  • How chasing someone else’s version of success can quietly wreck your joy
  • Why you don’t need to be “one of them” to build a wildly successful business
  • How to stay confident being a leader — especially when new platforms and trends pop up
  • The simple mindset shift that helped me finally loosen my grip on control

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>78414661-1d1c-4711-a265-bd2491034e3dMon, 09 Feb 2026 05:30:00 -040038:53falsefull275275How To Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business in 2026How To Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business in 2026In this episode, you get to hear my full live training, “How To Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business in 2026.” I’ll give you the five steps every entrepreneur needs to take. We’ll cover shifting your mindset, registering as the right business entity, protecting yourself in case of a lawsuit, getting your contracts and policies in place, and staying within your scope of practice.

Whether you’re a coach, course creator, service provider, or product-based entrepreneur, I’m walking you through the five simple legal steps you must take to set up your business, protect your content, and get paid confidently.

No law degree (or stress spiral) required.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • 5 things you must have in place before accepting even $1 (more) online
  • Exact steps to form your business
  • Should you become an LLC or sole prop? 
  • Why you NEED to have business insurance (it’s so worth it)
  • An actual method for figuring out what you can (and cannot) do online or when you’re NOT working under your professional license

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, you get to hear my full live training, “How To Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business in 2026.” I’ll give you the five steps every entrepreneur needs to take. We’ll cover shifting your mindset, registering as the right business entity, protecting yourself in case of a lawsuit, getting your contracts and policies in place, and staying within your scope of practice.

Whether you’re a coach, course creator, service provider, or product-based entrepreneur, I’m walking you through the five simple legal steps you must take to set up your business, protect your content, and get paid confidently.

No law degree (or stress spiral) required.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • 5 things you must have in place before accepting even $1 (more) online
  • Exact steps to form your business
  • Should you become an LLC or sole prop? 
  • Why you NEED to have business insurance (it’s so worth it)
  • An actual method for figuring out what you can (and cannot) do online or when you’re NOT working under your professional license

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

]]>ec4b1ecf-8e3e-45bc-9205-7739643f0763Mon, 09 Feb 2026 05:30:00 -040001:21:33falsefull274. 4 Tiny Shifts I Make Every Winter (so I feel cozy, not crushed)274. 4 Tiny Shifts I Make Every Winter (so I feel cozy, not crushed)When it gets dark before you’ve even wrapped up work for the day, winter can feel like it shrinks your whole life. Suddenly everything feels harder, heavier, and honestly… a little bleak. And while part of you might want to hibernate until April, another part of you knows that doesn’t really work when you’re running a business and trying to live a full life.

In this episode, I’m sharing how I’ve learned to actually work with winter instead of fighting it. After moving from Philly to the north shore of Long Island (where winter is colder, darker, windier, and somehow five degrees colder just to be rude), I had to build a real winter toolkit — not just cozy socks, but mindset shifts, routines, and intentional rituals that make this season feel supportive instead of soul-crushing.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why your relationship with winter might be making it harder than it needs to be
  • The mindset shift that completely changed how I experience winter
  • How I intentionally design winter to feel cozy, grounding, and even enjoyable
  • Why winter is actually essential for creativity, energy, and long-term sustainability
  • Simple routines and rituals that give you something to look forward to all season long

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>When it gets dark before you’ve even wrapped up work for the day, winter can feel like it shrinks your whole life. Suddenly everything feels harder, heavier, and honestly… a little bleak. And while part of you might want to hibernate until April, another part of you knows that doesn’t really work when you’re running a business and trying to live a full life.

In this episode, I’m sharing how I’ve learned to actually work with winter instead of fighting it. After moving from Philly to the north shore of Long Island (where winter is colder, darker, windier, and somehow five degrees colder just to be rude), I had to build a real winter toolkit — not just cozy socks, but mindset shifts, routines, and intentional rituals that make this season feel supportive instead of soul-crushing.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why your relationship with winter might be making it harder than it needs to be
  • The mindset shift that completely changed how I experience winter
  • How I intentionally design winter to feel cozy, grounding, and even enjoyable
  • Why winter is actually essential for creativity, energy, and long-term sustainability
  • Simple routines and rituals that give you something to look forward to all season long

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>a207e850-896d-4842-b32e-4c32d073f4cbMon, 02 Feb 2026 05:30:00 -040018:11falsefull274274273. I Refilmed My Entire Signature Program (Here’s What I Didn’t Expect)273. I Refilmed My Entire Signature Program (Here’s What I Didn’t Expect)Re-shooting all the videos for a product that’s generated over $8 million sounds like a straightforward business upgrade… until it isn’t.

In this episode, I’m taking you behind the scenes of what it was really like to re-record every single video inside the Ultimate Bundle®. Spoiler alert: this was about way more than lighting, scripts, or batch recording. It cracked open a lot for me — about grief, seasons of business, fear of slowing down, and the pressure we put on ourselves to constantly “improve” things that are already working.

If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by a big project, nostalgic for earlier seasons of your business, or quietly scared of what might happen if you let yourself rest, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why re-shooting the Ultimate Bundle® felt more like reliving the bar exam than a simple content update
  • What building an MVP actually looks like over eight years of growth
  • The hidden cost of having a wildly successful signature product
  • How grief, loss, and survival mode quietly shaped my business from 2020 on
  • Why “easy” seasons of business can feel surprisingly uncomfortable
  • What early-stage hustle teaches you that success sometimes takes away
  • How I approached updating a proven product without burning it all down

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:

CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>Re-shooting all the videos for a product that’s generated over $8 million sounds like a straightforward business upgrade… until it isn’t.

In this episode, I’m taking you behind the scenes of what it was really like to re-record every single video inside the Ultimate Bundle®. Spoiler alert: this was about way more than lighting, scripts, or batch recording. It cracked open a lot for me — about grief, seasons of business, fear of slowing down, and the pressure we put on ourselves to constantly “improve” things that are already working.

If you’ve ever felt overwhelmed by a big project, nostalgic for earlier seasons of your business, or quietly scared of what might happen if you let yourself rest, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why re-shooting the Ultimate Bundle® felt more like reliving the bar exam than a simple content update
  • What building an MVP actually looks like over eight years of growth
  • The hidden cost of having a wildly successful signature product
  • How grief, loss, and survival mode quietly shaped my business from 2020 on
  • Why “easy” seasons of business can feel surprisingly uncomfortable
  • What early-stage hustle teaches you that success sometimes takes away
  • How I approached updating a proven product without burning it all down

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:

CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>b65d8883-0b1d-4f1b-813d-7c2f887ba357Mon, 26 Jan 2026 05:30:00 -040032:03falsefull273273272. What Happened When I Actually Took My Screen Time Seriously for 30 Days272. What Happened When I Actually Took My Screen Time Seriously for 30 DaysWe all know that moment. It’s Sunday. Your phone buzzes. And suddenly you’re staring down your weekly screen time report wondering… how did THAT happen?

For me, those little reports started to feel like a mirror I didn’t really want to look into. The number on the screen didn’t line up with the life I said I wanted to be living—more present, less irritable, doing deeper work, and actually enjoying my days instead of scrolling through them.

So I decided to stop ignoring it and actually take my screen time seriously. In this episode, I’m sharing what happened when I did just that—for 30 days.

This isn’t about deleting every app or pretending your phone isn’t a major part of your business (because let’s be real… it is). It’s about creating a healthier relationship with your phone so it can be a tool instead of an appendage—and building a business that doesn’t require you to be glued to it 24/7.

If you want to be more present in your life and more profitable in your business, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why your screen time report can reveal way more about your life than you think
  • How I reduced my screen time without shame, guilt, or extreme rules
  • The difference between “productive” screen time and the kind that quietly drains you
  • The app that consistently sends me into a doom-scrolling spiral (and what I do about it)
  • How to find your personal tipping point with screen time—without comparing yourself to anyone else

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:




DISCLAIMER

]]>We all know that moment. It’s Sunday. Your phone buzzes. And suddenly you’re staring down your weekly screen time report wondering… how did THAT happen?

For me, those little reports started to feel like a mirror I didn’t really want to look into. The number on the screen didn’t line up with the life I said I wanted to be living—more present, less irritable, doing deeper work, and actually enjoying my days instead of scrolling through them.

So I decided to stop ignoring it and actually take my screen time seriously. In this episode, I’m sharing what happened when I did just that—for 30 days.

This isn’t about deleting every app or pretending your phone isn’t a major part of your business (because let’s be real… it is). It’s about creating a healthier relationship with your phone so it can be a tool instead of an appendage—and building a business that doesn’t require you to be glued to it 24/7.

If you want to be more present in your life and more profitable in your business, this episode is for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Why your screen time report can reveal way more about your life than you think
  • How I reduced my screen time without shame, guilt, or extreme rules
  • The difference between “productive” screen time and the kind that quietly drains you
  • The app that consistently sends me into a doom-scrolling spiral (and what I do about it)
  • How to find your personal tipping point with screen time—without comparing yourself to anyone else

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:




DISCLAIMER

]]>3cb1405c-5961-45f5-9da0-6fae4a5afa4bMon, 19 Jan 2026 05:30:00 -040026:53falsefull272272271. Substack vs. My Newsletter: What Goes Where (and Why)271. Substack vs. My Newsletter: What Goes Where (and Why)If you’ve been side-eyeing Substack trying to figure out whether you should start one, what you’d even put on it, or how it’s different from your “regular” newsletter… this episode is your permission slip to breathe. Because guess what? I’ve been figuring this out in real time too — and today, I’m breaking down exactly how I’m using both Substack and my newsletter, why I treat them differently, and how YOU can create a simple, sustainable content structure that actually supports your business.

I’ll also walk you through the discovery → nurture → conversion framework I use to decide which platforms get my energy — and which ones simply get a presence without becoming a second job. Because you are absolutely not meant to create cornerstone content for 19 platforms. No thank you.

Whether you’re Substack-curious, newsletter-confused, or trying to design a content flow that doesn’t make you want to run away to a cabin in the woods, this episode will give you clarity.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How I’m using Substack differently from my weekly business newsletter
  2. Why your content should flow from one or two core platforms (not all of them)
  3. The discovery–nurture–conversion method I use to understand where each platform fits
  4. How I’m thinking about Substack as an experiment (and why that’s OK!)
  5. What goes on Substack vs. what stays in my main newsletter
  6. How to decide where YOUR content belongs without overthinking it

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Subscribe to Sam's Substack Beyond Business
  3. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  4. Listen to Sam on Cubicle to CEO Episode 293. 46k List Growth Case Study: From Snooze-Worthy To Subscriber Magnet
  5. Writing a Book Podcast Playlist
  6. Kit - what I use to build my email list, send emails to my list, and create opt-in forms & pages (affiliate link)
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"
  6. DISCLAIMER

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’ve been side-eyeing Substack trying to figure out whether you should start one, what you’d even put on it, or how it’s different from your “regular” newsletter… this episode is your permission slip to breathe. Because guess what? I’ve been figuring this out in real time too — and today, I’m breaking down exactly how I’m using both Substack and my newsletter, why I treat them differently, and how YOU can create a simple, sustainable content structure that actually supports your business.

I’ll also walk you through the discovery → nurture → conversion framework I use to decide which platforms get my energy — and which ones simply get a presence without becoming a second job. Because you are absolutely not meant to create cornerstone content for 19 platforms. No thank you.

Whether you’re Substack-curious, newsletter-confused, or trying to design a content flow that doesn’t make you want to run away to a cabin in the woods, this episode will give you clarity.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How I’m using Substack differently from my weekly business newsletter
  2. Why your content should flow from one or two core platforms (not all of them)
  3. The discovery–nurture–conversion method I use to understand where each platform fits
  4. How I’m thinking about Substack as an experiment (and why that’s OK!)
  5. What goes on Substack vs. what stays in my main newsletter
  6. How to decide where YOUR content belongs without overthinking it

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Subscribe to Sam's Substack Beyond Business
  3. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  4. Listen to Sam on Cubicle to CEO Episode 293. 46k List Growth Case Study: From Snooze-Worthy To Subscriber Magnet
  5. Writing a Book Podcast Playlist
  6. Kit - what I use to build my email list, send emails to my list, and create opt-in forms & pages (affiliate link)
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"
  6. DISCLAIMER

DISCLAIMER

]]>ff2928c7-977a-4a67-bc6c-ed4ee0ed59d6Mon, 12 Jan 2026 05:30:00 -040031:05falsefull271271270. Is AI Quietly Killing My Creativity?270. Is AI Quietly Killing My Creativity?Let’s talk about the thing I didn’t even realize was happening until it had already messed with my head: AI was quietly killing my creativity.

If you’ve ever opened your laptop, told yourself you’re “just getting a little AI help,” and then suddenly noticed your ideas feel watered down, your content feels off, and you’re second-guessing everything—you’re not alone. When I posted about this on Instagram, you confirmed that this little creep has been slipping into your business too… and not in the cute, helpful way we hoped.

So today, I’m getting brutally honest about how AI slowly started impacting my creativity, confidence, workflow, and even the way I approached this podcast. This episode is your reminder that your most valuable business asset is your brain—your original ideas—not a robot’s outline telling you how you should create.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How AI slowly crept into my creative process without me realizing it
  2. The dangerous shift from “this helps” → “this must know better than me”
  3. How AI’s feedback made me doubt my instincts and dry up my idea well
  4. The moment I realized AI was contributing to a huge creativity block
  5. What happened when I quit using AI for outlines, brainstorming, and feedback
  6. The difference between using AI as a repurposing tool vs. as a creator
  7. The creative habits and practices I’m returning to in 2026
  8. How to rebuild your originality in a world obsessed with shortcuts

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Subscribe to Sam's Substack Beyond Business
  3. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  4. My Instagram Reel on quitting ChatGPT
  5. Listen to Episode 140. We Need To Talk About Dupe Culture
  6. Meet Your AI All Stars Course (affiliate link)
  7. Grab the Ultimate Bundle®
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  9. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Let’s talk about the thing I didn’t even realize was happening until it had already messed with my head: AI was quietly killing my creativity.

If you’ve ever opened your laptop, told yourself you’re “just getting a little AI help,” and then suddenly noticed your ideas feel watered down, your content feels off, and you’re second-guessing everything—you’re not alone. When I posted about this on Instagram, you confirmed that this little creep has been slipping into your business too… and not in the cute, helpful way we hoped.

So today, I’m getting brutally honest about how AI slowly started impacting my creativity, confidence, workflow, and even the way I approached this podcast. This episode is your reminder that your most valuable business asset is your brain—your original ideas—not a robot’s outline telling you how you should create.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How AI slowly crept into my creative process without me realizing it
  2. The dangerous shift from “this helps” → “this must know better than me”
  3. How AI’s feedback made me doubt my instincts and dry up my idea well
  4. The moment I realized AI was contributing to a huge creativity block
  5. What happened when I quit using AI for outlines, brainstorming, and feedback
  6. The difference between using AI as a repurposing tool vs. as a creator
  7. The creative habits and practices I’m returning to in 2026
  8. How to rebuild your originality in a world obsessed with shortcuts

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Subscribe to Sam's Substack Beyond Business
  3. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  4. My Instagram Reel on quitting ChatGPT
  5. Listen to Episode 140. We Need To Talk About Dupe Culture
  6. Meet Your AI All Stars Course (affiliate link)
  7. Grab the Ultimate Bundle®
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  9. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>fbe07664-e98e-41a3-931b-0a46f930541cMon, 05 Jan 2026 05:30:00 -040031:15falsefull270270269. 4 Tiny Habits I Do Before Year-End (So 2026 Is More Profitable and Peaceful)269. 4 Tiny Habits I Do Before Year-End (So 2026 Is More Profitable and Peaceful)You know that feeling when you come back to your desk in January and everything is a disaster? Your desktop looks like a digital garage sale, your office chair is still wearing yesterday’s sweater, and your brain feels like it’s running 42 tabs at once?

Yeah… we’re not doing that this year.

In this episode, I’m sharing the super simple, totally doable tasks I’m doing in the next two weeks—while cozied up in my pjs —to close out 2025 in a way that feels calm, grounded, and actually restorative. No “new year, new hustle” energy required. Just a cleaner home base, a quieter mind, and a business you can step back into without the chaos hangover.

This is your permission slip to put the laptop away, clean the slate, and give your future self a January that feels good.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The 4 things I always do to wrap up my business before the holidays
  2. Why I deep clean everything (yes, including the dreaded office drawer) before taking time off
  3. How I’m approaching 2026 as a “mental gap year”
  4. My end-of-year digital detox ritual
  5. What I’m doing during my time off to reconnect with creativity
  6. The cozy winter habits keeping me sane in an extremely dark, extremely windy Long Island winter

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  3. Listen Episode 267: Before You Plan 2026, do THIS first
  4. Listen to Episode 268: How to Create Your Ideal Business Year (Without Burnout-y Goals)
  5. Grab the Ultimate Bundle® and use code OYTWRITEOFF to save 20% off through December 18th.
  6. Read Sam's Substack Taking a Gap Year as an Entrepreneur: My Year of Letting Go in 2026
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>You know that feeling when you come back to your desk in January and everything is a disaster? Your desktop looks like a digital garage sale, your office chair is still wearing yesterday’s sweater, and your brain feels like it’s running 42 tabs at once?

Yeah… we’re not doing that this year.

In this episode, I’m sharing the super simple, totally doable tasks I’m doing in the next two weeks—while cozied up in my pjs —to close out 2025 in a way that feels calm, grounded, and actually restorative. No “new year, new hustle” energy required. Just a cleaner home base, a quieter mind, and a business you can step back into without the chaos hangover.

This is your permission slip to put the laptop away, clean the slate, and give your future self a January that feels good.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The 4 things I always do to wrap up my business before the holidays
  2. Why I deep clean everything (yes, including the dreaded office drawer) before taking time off
  3. How I’m approaching 2026 as a “mental gap year”
  4. My end-of-year digital detox ritual
  5. What I’m doing during my time off to reconnect with creativity
  6. The cozy winter habits keeping me sane in an extremely dark, extremely windy Long Island winter

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  3. Listen Episode 267: Before You Plan 2026, do THIS first
  4. Listen to Episode 268: How to Create Your Ideal Business Year (Without Burnout-y Goals)
  5. Grab the Ultimate Bundle® and use code OYTWRITEOFF to save 20% off through December 18th.
  6. Read Sam's Substack Taking a Gap Year as an Entrepreneur: My Year of Letting Go in 2026
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0bdbfbd1-2446-4b53-8975-e518c121e1c8Mon, 15 Dec 2025 05:30:00 -040016:03falsefull269269268. How to Create Your Ideal Business Year (Without Burnout-y Goals)268. How to Create Your Ideal Business Year (Without Burnout-y Goals)It’s that time of year again — when everyone online suddenly becomes a color-coded-notion-board-wielding planning expert. But before you map out your entire 2026 vision board, we need to do something way more important: figure out what you actually want.

In today’s episode, I’m walking you through the exact reflection + annual planning exercise I do every single year — the one that helps me make decisions based on how I want to feel, not what the latest marketing trend says I “should” be doing. This episode pairs with last week’s 2025 reflection episode, so if you haven’t listened to that one yet, go queue it up next.

PLUS — I’m trying something new today. I pulled a random question from the “More, Tell Me More” connection cards I won at a mastermind retreat (yes, I was voted Best Strategy at my table and the whole room — no biggie). I answered it… and I want you to answer it too. If you love this segment, email me or DM me and tell me to keep it!

And before you dive in, don’t forget: I created a free 2026 Annual Planning Guide that includes every question I ask in this episode and space for you to jot down your reflections and goals. Grab it in the show notes!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The connection-card question I pulled — and the unforgettable story about the stranger who changed how I think about human connection
  2. Why planning for 2026 means starting with how you want to feel (not arbitrary goals like “50K followers”)
  3. How to imagine your ideal day next year so you can reverse-engineer what needs to change
  4. Why so many entrepreneurs felt unstable in 2025 — and how to honor what actually happened before planning ahead
  5. The questions I use every year to figure out what I truly need in my business and personal life
  6. A guided reflection to set aligned, realistic, energizing goals for 2026

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  3. Listen to the How to Grow Your Email List Series Playlist
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack Beyond Business
  5. Download Sam's Annual Planning Guide
  6. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>It’s that time of year again — when everyone online suddenly becomes a color-coded-notion-board-wielding planning expert. But before you map out your entire 2026 vision board, we need to do something way more important: figure out what you actually want.

In today’s episode, I’m walking you through the exact reflection + annual planning exercise I do every single year — the one that helps me make decisions based on how I want to feel, not what the latest marketing trend says I “should” be doing. This episode pairs with last week’s 2025 reflection episode, so if you haven’t listened to that one yet, go queue it up next.

PLUS — I’m trying something new today. I pulled a random question from the “More, Tell Me More” connection cards I won at a mastermind retreat (yes, I was voted Best Strategy at my table and the whole room — no biggie). I answered it… and I want you to answer it too. If you love this segment, email me or DM me and tell me to keep it!

And before you dive in, don’t forget: I created a free 2026 Annual Planning Guide that includes every question I ask in this episode and space for you to jot down your reflections and goals. Grab it in the show notes!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The connection-card question I pulled — and the unforgettable story about the stranger who changed how I think about human connection
  2. Why planning for 2026 means starting with how you want to feel (not arbitrary goals like “50K followers”)
  3. How to imagine your ideal day next year so you can reverse-engineer what needs to change
  4. Why so many entrepreneurs felt unstable in 2025 — and how to honor what actually happened before planning ahead
  5. The questions I use every year to figure out what I truly need in my business and personal life
  6. A guided reflection to set aligned, realistic, energizing goals for 2026

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  3. Listen to the How to Grow Your Email List Series Playlist
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack Beyond Business
  5. Download Sam's Annual Planning Guide
  6. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>aa1b5c8c-a199-47fc-82f9-6ff726e45484Mon, 08 Dec 2025 05:30:00 -040028:06falsefull268268267. Before You Plan 2026, Do THIS First267. Before You Plan 2026, Do THIS FirstIf you’re anything like me, you’ve probably hit the end of the year and thought:

Wait… what actually happened?!

How did we blink and suddenly find ourselves staring down a new calendar, new goals, and the same coffee mug we’ve dragged through the highs and lows of the last 12 months?

Before you sprint into planning mode for 2026 (don’t worry, we’re doing that next week!), today’s episode is all about slowing down long enough to look back—at what worked, what didn’t, what you let go of, what you gained, and most importantly… how it all felt.

Because building a business on your terms means regularly checking in with yourself—not just the metrics, money, or milestones, but the very real human (you!) behind all of it.

Inside this episode, I walk you through the exact year-end reflection process I do myself, including the six life categories I evaluate every single December to help me understand what’s out of balance, what’s thriving, and where I want to direct my energy next.

Grab your notebook, a cup of something warm, and prepare for some gentle-but-honest self-inquiry.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • The six life categories I use to check in with myself each year
  • Why reflecting before planning will make your 2026 goals actually stick
  • The progress-based mindset shift that will keep you motivated all year long
  • What to ask yourself about what you accomplished, added, and let go of
  • How to identify your “accelerators” and “constrictors” going into a new year

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’re anything like me, you’ve probably hit the end of the year and thought:

Wait… what actually happened?!

How did we blink and suddenly find ourselves staring down a new calendar, new goals, and the same coffee mug we’ve dragged through the highs and lows of the last 12 months?

Before you sprint into planning mode for 2026 (don’t worry, we’re doing that next week!), today’s episode is all about slowing down long enough to look back—at what worked, what didn’t, what you let go of, what you gained, and most importantly… how it all felt.

Because building a business on your terms means regularly checking in with yourself—not just the metrics, money, or milestones, but the very real human (you!) behind all of it.

Inside this episode, I walk you through the exact year-end reflection process I do myself, including the six life categories I evaluate every single December to help me understand what’s out of balance, what’s thriving, and where I want to direct my energy next.

Grab your notebook, a cup of something warm, and prepare for some gentle-but-honest self-inquiry.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • The six life categories I use to check in with myself each year
  • Why reflecting before planning will make your 2026 goals actually stick
  • The progress-based mindset shift that will keep you motivated all year long
  • What to ask yourself about what you accomplished, added, and let go of
  • How to identify your “accelerators” and “constrictors” going into a new year

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>cc54f53b-6443-4000-b729-1427da466b92Mon, 01 Dec 2025 05:30:00 -040040:57falsefull267267266. How to Grow Your Email List (Series #4)266. How to Grow Your Email List (Series #4)If you’ve ever stared at a blinking cursor while trying to write your weekly newsletter and thought, “What in the whole enchilada am I supposed to say?” — today’s episode is your permission slip to stop overthinking and start structuring your emails in a way that works for you and your audience.

I’m breaking down the two classic newsletter formats (and why I don’t follow either), the hybrid structure I swear by, and the eight must-have elements your weekly emails need if you want them to be opened, read, clicked, and shared.

Whether you're brand new to email marketing or finally ready to clean up the spaghetti-at-the-wall approach we all start with — this episode gives you practical steps to build a bingeable, forwardable, valuable email your people will look forward to every week.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The two traditional newsletter formats — and why a hybrid approach wins
  2. Why story-driven writing builds connection (and how to use it well)
  3. How to structure “predictable sections” and weekly “boxes” your audience can rely on
  4. The three core goals every email should have (and how to choose yours each week)
  5. How many links to include — and the right balance between your content vs. other people's
  6. Eight essentials you must include in your weekly newsletter
  7. How to write subject lines + preview text that actually get opened
  8. My #1 habit that instantly elevates the quality of your emails (and makes them sound human)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Listen to Part 1, Part 2 & Part 3 of the "How To Grow Your Email List" Series
  3. Download the free “How to Grow Your Email List” Workbook
  4. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  5. Listen to Epi 262. The 6 Weekly Anchors Behind My $8M Business
  6. Watch my email walkthrough training
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’ve ever stared at a blinking cursor while trying to write your weekly newsletter and thought, “What in the whole enchilada am I supposed to say?” — today’s episode is your permission slip to stop overthinking and start structuring your emails in a way that works for you and your audience.

I’m breaking down the two classic newsletter formats (and why I don’t follow either), the hybrid structure I swear by, and the eight must-have elements your weekly emails need if you want them to be opened, read, clicked, and shared.

Whether you're brand new to email marketing or finally ready to clean up the spaghetti-at-the-wall approach we all start with — this episode gives you practical steps to build a bingeable, forwardable, valuable email your people will look forward to every week.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The two traditional newsletter formats — and why a hybrid approach wins
  2. Why story-driven writing builds connection (and how to use it well)
  3. How to structure “predictable sections” and weekly “boxes” your audience can rely on
  4. The three core goals every email should have (and how to choose yours each week)
  5. How many links to include — and the right balance between your content vs. other people's
  6. Eight essentials you must include in your weekly newsletter
  7. How to write subject lines + preview text that actually get opened
  8. My #1 habit that instantly elevates the quality of your emails (and makes them sound human)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Listen to Part 1, Part 2 & Part 3 of the "How To Grow Your Email List" Series
  3. Download the free “How to Grow Your Email List” Workbook
  4. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  5. Listen to Epi 262. The 6 Weekly Anchors Behind My $8M Business
  6. Watch my email walkthrough training
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>ffebef39-eaaa-43ab-9c8f-31f9327fac8aMon, 24 Nov 2025 05:30:00 -040041:41falsefull266266265. How to Grow Your Email List (Series #3)265. How to Grow Your Email List (Series #3)Let’s be honest — most freebies out there? They’re not working.

If you’ve ever spent hours creating a lead magnet only for it to attract people who download and disappear, this episode is your new best friend.

In Part 3 of my 4-part email series, I’m breaking down why your freebie isn’t growing your list (hint: it’s not because freebies don’t work) and how to finally create one that brings in actual future customers — not just freebie hoarders.

From finding the perfect topic your people actually want to grabbing the right metrics to track whether it’s working, this episode gives you the full roadmap to a freebie that converts

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why most freebies flop — and how to fix yours
  2. The #1 rule for creating a freebie your audience can’t resist
  3. How to reverse engineer your freebie from your offer
  4. The secret to positioning your freebie so it attracts buyers, not browsers
  5. Which numbers to track to know if your email list is really growing

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Listen to Part 1 & Part 2 of the "How To Grow Your Email List" Series
  3. Download the free “How to Grow Your Email List” Workbook
  4. Listen to Part 1 of "How To Grow Your Email List" Series
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Let’s be honest — most freebies out there? They’re not working.

If you’ve ever spent hours creating a lead magnet only for it to attract people who download and disappear, this episode is your new best friend.

In Part 3 of my 4-part email series, I’m breaking down why your freebie isn’t growing your list (hint: it’s not because freebies don’t work) and how to finally create one that brings in actual future customers — not just freebie hoarders.

From finding the perfect topic your people actually want to grabbing the right metrics to track whether it’s working, this episode gives you the full roadmap to a freebie that converts

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why most freebies flop — and how to fix yours
  2. The #1 rule for creating a freebie your audience can’t resist
  3. How to reverse engineer your freebie from your offer
  4. The secret to positioning your freebie so it attracts buyers, not browsers
  5. Which numbers to track to know if your email list is really growing

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Listen to Part 1 & Part 2 of the "How To Grow Your Email List" Series
  3. Download the free “How to Grow Your Email List” Workbook
  4. Listen to Part 1 of "How To Grow Your Email List" Series
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>3d6e2444-4fb8-4dab-85e7-46f0add9236bMon, 17 Nov 2025 05:30:00 -040028:58falsefull265265264. How to Grow Your Email List (Series #2)264. How to Grow Your Email List (Series #2)You’ve been told that the only way to grow your email list is with freebies, PDFs, and opt-ins galore—but what if there was an easier (and honestly, more effective) way?

In Part 2 of my How to Grow Your Email List series, I’m spilling the details on my Easy Email Strategy—a super simple way to get the right people (aka future customers, not freebie collectors) on your list without creating a single freebie.If you’ve ever felt frustrated with the traditional “freebie → nurture sequence → maybe they’ll stick around” method, this episode will feel like a breath of fresh air. You’ll learn how to make your actual newsletter the thing people want to sign up for—and how to position it so it grows your list on autopilot.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why traditional freebie funnels often attract the wrong people
  2. How to flip the script and make your newsletter the value
  3. The two steps in my Easy Email Strategy: design + promotion
  4. How to create a newsletter people are genuinely excited to receive
  5. Real-world examples of how this strategy simplifies your marketing

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Download the free “How to Grow Your Email List” Workbook
  3. Listen to Part 1 of "How To Grow Your Email List" Series
  4. Check out Erin Parek's Substack
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>You’ve been told that the only way to grow your email list is with freebies, PDFs, and opt-ins galore—but what if there was an easier (and honestly, more effective) way?

In Part 2 of my How to Grow Your Email List series, I’m spilling the details on my Easy Email Strategy—a super simple way to get the right people (aka future customers, not freebie collectors) on your list without creating a single freebie.If you’ve ever felt frustrated with the traditional “freebie → nurture sequence → maybe they’ll stick around” method, this episode will feel like a breath of fresh air. You’ll learn how to make your actual newsletter the thing people want to sign up for—and how to position it so it grows your list on autopilot.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why traditional freebie funnels often attract the wrong people
  2. How to flip the script and make your newsletter the value
  3. The two steps in my Easy Email Strategy: design + promotion
  4. How to create a newsletter people are genuinely excited to receive
  5. Real-world examples of how this strategy simplifies your marketing

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Download the free “How to Grow Your Email List” Workbook
  3. Listen to Part 1 of "How To Grow Your Email List" Series
  4. Check out Erin Parek's Substack
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1aa58f4e-a7df-4c2d-b2e2-a5bc5bbb996cMon, 10 Nov 2025 05:30:00 -040034:17falsefull264264263. How to Grow Your Email List (Series #1)263. How to Grow Your Email List (Series #1)You’re doing everything to grow your email list — promoting your freebies, sharing your links, posting on social — and yet, that number just won’t budge. You want new subscribers rolling in every day, the kind who actually want to buy from you, and a reliable way to make sales that doesn’t depend on Instagram’s mood swings.

Sound familiar?

In this first episode of my 4-part Email List Growth Series, I’m breaking down what it really takes to build a thriving email list that fuels your business (and your freedom). It’s not about hacks or fancy tech — it’s about adopting an “all roads lead to the email list” mindset and taking strategic action to support it.

Because when your email list becomes the heartbeat of your business, you can take weekends off, go on vacation without stress, and still make sales while you sleep.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why your email list growth starts with mindset — not hacks
  2. The three key steps to adopting an “All Roads Lead to the Email List” approach
  3. How to clarify what your email list actually does for your business
  4. How to audit your current strategy (and find the leaks)
  5. The simple way to spot new email list opportunities everywhere
  6. A sneak peek of what’s coming in Part 2 — my easy email list growth strategy

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Download the free “How to Grow Your Email List” Workbook
  3. Listen to Ep 237. Why Your Email List Isn't Growing +How to Fix It
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>You’re doing everything to grow your email list — promoting your freebies, sharing your links, posting on social — and yet, that number just won’t budge. You want new subscribers rolling in every day, the kind who actually want to buy from you, and a reliable way to make sales that doesn’t depend on Instagram’s mood swings.

Sound familiar?

In this first episode of my 4-part Email List Growth Series, I’m breaking down what it really takes to build a thriving email list that fuels your business (and your freedom). It’s not about hacks or fancy tech — it’s about adopting an “all roads lead to the email list” mindset and taking strategic action to support it.

Because when your email list becomes the heartbeat of your business, you can take weekends off, go on vacation without stress, and still make sales while you sleep.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why your email list growth starts with mindset — not hacks
  2. The three key steps to adopting an “All Roads Lead to the Email List” approach
  3. How to clarify what your email list actually does for your business
  4. How to audit your current strategy (and find the leaks)
  5. The simple way to spot new email list opportunities everywhere
  6. A sneak peek of what’s coming in Part 2 — my easy email list growth strategy

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Download the free “How to Grow Your Email List” Workbook
  3. Listen to Ep 237. Why Your Email List Isn't Growing +How to Fix It
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1ea500a0-0dc9-4a3f-a62a-8462ff49ebc4Mon, 03 Nov 2025 05:30:00 -040033:20falsefull263263262. The 6 Weekly Anchors Behind My $8M Business (That Have Nothing to Do With Marketing)262. The 6 Weekly Anchors Behind My $8M Business (That Have Nothing to Do With Marketing)You’ve probably heard me say before that your business only grows as much as you do — and I mean it.

Because no matter how many marketing tricks you try, or how well you plan your next launch… none of it matters if you’re running on fumes.

In today’s episode, I’m sharing the six weekly anchors that keep me grounded, creative, and energized enough to run an $8M business — and not one of them has to do with marketing. These are the personal routines and boundaries that have built the foundation for everything I’ve accomplished in my business and my life.

Whether you’re building toward your first six figures or scaling beyond seven, these anchors will help you protect your energy, your creativity, and your mental health — the real ingredients of long-term success.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why taking care of yourself is one of the most strategic business decisions you can make
  2. What my “Sunday Preheat” routine looks like (and how it keeps my week from falling apart)
  3. The planning process I use each week to set priorities and avoid overwhelm
  4. How I protect time for movement, rest, and creativity — even when my schedule’s packed
  5. The mindset shift that helped me stop seeing self-care as “extra”
  6. How you can create your own set of anchors that make your business (and your life) work better

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Episode 1: Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier Way
  2. Read Sam's Substack The Girlboss Who Died With My Parents
  3. Read Sam's Substack How I Broke Up With Instagram
  4. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>You’ve probably heard me say before that your business only grows as much as you do — and I mean it.

Because no matter how many marketing tricks you try, or how well you plan your next launch… none of it matters if you’re running on fumes.

In today’s episode, I’m sharing the six weekly anchors that keep me grounded, creative, and energized enough to run an $8M business — and not one of them has to do with marketing. These are the personal routines and boundaries that have built the foundation for everything I’ve accomplished in my business and my life.

Whether you’re building toward your first six figures or scaling beyond seven, these anchors will help you protect your energy, your creativity, and your mental health — the real ingredients of long-term success.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why taking care of yourself is one of the most strategic business decisions you can make
  2. What my “Sunday Preheat” routine looks like (and how it keeps my week from falling apart)
  3. The planning process I use each week to set priorities and avoid overwhelm
  4. How I protect time for movement, rest, and creativity — even when my schedule’s packed
  5. The mindset shift that helped me stop seeing self-care as “extra”
  6. How you can create your own set of anchors that make your business (and your life) work better

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Episode 1: Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier Way
  2. Read Sam's Substack The Girlboss Who Died With My Parents
  3. Read Sam's Substack How I Broke Up With Instagram
  4. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8c60f975-e769-42f4-b0d0-9086aac06eeaMon, 27 Oct 2025 05:30:00 -040048:16falsefull262262261. How to Start an Online Business (legally!)261. How to Start an Online Business (legally!)Thinking about starting an online business—or finally making your “side hustle” official—but don’t want to get buried in legal confusion? This episode is your crash course on exactly how to start your business the right way before 2025 ends.

Whether you’re a coach, course creator, service provider, or product-based entrepreneur, I’m walking you through the five simple legal steps you must take to set up your business, protect your content, and get paid confidently.

No law degree (or stress spiral) required.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 5 things you must have in place before accepting even $1 (more) online
  2. Exact steps to form your business
  3. Should you become an LLC or sole prop?
  4. Why you NEED to have business insurance (it’s so worth it)
  5. An actual method for figuring out what you can (and cannot) do online or when you’re NOT working under your professional license
  6. Your 2025 To-do List: things to do before Dec 31st to make your biz legally sound

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle® is on sale through Oct 24, 2025. If you buy it before Oct 22nd, 2024, you’ll receive 3 bonus templates + my last live call of the year.

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Thinking about starting an online business—or finally making your “side hustle” official—but don’t want to get buried in legal confusion? This episode is your crash course on exactly how to start your business the right way before 2025 ends.

Whether you’re a coach, course creator, service provider, or product-based entrepreneur, I’m walking you through the five simple legal steps you must take to set up your business, protect your content, and get paid confidently.

No law degree (or stress spiral) required.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 5 things you must have in place before accepting even $1 (more) online
  2. Exact steps to form your business
  3. Should you become an LLC or sole prop?
  4. Why you NEED to have business insurance (it’s so worth it)
  5. An actual method for figuring out what you can (and cannot) do online or when you’re NOT working under your professional license
  6. Your 2025 To-do List: things to do before Dec 31st to make your biz legally sound

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle® is on sale through Oct 24, 2025. If you buy it before Oct 22nd, 2024, you’ll receive 3 bonus templates + my last live call of the year.

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a610eb51-8956-4bfa-ad2d-72cfd31ef25aTue, 21 Oct 2025 05:30:00 -040001:12:11falsefull261261260. How to Actually Build to Multi-7 Figures (and the Trade-Offs No One Mentions)260. How to Actually Build to Multi-7 Figures (and the Trade-Offs No One Mentions)Everyone wants the 7-figure business… until they realize what comes with it.

In this episode, I’m breaking down what it really takes to build a multi-seven-figure online business — and the trade-offs no one warns you about. I’ll share the 10 things I’d focus on if I were starting over, including how to create a flagship product that actually sells, the “3 Ps” I swear by for sustainable growth, and why making more money doesn’t automatically mean you’re taking more home.

If you’ve ever wondered what it actually looks like to grow a business beyond six figures (without losing your sanity or your joy), this episode is your behind-the-scenes reality check — and roadmap.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why only 1% of one-person businesses ever hit $1M/year
  2. The 10 things I’d do to build a seven-figure business from scratch
  3. The difference between profitable growth and burnout growth
  4. Why your flagship product is the foundation for everything
  5. The real emotional and personal trade-offs of scaling big
  6. How to know if a seven-figure business is actually what you want

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship"
  2. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Episode 243: Why Your Content is Driving Customers Away
  4. Episode 256: How To Protect Your Privacy While Growing Your Business
  5. Episode 259: Passion Doesn't Equal Profit (Why Your Idea Might Fail)
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Everyone wants the 7-figure business… until they realize what comes with it.

In this episode, I’m breaking down what it really takes to build a multi-seven-figure online business — and the trade-offs no one warns you about. I’ll share the 10 things I’d focus on if I were starting over, including how to create a flagship product that actually sells, the “3 Ps” I swear by for sustainable growth, and why making more money doesn’t automatically mean you’re taking more home.

If you’ve ever wondered what it actually looks like to grow a business beyond six figures (without losing your sanity or your joy), this episode is your behind-the-scenes reality check — and roadmap.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why only 1% of one-person businesses ever hit $1M/year
  2. The 10 things I’d do to build a seven-figure business from scratch
  3. The difference between profitable growth and burnout growth
  4. Why your flagship product is the foundation for everything
  5. The real emotional and personal trade-offs of scaling big
  6. How to know if a seven-figure business is actually what you want

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship"
  2. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Episode 243: Why Your Content is Driving Customers Away
  4. Episode 256: How To Protect Your Privacy While Growing Your Business
  5. Episode 259: Passion Doesn't Equal Profit (Why Your Idea Might Fail)
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>ba748e57-1b02-4680-adda-b2cfe72d8d95Mon, 13 Oct 2025 05:30:00 -040045:26falsefull260260259. Passion Doesn't Equal Profit (And How to Fix It)259. Passion Doesn't Equal Profit (And How to Fix It)So you love something—cooking, crafting, wellness, design—and you think, this is it, this is going to be my dream business! But then… crickets. No sales, no growth, no happy dance notifications from Stripe. Sound familiar?

Here’s the thing: passion is wonderful, but passion alone doesn’t pay the bills. In this episode, I’m sharing my own story of turning my love for cooking into a failed business (ouch) and the exact lessons I learned that helped me build a seven-figure business the second time around.

I’m breaking it all down into three “chapters” so you can see how to go from high passion/low strategy → sustainable, profitable business you actually love running.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why starting a business on pure passion can actually set you up for burnout and disappointment
  2. The most common mistake new entrepreneurs make when turning a hobby into a business (I made it too!)
  3. How to shift from thinking about what you want to what your audience actually needs
  4. What to do when the excitement wears off and the sales don’t come rolling in
  5. How to tweak your idea so it’s both fulfilling and profitable

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship"
  3. Listen to The Real Cure for Burnout Isn't Rest - It's Creativity. Here's How Anyone Can Unlock Theirs
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>So you love something—cooking, crafting, wellness, design—and you think, this is it, this is going to be my dream business! But then… crickets. No sales, no growth, no happy dance notifications from Stripe. Sound familiar?

Here’s the thing: passion is wonderful, but passion alone doesn’t pay the bills. In this episode, I’m sharing my own story of turning my love for cooking into a failed business (ouch) and the exact lessons I learned that helped me build a seven-figure business the second time around.

I’m breaking it all down into three “chapters” so you can see how to go from high passion/low strategy → sustainable, profitable business you actually love running.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why starting a business on pure passion can actually set you up for burnout and disappointment
  2. The most common mistake new entrepreneurs make when turning a hobby into a business (I made it too!)
  3. How to shift from thinking about what you want to what your audience actually needs
  4. What to do when the excitement wears off and the sales don’t come rolling in
  5. How to tweak your idea so it’s both fulfilling and profitable

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Entrepreneurship"
  3. Listen to The Real Cure for Burnout Isn't Rest - It's Creativity. Here's How Anyone Can Unlock Theirs
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0ffe4a40-79d0-468a-b893-ef84bbf5c1dcMon, 06 Oct 2025 05:30:00 -040033:08falsefull259259258. How I Grow My Business in Q4 (Without Ever Running a Black Friday Sale)258. How I Grow My Business in Q4 (Without Ever Running a Black Friday Sale)Most entrepreneurs think Q4 is a “dead zone” for sales—too many ads, too much noise, everyone distracted by holidays. But let me tell you: I’ve grown my multi–seven-figure business in the last 90 days of the year without ever running a Black Friday sale.

That’s right—no discounts on Thanksgiving, no frantic cyber deals, and no giving up my pumpkin pie to answer DMs. 🙅🏻‍♀️

Instead, I use five simple strategies every single year to not just end the year strong, but to set up massive momentum for the following year. And they work. Today, I’m walking you through exactly how I plan for growth in Q4 so you can steal my playbook.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to use end-of-year messaging to spark urgency and action from your audience
  2. The behind-the-scenes planning I do in Q4 that fuels my January/February launches
  3. Why “showing up like normal” (even when everyone else taps out) has been one of my biggest growth secrets
  4. A sneaky way to run a holiday sale without competing in the Black Friday chaos
  5. How tax deductions can be the secret sales booster no one’s talking about

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Most entrepreneurs think Q4 is a “dead zone” for sales—too many ads, too much noise, everyone distracted by holidays. But let me tell you: I’ve grown my multi–seven-figure business in the last 90 days of the year without ever running a Black Friday sale.

That’s right—no discounts on Thanksgiving, no frantic cyber deals, and no giving up my pumpkin pie to answer DMs. 🙅🏻‍♀️

Instead, I use five simple strategies every single year to not just end the year strong, but to set up massive momentum for the following year. And they work. Today, I’m walking you through exactly how I plan for growth in Q4 so you can steal my playbook.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to use end-of-year messaging to spark urgency and action from your audience
  2. The behind-the-scenes planning I do in Q4 that fuels my January/February launches
  3. Why “showing up like normal” (even when everyone else taps out) has been one of my biggest growth secrets
  4. A sneaky way to run a holiday sale without competing in the Black Friday chaos
  5. How tax deductions can be the secret sales booster no one’s talking about

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>6e08e4a9-520e-4095-ba18-edf45f5b1218Mon, 29 Sep 2025 05:30:00 -040011:30falsefull258258257. Running a Business While Grieving: What No One Tells You257. Running a Business While Grieving: What No One Tells YouGrief isn’t something most of us plan for when we map out our businesses, but it will change you, and by default, your business too.

In this episode, I open up about losing both of my parents within a year and the ripple effects grief had on me as a CEO, business owner, and human. I’m not sugarcoating it—grief is messy, unpredictable, and permanent. But I also share how I navigated those darker seasons, how I adjusted my business when I had no capacity for “growth mode,” and what it looks like to run a business alongside grief today.

Whether you’re in the thick of anticipatory grief, have lost someone, or simply want to understand how grief impacts entrepreneurs, I hope this episode helps you feel less alone.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. Why anticipatory grief can feel invisible and misunderstood
  2. The way grief changed my identity—and how that shows up in my business
  3. How I made decisions in my business when I had zero bandwidth
  4. The role of steadiness (not hustle) in navigating tough seasons
  5. Why grief doesn’t go away, but how I’ve learned to live and work with it

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Ep 254: The NEW Way To Structure Your Workday for Better Content
  3. Moving On Doesn't Mean Letting Go by Gina Moffa
  4. The Book of Alchemy by Suleika Jaoud
  5. Get $25 off Cometeer Coffee [affiliate link]
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Grief isn’t something most of us plan for when we map out our businesses, but it will change you, and by default, your business too.

In this episode, I open up about losing both of my parents within a year and the ripple effects grief had on me as a CEO, business owner, and human. I’m not sugarcoating it—grief is messy, unpredictable, and permanent. But I also share how I navigated those darker seasons, how I adjusted my business when I had no capacity for “growth mode,” and what it looks like to run a business alongside grief today.

Whether you’re in the thick of anticipatory grief, have lost someone, or simply want to understand how grief impacts entrepreneurs, I hope this episode helps you feel less alone.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. Why anticipatory grief can feel invisible and misunderstood
  2. The way grief changed my identity—and how that shows up in my business
  3. How I made decisions in my business when I had zero bandwidth
  4. The role of steadiness (not hustle) in navigating tough seasons
  5. Why grief doesn’t go away, but how I’ve learned to live and work with it

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Ep 254: The NEW Way To Structure Your Workday for Better Content
  3. Moving On Doesn't Mean Letting Go by Gina Moffa
  4. The Book of Alchemy by Suleika Jaoud
  5. Get $25 off Cometeer Coffee [affiliate link]
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>2a98db33-b242-4b35-acc8-05a220ab09bdMon, 22 Sep 2025 05:30:00 -040047:47falsefull257257256. How to Protect Your Privacy While Growing Your Business256. How to Protect Your Privacy While Growing Your BusinessCan you actually build a successful online business and keep your personal life private? Spoiler: yes, you can and you don’t have to feel like you’re choosing between being safe and being successful.

I know what it’s like to wonder if sharing that story, posting that photo, or writing that email is too much. Over the last eight years of building my multi–seven-figure business, I’ve had to learn the hard way how important it is to protect my privacy online—not just for safety, but for sanity too.

In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on the six exact steps I take to keep my personal details safe while still showing up authentically for my community. If you’ve ever worried about oversharing online, creepy comments, or what info people can access about you, this one’s for you

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why protecting your privacy matters even if you’re just starting out
  2. The 6 steps I use to stay safe while running a public online business
  3. Simple swaps you can make today (like updating your email footer address)
  4. Best practices for posting on social without feeling like you’re hiding
  5. Why “anonymity” online isn’t real—and what to focus on instead
  6. How to set healthy boundaries with your audience

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. How To Turn Your Instagram Location On or Off
  2. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Kit - what I use to build my email list, send emails to my list, and create opt-in forms & pages (affiliate link)
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Can you actually build a successful online business and keep your personal life private? Spoiler: yes, you can and you don’t have to feel like you’re choosing between being safe and being successful.

I know what it’s like to wonder if sharing that story, posting that photo, or writing that email is too much. Over the last eight years of building my multi–seven-figure business, I’ve had to learn the hard way how important it is to protect my privacy online—not just for safety, but for sanity too.

In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on the six exact steps I take to keep my personal details safe while still showing up authentically for my community. If you’ve ever worried about oversharing online, creepy comments, or what info people can access about you, this one’s for you

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why protecting your privacy matters even if you’re just starting out
  2. The 6 steps I use to stay safe while running a public online business
  3. Simple swaps you can make today (like updating your email footer address)
  4. Best practices for posting on social without feeling like you’re hiding
  5. Why “anonymity” online isn’t real—and what to focus on instead
  6. How to set healthy boundaries with your audience

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. How To Turn Your Instagram Location On or Off
  2. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Kit - what I use to build my email list, send emails to my list, and create opt-in forms & pages (affiliate link)
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>c81f0c74-d3af-4ffd-ad2c-042e6d927ffdMon, 15 Sep 2025 05:30:00 -040019:02falsefull256256255. You're in a Perfectionism Trap (and Your Business Is Dying)255. You're in a Perfectionism Trap (and Your Business Is Dying)Have you ever caught yourself stuck in “plan to plan” mode? You know, where you’re endlessly researching, collecting info, or waiting for the perfect time to finally start that new project, pivot your business, or chase down that dream idea?

If so, this episode is for you.

I’m sharing why waiting for that “right time” is usually just procrastination in disguise, how my own big life pivots were shaped by unexpected challenges, and why the “first pancake” approach is the best way to finally move forward. Whether it’s watercolor painting, launching a program, or simply sending the dang email, it’s time to stop overthinking and just start.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why waiting for the “perfect moment” keeps you stuck longer than you think
  2. The real dangers of endlessly gathering info (hello, overwhelm!)
  3. How to build your business confidence without outsourcing your gut instinct
  4. Why conflicting advice online is a recipe for paralysis
  5. The “first pancake” method to get moving even when you don’t feel ready
  6. A personal story of how I finally stopped waiting and took action

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  2. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever caught yourself stuck in “plan to plan” mode? You know, where you’re endlessly researching, collecting info, or waiting for the perfect time to finally start that new project, pivot your business, or chase down that dream idea?

If so, this episode is for you.

I’m sharing why waiting for that “right time” is usually just procrastination in disguise, how my own big life pivots were shaped by unexpected challenges, and why the “first pancake” approach is the best way to finally move forward. Whether it’s watercolor painting, launching a program, or simply sending the dang email, it’s time to stop overthinking and just start.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why waiting for the “perfect moment” keeps you stuck longer than you think
  2. The real dangers of endlessly gathering info (hello, overwhelm!)
  3. How to build your business confidence without outsourcing your gut instinct
  4. Why conflicting advice online is a recipe for paralysis
  5. The “first pancake” method to get moving even when you don’t feel ready
  6. A personal story of how I finally stopped waiting and took action

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  2. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b511c6a8-e8e9-4115-99b0-b13e6575ae42Mon, 08 Sep 2025 05:30:00 -040027:23falsefull255255254. The NEW Way to Structure Your Workday for Better Content254. The NEW Way to Structure Your Workday for Better ContentEver start your workday with the best intentions to finally record that video, write that email, or publish that podcast episode… only to look up at 3 p.m. and realize you’ve been buried in other people’s priorities all day?

Yeah, me too.

In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on a simple (but mighty) shift I’ve made to my workday that’s helped me stop starting in reactive mode and start creating my best content before the world gets to me first.

We’ll talk about why “eat the frog” might actually be keeping you stuck, how to protect your creativity from getting hijacked, and a practical way to organize your mornings so you actually finish what matters most.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why the classic “eat the frog” productivity advice might not serve you anymore
  2. The sneaky way starting with other people’s priorities puts you in reactive mode
  3. How morning creativity works (and why scrolling first can sabotage it)
  4. My new, super simple workday structure for better, more consistent content
  5. A peek at what’s coming next on the podcast

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out Sam's podcast catalog

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ever start your workday with the best intentions to finally record that video, write that email, or publish that podcast episode… only to look up at 3 p.m. and realize you’ve been buried in other people’s priorities all day?

Yeah, me too.

In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on a simple (but mighty) shift I’ve made to my workday that’s helped me stop starting in reactive mode and start creating my best content before the world gets to me first.

We’ll talk about why “eat the frog” might actually be keeping you stuck, how to protect your creativity from getting hijacked, and a practical way to organize your mornings so you actually finish what matters most.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why the classic “eat the frog” productivity advice might not serve you anymore
  2. The sneaky way starting with other people’s priorities puts you in reactive mode
  3. How morning creativity works (and why scrolling first can sabotage it)
  4. My new, super simple workday structure for better, more consistent content
  5. A peek at what’s coming next on the podcast

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out Sam's podcast catalog

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1962b06c-3b55-4816-a307-e03c0c84c511Mon, 18 Aug 2025 05:30:00 -040027:14falsefull254254253. Why Your Content Isn’t Growing Your Email List (The Real Reason)253. Why Your Content Isn’t Growing Your Email List (The Real Reason)This week, I sat down with video marketing coach and content strategist Natasha Pierre to talk about the REAL reason your content isn’t converting into email list growth (or sales)—and how to fix it using her signature strategy: content series.

We’re breaking down the binge-worthy magic behind creating a content series (like your very own Netflix show), why one-off posts don’t cut it anymore, and how to build content that actually works to grow your audience and your revenue. This episode is all about giving structure to your content and making your visibility efforts way more effective.

Whether you’re building from scratch or want to turn views into opt-ins, this conversation will have your wheels turning.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why your current content might be holding your list growth back
  2. What a “content series” is (and how to make your own)
  3. The three must-have ingredients of a high-converting series
  4. Real examples of bingeable content that builds authority and drives leads
  5. How to align your content with your business goals (instead of random posting)
  6. The sneaky mindset shift that can help your content finally stick

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Follow Natasha on Instagram and check out The Shine Online Podcast
  2. Natasha's DIY Your Signature Video Series Workshop - learn step-by-step how to create an engaging signature series on any platform including examples and client case studies
  3. Check out Natasha's YouTube Videos: Instagram Carousels Aren’t Dead (You’re Just Using Them Wrong) and My 2025 Instagram Stories Strategy: What I Stopped Doing + What's Working Now
  4. Listen to Episode 36: How to Grow Your Business on Instagram [ft. Video Marketing Coach, Natasha Samuel]
  5. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  6. Check out Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical. No-BS Guide To Successful Entrepreneurship"
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This week, I sat down with video marketing coach and content strategist Natasha Pierre to talk about the REAL reason your content isn’t converting into email list growth (or sales)—and how to fix it using her signature strategy: content series.

We’re breaking down the binge-worthy magic behind creating a content series (like your very own Netflix show), why one-off posts don’t cut it anymore, and how to build content that actually works to grow your audience and your revenue. This episode is all about giving structure to your content and making your visibility efforts way more effective.

Whether you’re building from scratch or want to turn views into opt-ins, this conversation will have your wheels turning.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why your current content might be holding your list growth back
  2. What a “content series” is (and how to make your own)
  3. The three must-have ingredients of a high-converting series
  4. Real examples of bingeable content that builds authority and drives leads
  5. How to align your content with your business goals (instead of random posting)
  6. The sneaky mindset shift that can help your content finally stick

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Follow Natasha on Instagram and check out The Shine Online Podcast
  2. Natasha's DIY Your Signature Video Series Workshop - learn step-by-step how to create an engaging signature series on any platform including examples and client case studies
  3. Check out Natasha's YouTube Videos: Instagram Carousels Aren’t Dead (You’re Just Using Them Wrong) and My 2025 Instagram Stories Strategy: What I Stopped Doing + What's Working Now
  4. Listen to Episode 36: How to Grow Your Business on Instagram [ft. Video Marketing Coach, Natasha Samuel]
  5. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  6. Check out Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical. No-BS Guide To Successful Entrepreneurship"
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>64d80e8c-7e0b-4505-8902-a28364d84effMon, 11 Aug 2025 05:30:00 -040050:30falsefull253253252. She's Built Multi Million-Dollar Funnels (What She Told Me)252. She's Built Multi Million-Dollar Funnels (What She Told Me)Funnels. The word alone can make your eyes glaze over or send you running for the hills. But what if I told you building a funnel doesn’t have to be overwhelming, expensive, or tech-y?

In this episode, I’m sitting down with Katelyn Collins, funnel copywriter and strategist. Katelyn's helped me fine-tune my own funnels and turn them into sales machines. In this episode, she’s pulling back the curtain on how you can do it too.

Whether you're just getting started or you're tired of hearing “you need a funnel” without any clear next steps, this is the episode for you. Katelyn simplifies everything and gives you a no-fluff, no-gimmick roadmap to creating a funnel that works on your terms.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The real definition of a funnel and why it’s not what you think
  2. The easiest way to build a funnel (even if you’re not “techy”)
  3. Why webinars aren’t the only option and what works just as well
  4. The difference between funnels for services vs. digital products
  5. What to include in your funnel so people actually convert
  6. When to tweak your funnel—and when to let it do its thing
  7. The mindset shift that changed everything for me

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab your guide for How To Start Copywriting and watch Katelyn's free workshop
  2. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Check out Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical. No-BS Guide To Successful Entrepreneurship"
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Funnels. The word alone can make your eyes glaze over or send you running for the hills. But what if I told you building a funnel doesn’t have to be overwhelming, expensive, or tech-y?

In this episode, I’m sitting down with Katelyn Collins, funnel copywriter and strategist. Katelyn's helped me fine-tune my own funnels and turn them into sales machines. In this episode, she’s pulling back the curtain on how you can do it too.

Whether you're just getting started or you're tired of hearing “you need a funnel” without any clear next steps, this is the episode for you. Katelyn simplifies everything and gives you a no-fluff, no-gimmick roadmap to creating a funnel that works on your terms.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The real definition of a funnel and why it’s not what you think
  2. The easiest way to build a funnel (even if you’re not “techy”)
  3. Why webinars aren’t the only option and what works just as well
  4. The difference between funnels for services vs. digital products
  5. What to include in your funnel so people actually convert
  6. When to tweak your funnel—and when to let it do its thing
  7. The mindset shift that changed everything for me

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab your guide for How To Start Copywriting and watch Katelyn's free workshop
  2. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Check out Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical. No-BS Guide To Successful Entrepreneurship"
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>c3968eb4-1611-499b-9c11-ace0aec42eb1Mon, 04 Aug 2025 05:30:00 -040046:35falsefull252252251. How to Leave Social Media Without Losing Your Clients251. How to Leave Social Media Without Losing Your ClientsWhat if you didn’t have to show up on social media every day to grow your business?

If you’ve ever felt exhausted by the algorithm or like posting content is just one more thing on your to-do list (and not even a fun one), this episode is your permission slip to rethink your strategy.

In this episode, I sat down with Amelia Hruby — feminist writer, podcaster, producer, and founder of Softer Sounds podcast studio — to unpack what it really looks like to build a sustainable, profitable business off social media.

We talked about what happens when you stop relying on platforms like Instagram and TikTok, the emotional rollercoaster that can come with leaving, and the real-life marketing strategies Amelia uses to grow without a single post or Reel.

Spoiler: you don’t have to quit cold turkey, and no, your business won’t wither away if you take a break from posting.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why social media isn’t the magic client magnet you’ve been led to believe it is
  2. How to create an off-ramp that gently transitions your audience off social
  3. The 3 biggest mistakes people make when leaving social media (and how to avoid them)
  4. What to replace your social media presence with so your business can keep growing
  5. The surprising emotional toll of quitting social and what to expect

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Amelia's Leaving Social Media Toolkit
  2. Listen to Amelia’s podcast, Off the Grid
  3. Check out Amelia's Substack
  4. Check out Softer Sounds
  5. Listen to Sam's episode of Off The Grid
  6. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  7. Check out Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical. No-BS Guide To Successful Entrepreneurship"
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>What if you didn’t have to show up on social media every day to grow your business?

If you’ve ever felt exhausted by the algorithm or like posting content is just one more thing on your to-do list (and not even a fun one), this episode is your permission slip to rethink your strategy.

In this episode, I sat down with Amelia Hruby — feminist writer, podcaster, producer, and founder of Softer Sounds podcast studio — to unpack what it really looks like to build a sustainable, profitable business off social media.

We talked about what happens when you stop relying on platforms like Instagram and TikTok, the emotional rollercoaster that can come with leaving, and the real-life marketing strategies Amelia uses to grow without a single post or Reel.

Spoiler: you don’t have to quit cold turkey, and no, your business won’t wither away if you take a break from posting.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why social media isn’t the magic client magnet you’ve been led to believe it is
  2. How to create an off-ramp that gently transitions your audience off social
  3. The 3 biggest mistakes people make when leaving social media (and how to avoid them)
  4. What to replace your social media presence with so your business can keep growing
  5. The surprising emotional toll of quitting social and what to expect

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Amelia's Leaving Social Media Toolkit
  2. Listen to Amelia’s podcast, Off the Grid
  3. Check out Amelia's Substack
  4. Check out Softer Sounds
  5. Listen to Sam's episode of Off The Grid
  6. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  7. Check out Sam's book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy: A Practical. No-BS Guide To Successful Entrepreneurship"
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>469fd430-f9af-4c32-833b-37f1465e24e0Mon, 28 Jul 2025 05:30:00 -040059:45falsefull251251250. Podcasting Myths, Mistakes & Mindset Shifts After 250 Episodes250. Podcasting Myths, Mistakes & Mindset Shifts After 250 EpisodesEver wonder if your podcast is actually doing anything for your business… or if it’s just another thing on your plate? Whether you’re podcasting already or still dreaming about launching, this episode is for you.

In this special 250th episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on how I built a podcast that’s lasted four years, what I’ve learned, and how my approach is shifting. I’m not some podcasting guru—I’m an online business owner who figured out how to make podcasting actually work for me.

So if you’re feeling like your show is more effort than outcome—or you’re podcast-curious but overwhelmed—this episode will help you cut through the noise and find your own rhythm.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I waited four years into business to start my podcast (and why that was the perfect timing)
  2. What I thought podcasting would do for my business—and what actually happened
  3. The surprising role podcasting plays in nurturing and converting my audience
  4. How I’ve kept podcasting consistent for 250 episodes—without losing my mind
  5. The tools and tech I use to keep podcasting sustainable
  6. My new “YouTube-first” strategy and what’s changing next

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Listen to Episode 247: Craft + Commerce Recap: What I Heard In The Hallways (Not on Stage)
  3. Listen to Episode 248: How To Write Emails People Actually Want To Read
  4. Listen to Sam's episode of Off The Grid
  5. Check out Sam's YouTube Channel and watch Start Your Online Business Legally in 3 Days (+ free legal guide)
  6. Sam's Tech Gear: Shure MV7 Mic (affiliate link), Ring Light (affiliate link), & DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Creator Combo
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ever wonder if your podcast is actually doing anything for your business… or if it’s just another thing on your plate? Whether you’re podcasting already or still dreaming about launching, this episode is for you.

In this special 250th episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on how I built a podcast that’s lasted four years, what I’ve learned, and how my approach is shifting. I’m not some podcasting guru—I’m an online business owner who figured out how to make podcasting actually work for me.

So if you’re feeling like your show is more effort than outcome—or you’re podcast-curious but overwhelmed—this episode will help you cut through the noise and find your own rhythm.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I waited four years into business to start my podcast (and why that was the perfect timing)
  2. What I thought podcasting would do for my business—and what actually happened
  3. The surprising role podcasting plays in nurturing and converting my audience
  4. How I’ve kept podcasting consistent for 250 episodes—without losing my mind
  5. The tools and tech I use to keep podcasting sustainable
  6. My new “YouTube-first” strategy and what’s changing next

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Listen to Episode 247: Craft + Commerce Recap: What I Heard In The Hallways (Not on Stage)
  3. Listen to Episode 248: How To Write Emails People Actually Want To Read
  4. Listen to Sam's episode of Off The Grid
  5. Check out Sam's YouTube Channel and watch Start Your Online Business Legally in 3 Days (+ free legal guide)
  6. Sam's Tech Gear: Shure MV7 Mic (affiliate link), Ring Light (affiliate link), & DJI Osmo Pocket 3 Creator Combo
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>5080cd5d-7578-443f-a3cb-71bca4ceb063Mon, 21 Jul 2025 05:30:00 -040035:06falsefull250250249. I'm Evolving (What's Next for Me + My Business)249. I'm Evolving (What's Next for Me + My Business)What happens when your business no longer matches who you’ve become?

This is a raw, behind-the-scenes episode where I’m sharing what it feels like to run a successful business while outgrowing the version of myself who built it. There’s no “5-step plan” here—just real talk about what happens when the inside stuff starts shifting and the outside needs to catch up.

I’m bringing you along as I grieve, evolve, and slowly rebuild what business—and life—look like from here.

If you’ve ever thought, “I don’t know who I am in my business anymore,” you are not alone. And this one’s for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why comfort can actually feel uncomfortable in business
  2. How grief and healing have shaped my entrepreneurial path
  3. What I’m letting go of and what I’m exploring (without needing a “plan”)
  4. Why I’m finally creating outside of performance metrics
  5. What it means to build a business that evolves with you
  6. 4 takeaways to help you through your own pivot or personal growth season

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Listen to Episode 247: Craft + Commerce Recap: What I Heard In The Hallways (Not on Stage)
  3. Get Sam's Book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>What happens when your business no longer matches who you’ve become?

This is a raw, behind-the-scenes episode where I’m sharing what it feels like to run a successful business while outgrowing the version of myself who built it. There’s no “5-step plan” here—just real talk about what happens when the inside stuff starts shifting and the outside needs to catch up.

I’m bringing you along as I grieve, evolve, and slowly rebuild what business—and life—look like from here.

If you’ve ever thought, “I don’t know who I am in my business anymore,” you are not alone. And this one’s for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why comfort can actually feel uncomfortable in business
  2. How grief and healing have shaped my entrepreneurial path
  3. What I’m letting go of and what I’m exploring (without needing a “plan”)
  4. Why I’m finally creating outside of performance metrics
  5. What it means to build a business that evolves with you
  6. 4 takeaways to help you through your own pivot or personal growth season

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Listen to Episode 247: Craft + Commerce Recap: What I Heard In The Hallways (Not on Stage)
  3. Get Sam's Book "When I Start My Business, I'll Be Happy"
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>7c01f760-2575-474b-b446-c57ed9559750Mon, 14 Jul 2025 05:30:00 -040028:58falsefull249249248. How to Write Emails People Actually Want to Read248. How to Write Emails People Actually Want to ReadAre you staring at the blinking cursor, wondering what the heck to write in your weekly email? You’re not alone. This week, I’m joined by the email whisperer herself—Tarzan Kay—to finally take the mystery out of email marketing for online business owners.

We’re talking about what actually builds an email list in 2025 and how to write weekly emails that are fun to read and get people to click “buy now.” Tarzan isn’t just one of my favorite copywriters—she’s been dismantling the bro marketing empire and rebuilding something more real and inclusive.

Whether you’re writing to a list of 20 or 20,000, this episode is going to help you build momentum, sell with integrity, and feel a whole lot better about email marketing.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why a tiny email list can actually be more powerful than a massive one
  2. The key mindset shifts to stop dreading your weekly newsletter
  3. How to write emails that sound like YOU (and get replies!)
  4. What to focus on if your list feels like a ghost town right now
  5. Tarzan’s hot take on social media vs. email—and where she’s doubling down

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Tarzan Kay’s The Welcome Sequence Copy Kit
  2. Tarzan's template for writing a landing page for your email list
  3. Tarzan's doc for keeping her ideas and the “cutting room floor”
  4. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you staring at the blinking cursor, wondering what the heck to write in your weekly email? You’re not alone. This week, I’m joined by the email whisperer herself—Tarzan Kay—to finally take the mystery out of email marketing for online business owners.

We’re talking about what actually builds an email list in 2025 and how to write weekly emails that are fun to read and get people to click “buy now.” Tarzan isn’t just one of my favorite copywriters—she’s been dismantling the bro marketing empire and rebuilding something more real and inclusive.

Whether you’re writing to a list of 20 or 20,000, this episode is going to help you build momentum, sell with integrity, and feel a whole lot better about email marketing.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why a tiny email list can actually be more powerful than a massive one
  2. The key mindset shifts to stop dreading your weekly newsletter
  3. How to write emails that sound like YOU (and get replies!)
  4. What to focus on if your list feels like a ghost town right now
  5. Tarzan’s hot take on social media vs. email—and where she’s doubling down

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Tarzan Kay’s The Welcome Sequence Copy Kit
  2. Tarzan's template for writing a landing page for your email list
  3. Tarzan's doc for keeping her ideas and the “cutting room floor”
  4. Get Sam’s free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a9123e04-9408-4a0c-929e-f998b0145962Mon, 07 Jul 2025 05:30:00 -040050:01falsefull248248247. Craft + Commerce Recap: What I Heard in the Hallways (Not on Stage)247. Craft + Commerce Recap: What I Heard in the Hallways (Not on Stage)If you've ever wondered what really goes down behind the scenes at a big-name business conference like ConvertKit’s Craft + Commerce, I’ve got the juicy details for you—straight from the hallways of Boise, Idaho.

In this week’s episode of On Your Terms®, I’m taking you along for the ride as I share what it was like to not only attend but speak at Craft + Commerce this year. But spoiler alert: the real magic? It wasn’t just in the keynotes or workshops. It was in the dinners, hallway chats, and the unexpected conversations with people who get what it’s like to build a business while living a full, complex life.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The story behind my first time speaking at Craft + Commerce
  2. What she really talked about on stage (it’s not what you think)
  3. The real value of community when you’re grieving and growing a business
  4. The surprising email marketing tactics top creators are actually using right now
  5. What’s being whispered in the hallways about the future of online entrepreneurship

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order Sam's book: When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy
  2. Sign up for my weekly email: Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Kit (affiliate link) what I use to build my email list, send emails to my list, and create opt-in forms & pages
  4. Sam's interview with Matt Gira
  5. Listen to Sam’s episode on Smart Passive Income
  6. Check out Jen Diaz and The JAVA Method
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you've ever wondered what really goes down behind the scenes at a big-name business conference like ConvertKit’s Craft + Commerce, I’ve got the juicy details for you—straight from the hallways of Boise, Idaho.

In this week’s episode of On Your Terms®, I’m taking you along for the ride as I share what it was like to not only attend but speak at Craft + Commerce this year. But spoiler alert: the real magic? It wasn’t just in the keynotes or workshops. It was in the dinners, hallway chats, and the unexpected conversations with people who get what it’s like to build a business while living a full, complex life.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The story behind my first time speaking at Craft + Commerce
  2. What she really talked about on stage (it’s not what you think)
  3. The real value of community when you’re grieving and growing a business
  4. The surprising email marketing tactics top creators are actually using right now
  5. What’s being whispered in the hallways about the future of online entrepreneurship

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order Sam's book: When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy
  2. Sign up for my weekly email: Sam’s Sidebar
  3. Kit (affiliate link) what I use to build my email list, send emails to my list, and create opt-in forms & pages
  4. Sam's interview with Matt Gira
  5. Listen to Sam’s episode on Smart Passive Income
  6. Check out Jen Diaz and The JAVA Method
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>bc53bf51-e12d-4a5a-9495-2e2b0be51f8fMon, 30 Jun 2025 05:30:00 -040046:24falsefull247247246. The 7 Legal Mistakes I See New Entrepreneurs Make (That Are 100% Preventable)246. The 7 Legal Mistakes I See New Entrepreneurs Make (That Are 100% Preventable)Starting an online business is super exciting—you're finally working with customers, launching offers, and maybe even making some money. But what if you’ve unknowingly skipped a legal step that could derail everything?

In this episode, I’m breaking down the 7 most common (and totally preventable!) legal mistakes I see new entrepreneurs make—plus, how to avoid each one so your business is built on a solid legal foundation.

This episode is packed with real-talk examples, actionable tips, and a whole lot of myth-busting. If you’ve ever wondered when to get legal protection, whether you really need business insurance, or if those “free policies” from your course platform are enough—this one’s for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why waiting to “get legal” until you’re more successful could cost you big time
  2. The #1 mindset shift you need to build a future-proof business
  3. What to do instead of obsessing over trademarks before you even have a business
  4. Why DIY-ing contracts through Google or ChatGPT is a legal disaster waiting to happen
  5. The hidden danger behind free templates from course and membership platforms
  6. What most people misunderstand about business insurance (and when you actually need it)
  7. Why having legal protection early helps you raise your prices, show up more, and actually grow

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab the Ultimate Bundle® on sale for $400 off plus a bunch of exclusive bonuses!
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Starting an online business is super exciting—you're finally working with customers, launching offers, and maybe even making some money. But what if you’ve unknowingly skipped a legal step that could derail everything?

In this episode, I’m breaking down the 7 most common (and totally preventable!) legal mistakes I see new entrepreneurs make—plus, how to avoid each one so your business is built on a solid legal foundation.

This episode is packed with real-talk examples, actionable tips, and a whole lot of myth-busting. If you’ve ever wondered when to get legal protection, whether you really need business insurance, or if those “free policies” from your course platform are enough—this one’s for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why waiting to “get legal” until you’re more successful could cost you big time
  2. The #1 mindset shift you need to build a future-proof business
  3. What to do instead of obsessing over trademarks before you even have a business
  4. Why DIY-ing contracts through Google or ChatGPT is a legal disaster waiting to happen
  5. The hidden danger behind free templates from course and membership platforms
  6. What most people misunderstand about business insurance (and when you actually need it)
  7. Why having legal protection early helps you raise your prices, show up more, and actually grow

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab the Ultimate Bundle® on sale for $400 off plus a bunch of exclusive bonuses!
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>834b544b-42f9-4972-ab2a-4af88c36df31Mon, 23 Jun 2025 05:30:00 -040012:45falsefull246246245. Your First 5 Steps to a Legal Online Business (Checklist)245. Your First 5 Steps to a Legal Online Business (Checklist)So you’ve got the business idea. You might even have the Instagram handle locked down. But now you're stuck staring at your laptop like... “What legal steps am I supposed to take to make this real?”

If that sounds like you, you’re not alone—and you’re in the right place.

In this episode of On Your Terms®, I walk you through the exact checklist of what to do (in order!) to legally set up your online business. Whether you’re a coach, digital product creator, or service provider, I’m giving you a clear, three-day action plan to get your business legally legit—without the legal jargon, guesswork, or overwhelm.

This is the episode that takes you from “OMG where do I even start?” to “Wow, I actually did that!”

Let’s walk through the 5 essential legal steps (plus a bonus) every online business owner needs to take from day one.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to finally stop Googling and start doing with a 3-day legal setup checklist
  2. The 4 things to knock out on day 1 (and how quickly you can do them)
  3. What you need to open a business bank account—and why it’s not optional
  4. How to legally accept payments online (the right way)
  5. What kind of contract you need based on what you sell
  6. My thoughts on LLCs vs. sole proprietorships (and what could get you in trouble)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab my free legal guide "The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs"
  2. Sign up for Sam's Sidebar, my weekly email, to receive legal tips & marketing advice that I implement in my 7 figure business

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>So you’ve got the business idea. You might even have the Instagram handle locked down. But now you're stuck staring at your laptop like... “What legal steps am I supposed to take to make this real?”

If that sounds like you, you’re not alone—and you’re in the right place.

In this episode of On Your Terms®, I walk you through the exact checklist of what to do (in order!) to legally set up your online business. Whether you’re a coach, digital product creator, or service provider, I’m giving you a clear, three-day action plan to get your business legally legit—without the legal jargon, guesswork, or overwhelm.

This is the episode that takes you from “OMG where do I even start?” to “Wow, I actually did that!”

Let’s walk through the 5 essential legal steps (plus a bonus) every online business owner needs to take from day one.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to finally stop Googling and start doing with a 3-day legal setup checklist
  2. The 4 things to knock out on day 1 (and how quickly you can do them)
  3. What you need to open a business bank account—and why it’s not optional
  4. How to legally accept payments online (the right way)
  5. What kind of contract you need based on what you sell
  6. My thoughts on LLCs vs. sole proprietorships (and what could get you in trouble)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab my free legal guide "The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs"
  2. Sign up for Sam's Sidebar, my weekly email, to receive legal tips & marketing advice that I implement in my 7 figure business

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>556a959e-16cc-4685-b5d6-dd659f0cfeeaMon, 16 Jun 2025 05:30:00 -040014:12falsefull245245244. How to Actually Move Your Online Business Forward in 2025: Lean Learning Method244. How to Actually Move Your Online Business Forward in 2025: Lean Learning MethodEver feel like your brain is bloated from binging on too many business tips, tutorials, and trending strategies?

Yep, same. It’s like we’ve all been force-fed a buffet of content, but no one told us how to actually digest it.

That’s exactly what I talked about in this week’s episode of On Your Terms® with the amazing Pat Flynn — longtime online business leader, podcaster, author, and Pokémon enthusiast (yes, really!).

Pat’s got a new book out called Lean Learning, and he’s here to share how you can stop swirling in the sea of “just-in-case” info and start actually moving your business forward with less learning, more doing. If you’re tired of feeling stuck even though you’re trying to “do all the right things,” this one’s for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What “information obesity” is and how it’s quietly holding your business back
  2. Why more knowledge isn’t what you need — and what to focus on instead
  3. The real difference between “just-in-time” vs. “just-in-case” learning
  4. Why implementing as you go beats learning everything upfront
  5. How Pat built a 7-figure business by taking imperfect action
  6. How to create your own “force functions” to finally make progress
  7. What Pokémon collecting taught Pat about entrepreneurship (yes, seriously!)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out Pat’s new book www.leanlearningbook.com
  2. Check out Pat on YouTube: Pat Flynn // Deep Pocket Monster // Short Pocket Monster
  3. Sign up for Pat’s newsletter: https://patflynn.com/
  4. Listen to Sam’s episode on Smart Passive Income
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ever feel like your brain is bloated from binging on too many business tips, tutorials, and trending strategies?

Yep, same. It’s like we’ve all been force-fed a buffet of content, but no one told us how to actually digest it.

That’s exactly what I talked about in this week’s episode of On Your Terms® with the amazing Pat Flynn — longtime online business leader, podcaster, author, and Pokémon enthusiast (yes, really!).

Pat’s got a new book out called Lean Learning, and he’s here to share how you can stop swirling in the sea of “just-in-case” info and start actually moving your business forward with less learning, more doing. If you’re tired of feeling stuck even though you’re trying to “do all the right things,” this one’s for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What “information obesity” is and how it’s quietly holding your business back
  2. Why more knowledge isn’t what you need — and what to focus on instead
  3. The real difference between “just-in-time” vs. “just-in-case” learning
  4. Why implementing as you go beats learning everything upfront
  5. How Pat built a 7-figure business by taking imperfect action
  6. How to create your own “force functions” to finally make progress
  7. What Pokémon collecting taught Pat about entrepreneurship (yes, seriously!)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out Pat’s new book www.leanlearningbook.com
  2. Check out Pat on YouTube: Pat Flynn // Deep Pocket Monster // Short Pocket Monster
  3. Sign up for Pat’s newsletter: https://patflynn.com/
  4. Listen to Sam’s episode on Smart Passive Income
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b6b1638c-1812-4c2f-9a07-4fa29e8a2144Mon, 09 Jun 2025 05:30:00 -040055:46falsefull244244243. Why Your Content is Driving Customers Away243. Why Your Content is Driving Customers AwayEver feel like you’re showing up consistently—posting, emailing, sharing—only to be met with… crickets? You’re pouring your heart into your content, but it’s not converting into customers. What gives?

In this episode, I’m breaking down a mistake I made with healthy brownies (yes, really) that’s basically a marketing metaphor for why your content might not be working. It turns out, if you’re leading with broccoli when your audience really wants mac and cheese, they’ll pass every time—even if it’s good for them.

This one’s short, sweet, and will change the way you write content forever.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why your content might be falling flat even when it’s technically “good”
  2. The “brownie story” that reveals a powerful marketing truth
  3. How to identify your audience’s version of mac and cheese
  4. A simple framework for layering value (aka broccoli) into crave-worthy content
  5. What to say instead so your audience finally bites

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Sign up for my free weekly email Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ever feel like you’re showing up consistently—posting, emailing, sharing—only to be met with… crickets? You’re pouring your heart into your content, but it’s not converting into customers. What gives?

In this episode, I’m breaking down a mistake I made with healthy brownies (yes, really) that’s basically a marketing metaphor for why your content might not be working. It turns out, if you’re leading with broccoli when your audience really wants mac and cheese, they’ll pass every time—even if it’s good for them.

This one’s short, sweet, and will change the way you write content forever.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why your content might be falling flat even when it’s technically “good”
  2. The “brownie story” that reveals a powerful marketing truth
  3. How to identify your audience’s version of mac and cheese
  4. A simple framework for layering value (aka broccoli) into crave-worthy content
  5. What to say instead so your audience finally bites

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Sign up for my free weekly email Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>6bebb02f-69e3-4251-b9a8-223847ce12a7Mon, 02 Jun 2025 05:30:00 -040014:46falsefull243243242. The Affiliate Marketing Mistake That Could Get You Sued242. The Affiliate Marketing Mistake That Could Get You SuedAffiliate marketing can be a great way to earn extra income for sharing things you already use and love—but there’s a legal twist that too many online entrepreneurs are overlooking. Whether you’re a coach, creator, or content-loving business owner, you need to know how to share affiliate links and sponsored content without landing yourself in hot water.

This episode is your crash course in the actual legal rules you’ve probably never been taught about affiliate disclosures—and the mistakes that have already led to lawsuits against influencers (even if they thought they were doing it right).

So if you’ve ever wondered, “Wait, am I allowed to post this?”—tune in! Because I’m sharing exactly what the law says and how to stay protected while creating a new revenue stream.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why affiliate marketing and sponsored content are NOT the Wild West anymore
  2. What the recent Alo Yoga and Revolve lawsuits mean for creators like you
  3. The one legal mistake that most creators are making—and how to fix it
  4. What “material connection” means (yes, even free stuff counts!)
  5. How to properly disclose affiliate links in newsletters, videos, and stories
  6. Why a tiny “#ad” buried at the bottom of a post won’t cut it
  7. What the FTC says about international creators targeting US audiences
  8. Sam’s simple “obvious + hard to miss” formula for disclosures that keep you compliant

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Sign up for my free weekly email Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Affiliate marketing can be a great way to earn extra income for sharing things you already use and love—but there’s a legal twist that too many online entrepreneurs are overlooking. Whether you’re a coach, creator, or content-loving business owner, you need to know how to share affiliate links and sponsored content without landing yourself in hot water.

This episode is your crash course in the actual legal rules you’ve probably never been taught about affiliate disclosures—and the mistakes that have already led to lawsuits against influencers (even if they thought they were doing it right).

So if you’ve ever wondered, “Wait, am I allowed to post this?”—tune in! Because I’m sharing exactly what the law says and how to stay protected while creating a new revenue stream.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why affiliate marketing and sponsored content are NOT the Wild West anymore
  2. What the recent Alo Yoga and Revolve lawsuits mean for creators like you
  3. The one legal mistake that most creators are making—and how to fix it
  4. What “material connection” means (yes, even free stuff counts!)
  5. How to properly disclose affiliate links in newsletters, videos, and stories
  6. Why a tiny “#ad” buried at the bottom of a post won’t cut it
  7. What the FTC says about international creators targeting US audiences
  8. Sam’s simple “obvious + hard to miss” formula for disclosures that keep you compliant

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Sign up for my free weekly email Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e82d1c89-bb33-4da5-957a-231eb9e42753Mon, 26 May 2025 05:30:00 -040018:25falsefull242242241. Your Sustainable Content Strategy for Consistent Sales (without reels)241. Your Sustainable Content Strategy for Consistent Sales (without reels)What if your content didn’t just get attention—but actually got results?

I’m sharing the turning point that made me ditch the high-speed hamster wheel of content creation and finally start marketing in a way that works for me. Spoiler: It didn’t involve more posts, reels, or dancing (thank goodness).

After a moment with my dad during his chemo treatment made me reevaluate how I was spending my time (and what really mattered), I knew there had to be a better way to grow a business than relying on 24-hour stories and random dopamine hits. And there is.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I traded dopamine marketing for deeper connections
  2. What “depth content” really means (no crying on camera necessary)
  3. How evergreen + searchable content becomes your biz’s best investment
  4. What the “Big 3” strategy is and how to use it to grow your audience and revenue
  5. The one mindset shift that helped me stop scrambling and start selling sustainably

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Sign up for my free weekly email Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>What if your content didn’t just get attention—but actually got results?

I’m sharing the turning point that made me ditch the high-speed hamster wheel of content creation and finally start marketing in a way that works for me. Spoiler: It didn’t involve more posts, reels, or dancing (thank goodness).

After a moment with my dad during his chemo treatment made me reevaluate how I was spending my time (and what really mattered), I knew there had to be a better way to grow a business than relying on 24-hour stories and random dopamine hits. And there is.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I traded dopamine marketing for deeper connections
  2. What “depth content” really means (no crying on camera necessary)
  3. How evergreen + searchable content becomes your biz’s best investment
  4. What the “Big 3” strategy is and how to use it to grow your audience and revenue
  5. The one mindset shift that helped me stop scrambling and start selling sustainably

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Sign up for my free weekly email Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a4afda3b-af06-4b25-b7d2-89124c2e32f1Mon, 19 May 2025 05:30:00 -040015:52falsefull241241240. I Pulled Off a $338k Digital Product Launch in 4 Days. It Started With a Tiny Shift I Made 6 Years Ago.240. I Pulled Off a $338k Digital Product Launch in 4 Days. It Started With a Tiny Shift I Made 6 Years Ago.What if your next big launch didn’t feel like sprinting a marathon in heels? What if, instead, it felt calm, strategic, and (dare I say it?) kind of fun?

In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on how I orchestrated a $338,000 launch for the Ultimate Bundle® in just four days—without burning out or sacrificing my sanity. I’m breaking down exactly why this launch was so successful, what mindset shifts made the biggest difference, and how you can start building toward your own peaceful and powerful launch, too.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why being “chill” about your launch might be the secret to your biggest revenue yet
  2. How detaching your self-worth from your income can unlock better results
  3. The 4 surprising ingredients that made this launch feel so… easy
  4. How one webinar (and a killer replay strategy) drove massive conversions
  5. What I stopped doing during launches that actually helped me sell more
  6. The strategic shift that took our webinar conversion rate from great to bonkers (think: 11%!)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Sign up for my free weekly email Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Read From Sign-Up to Show-Up: Launch Success Tips on Substack
  3. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>What if your next big launch didn’t feel like sprinting a marathon in heels? What if, instead, it felt calm, strategic, and (dare I say it?) kind of fun?

In this episode, I’m pulling back the curtain on how I orchestrated a $338,000 launch for the Ultimate Bundle® in just four days—without burning out or sacrificing my sanity. I’m breaking down exactly why this launch was so successful, what mindset shifts made the biggest difference, and how you can start building toward your own peaceful and powerful launch, too.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why being “chill” about your launch might be the secret to your biggest revenue yet
  2. How detaching your self-worth from your income can unlock better results
  3. The 4 surprising ingredients that made this launch feel so… easy
  4. How one webinar (and a killer replay strategy) drove massive conversions
  5. What I stopped doing during launches that actually helped me sell more
  6. The strategic shift that took our webinar conversion rate from great to bonkers (think: 11%!)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Sign up for my free weekly email Sam’s Sidebar
  2. Read From Sign-Up to Show-Up: Launch Success Tips on Substack
  3. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>d3cae36d-ee29-4b19-8d93-23ea9f8d9612Mon, 12 May 2025 05:30:00 -040041:08falsefull240240I’m Back—with $338k Launch Secrets Coming Your WayI’m Back—with $338k Launch Secrets Coming Your WayI’ve been a little quiet here on On Your Terms—but for good reason. In this quick update, I’m sharing where I’ve been (hint: launching a book!) and what’s coming next (some juicy behind-the-scenes lessons I’ve learned after 2 super successful launches so far in 2025). If you think that online business is dying or you’re wondering whether it’s true that things are changing, next week’s episode is definitely for you. Can’t wait to be back in your ears this Monday, May 12.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>I’ve been a little quiet here on On Your Terms—but for good reason. In this quick update, I’m sharing where I’ve been (hint: launching a book!) and what’s coming next (some juicy behind-the-scenes lessons I’ve learned after 2 super successful launches so far in 2025). If you think that online business is dying or you’re wondering whether it’s true that things are changing, next week’s episode is definitely for you. Can’t wait to be back in your ears this Monday, May 12.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

]]>beeaacc5-e93a-4668-93fd-33512f165b2dMon, 05 May 2025 16:00:00 -040006:47falsefull239. I Flew to Chicago to Get Interviewed by ConvertKit’s CEO (behind the scenes)239. I Flew to Chicago to Get Interviewed by ConvertKit’s CEO (behind the scenes)What do you do when a dream podcast opportunity comes knocking… and the universe throws every travel disaster at you to stop it?

In this week’s episode of On Your Terms®, I’m sharing the behind-the-scenes (and in-the-air) chaos that nearly kept me from being interviewed by Nathan Barry on the Nathan Barry Show. From flight fiascos and airport sprints to finally stepping inside Kit's new Chicago studio—this episode is part travel diary, part entrepreneur pep talk.

If you’ve ever wondered what it’s like to do press while launching a book, or just love a good behind-the-scenes adventure with a few marketing and mindset nuggets sprinkled in, this one’s for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The wild travel journey that almost made me miss my biggest podcast interview yet
  2. What it’s like inside Kit’s brand-new Chicago studio (it’s next-level!)
  3. How I stay productive and grounded even when things go off the rails
  4. My thoughts on what top-tier podcast producers do differently—and what we can learn from them
  5. A sneak peek at how I’m marketing my new book and building an audience beyond social media

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Watch this episode on YouTube
  3. Check out my episode with Nathan on the Nathan Barry Show
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>What do you do when a dream podcast opportunity comes knocking… and the universe throws every travel disaster at you to stop it?

In this week’s episode of On Your Terms®, I’m sharing the behind-the-scenes (and in-the-air) chaos that nearly kept me from being interviewed by Nathan Barry on the Nathan Barry Show. From flight fiascos and airport sprints to finally stepping inside Kit's new Chicago studio—this episode is part travel diary, part entrepreneur pep talk.

If you’ve ever wondered what it’s like to do press while launching a book, or just love a good behind-the-scenes adventure with a few marketing and mindset nuggets sprinkled in, this one’s for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The wild travel journey that almost made me miss my biggest podcast interview yet
  2. What it’s like inside Kit’s brand-new Chicago studio (it’s next-level!)
  3. How I stay productive and grounded even when things go off the rails
  4. My thoughts on what top-tier podcast producers do differently—and what we can learn from them
  5. A sneak peek at how I’m marketing my new book and building an audience beyond social media

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Watch this episode on YouTube
  3. Check out my episode with Nathan on the Nathan Barry Show
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>fabbd56b-a84c-4765-8bc2-f2e871946a38Thu, 24 Apr 2025 05:30:00 -040029:39falsefull239239238. Behind the scenes: My book launch is tomorrow238. Behind the scenes: My book launch is tomorrowWhen I signed my Big 5 book deal years ago, this moment felt so far away. And now… it’s here. Tomorrow, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy hits shelves, and honestly? I’m feeling everything. I wanted to sit down, cozy-style, and share what this experience has really been like — unfiltered. I’m answering the 5 most common questions I’ve gotten about writing the book, landing a book deal, running my multi-7-figure business while doing it all… and what this whole experience has taught me.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I wrote this book and what I hope it gives you
  2. What shocked me most about writing it (hint: vulnerability)
  3. How I balanced the writing process with running a full-time business
  4. The biggest lessons I learned about myself
  5. And how I’m really feeling, now that it’s finally here

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When I signed my Big 5 book deal years ago, this moment felt so far away. And now… it’s here. Tomorrow, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy hits shelves, and honestly? I’m feeling everything. I wanted to sit down, cozy-style, and share what this experience has really been like — unfiltered. I’m answering the 5 most common questions I’ve gotten about writing the book, landing a book deal, running my multi-7-figure business while doing it all… and what this whole experience has taught me.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I wrote this book and what I hope it gives you
  2. What shocked me most about writing it (hint: vulnerability)
  3. How I balanced the writing process with running a full-time business
  4. The biggest lessons I learned about myself
  5. And how I’m really feeling, now that it’s finally here

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1a64ce05-5d0b-44a9-95f1-9ae3ac419780Mon, 14 Apr 2025 05:30:00 -040030:48falsefull238238237. Why Your Email List Isn't Growing (+ how to fix it)237. Why Your Email List Isn't Growing (+ how to fix it)Is your email list growing at a snail’s pace (or not at all)? If so, I can almost guarantee you’re making at least one of these four mistakes. And even worse? These mistakes are probably costing you more than just subscribers—they're costing you customers.

I’ve built an engaged email list of over 47,000 subscribers who reply to my emails, buy my products, and even refer my newsletter to others in their industry. And in today’s episode, I’m sharing exactly what’s stopping your email list from growing—plus how to fix it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why no one is downloading your freebie (and how to create one that people actually want)
  2. How to find simple, low-effort email list growth opportunities that don’t involve PDFs, webinars, or complicated downloads
  3. The BIGGEST mistake I see when it comes to promoting your freebie (hint: you’re probably not talking about it enough)
  4. How to tap into referrals and share-ability to bring in more of the right subscribers with way less effort

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. The Ultimate Guide to Building Your Email List
  3. Join my weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  4. How I Grew My Email List to 47K+ Subscribers
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Is your email list growing at a snail’s pace (or not at all)? If so, I can almost guarantee you’re making at least one of these four mistakes. And even worse? These mistakes are probably costing you more than just subscribers—they're costing you customers.

I’ve built an engaged email list of over 47,000 subscribers who reply to my emails, buy my products, and even refer my newsletter to others in their industry. And in today’s episode, I’m sharing exactly what’s stopping your email list from growing—plus how to fix it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why no one is downloading your freebie (and how to create one that people actually want)
  2. How to find simple, low-effort email list growth opportunities that don’t involve PDFs, webinars, or complicated downloads
  3. The BIGGEST mistake I see when it comes to promoting your freebie (hint: you’re probably not talking about it enough)
  4. How to tap into referrals and share-ability to bring in more of the right subscribers with way less effort

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. The Ultimate Guide to Building Your Email List
  3. Join my weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar
  4. How I Grew My Email List to 47K+ Subscribers
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0a13a3a8-320c-4b62-8a44-f56d12c9c051Mon, 07 Apr 2025 05:30:00 -040018:35falsefull237237236. Your Next 90 Days: A Simple Plan to Grow Your Online Business in 2025236. Your Next 90 Days: A Simple Plan to Grow Your Online Business in 2025Can you believe quarter one is already over? If you’re like me, the first three months of the year flew by in a blur. But before we sprint into Q2, let’s take a moment to pause, breathe, and reflect. Because if you want the next three months to be more productive, joyful, and successful, you need to know what worked—and what didn’t.

In this episode, I’m sharing the exact process I use in my multi-seven-figure online business to reflect on the past quarter and plan for the next one. Whether you’re celebrating big wins, wondering what happened to that one goal (whoops), or realizing you need a major shift, this episode will help you take stock, gain clarity, and set yourself up for success. Plus, I’ll walk you through how to use my free annual planning guide to make this process even easier!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to properly reflect on the last quarter so you can make smarter decisions moving forward
  2. The biggest mistake entrepreneurs make when planning their next quarter
  3. Why understanding the mechanism behind what worked (and what didn’t) is crucial for business growth
  4. The key questions you should ask yourself to assess your goals, progress, and overall business well-being
  5. A simple framework to set your Q2 goals (and actually achieve them)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Grab my Free Annual Planning Guide
  3. Watch this episode on YouTube
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Can you believe quarter one is already over? If you’re like me, the first three months of the year flew by in a blur. But before we sprint into Q2, let’s take a moment to pause, breathe, and reflect. Because if you want the next three months to be more productive, joyful, and successful, you need to know what worked—and what didn’t.

In this episode, I’m sharing the exact process I use in my multi-seven-figure online business to reflect on the past quarter and plan for the next one. Whether you’re celebrating big wins, wondering what happened to that one goal (whoops), or realizing you need a major shift, this episode will help you take stock, gain clarity, and set yourself up for success. Plus, I’ll walk you through how to use my free annual planning guide to make this process even easier!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to properly reflect on the last quarter so you can make smarter decisions moving forward
  2. The biggest mistake entrepreneurs make when planning their next quarter
  3. Why understanding the mechanism behind what worked (and what didn’t) is crucial for business growth
  4. The key questions you should ask yourself to assess your goals, progress, and overall business well-being
  5. A simple framework to set your Q2 goals (and actually achieve them)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Grab my Free Annual Planning Guide
  3. Watch this episode on YouTube
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>65b0a4ca-f5ff-40ee-9945-eba2840c525fMon, 31 Mar 2025 05:30:00 -040015:19falsefull236236235. Why Working Harder Won’t Grow Your Business (Try This Instead) [Happy Trap Series #4]235. Why Working Harder Won’t Grow Your Business (Try This Instead) [Happy Trap Series #4]If working harder was the secret to success, every burned-out entrepreneur would be rolling in cash. But we both know that’s not how business works. If you feel like you're constantly grinding, spinning your wheels, and still not seeing the growth you want, this episode is for you. We’re diving into the biggest myths about hustle culture, why working more doesn’t equal more success, and what actually moves the needle in your business (without burning you out).

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why more work doesn’t always mean more success (and what actually does)
  2. The three biggest problems that come from overworking without a real strategy
  3. A smarter way to grow your business that doesn’t lead to burnout
  4. Why “toilet content” is keeping you stuck—and what to do instead
  5. The one content strategy that helped me scale my business while working less

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Listen to Why Hitting Your Goals Won’t Make You Happy (But What Actually Will) [Happy Trap Series #1]
  3. Listen to The Business Advice That’s Keeping You Stuck (And What Actually Works) [Happy Trap Series #2]
  4. Listen to Why More Followers Won’t Fix Your Business—But This Will [Happy Trap Series #3]
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If working harder was the secret to success, every burned-out entrepreneur would be rolling in cash. But we both know that’s not how business works. If you feel like you're constantly grinding, spinning your wheels, and still not seeing the growth you want, this episode is for you. We’re diving into the biggest myths about hustle culture, why working more doesn’t equal more success, and what actually moves the needle in your business (without burning you out).

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why more work doesn’t always mean more success (and what actually does)
  2. The three biggest problems that come from overworking without a real strategy
  3. A smarter way to grow your business that doesn’t lead to burnout
  4. Why “toilet content” is keeping you stuck—and what to do instead
  5. The one content strategy that helped me scale my business while working less

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Listen to Why Hitting Your Goals Won’t Make You Happy (But What Actually Will) [Happy Trap Series #1]
  3. Listen to The Business Advice That’s Keeping You Stuck (And What Actually Works) [Happy Trap Series #2]
  4. Listen to Why More Followers Won’t Fix Your Business—But This Will [Happy Trap Series #3]
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>aeb6b7e3-5290-4e85-acc0-b3c855bf4193Mon, 24 Mar 2025 05:30:00 -040018:20falsefull235235234. Why More Followers Won’t Fix Your Business—But This Will [Happy Trap Series #3]234. Why More Followers Won’t Fix Your Business—But This Will [Happy Trap Series #3]If you’ve ever thought, “If only I had more followers, then I’d make more sales…”—this one’s for you. Because, spoiler alert: That’s just not how it works.

There are people with 10,000 followers struggling to make ends meet, while others with just 1,000 followers are making multiple six figures. So what actually moves the needle in your business?

Today, we’re busting the “more followers = more money” myth and getting into what really makes your business grow. Plus, I’ll share how to make the most of the audience you already have—so you can start seeing results right now.

This is part three of my Happy Trap series! If you missed parts one and two, don’t worry—I’ve linked them below so you can catch up.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why more followers won’t magically increase your revenue
  2. The real factors that drive sales (and why they have nothing to do with your follower count)
  3. How to position yourself as an authority, so people trust and want to buy from you
  4. Why focusing on engagement > growth will make all the difference in your business
  5. My best tips for turning your current audience into paying customers

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Listen to Why Hitting Your Goals Won’t Make You Happy (But What Actually Will) [Happy Trap Series #1]
  3. Listen to The Business Advice That’s Keeping You Stuck (And What Actually Works) [Happy Trap Series #2]
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’ve ever thought, “If only I had more followers, then I’d make more sales…”—this one’s for you. Because, spoiler alert: That’s just not how it works.

There are people with 10,000 followers struggling to make ends meet, while others with just 1,000 followers are making multiple six figures. So what actually moves the needle in your business?

Today, we’re busting the “more followers = more money” myth and getting into what really makes your business grow. Plus, I’ll share how to make the most of the audience you already have—so you can start seeing results right now.

This is part three of my Happy Trap series! If you missed parts one and two, don’t worry—I’ve linked them below so you can catch up.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why more followers won’t magically increase your revenue
  2. The real factors that drive sales (and why they have nothing to do with your follower count)
  3. How to position yourself as an authority, so people trust and want to buy from you
  4. Why focusing on engagement > growth will make all the difference in your business
  5. My best tips for turning your current audience into paying customers

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Listen to Why Hitting Your Goals Won’t Make You Happy (But What Actually Will) [Happy Trap Series #1]
  3. Listen to The Business Advice That’s Keeping You Stuck (And What Actually Works) [Happy Trap Series #2]
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0a021a01-81ad-4d5e-b7c9-131c19ace9aaMon, 17 Mar 2025 05:30:00 -040022:18falsefull234234233: The Business Advice That’s Keeping You Stuck (And What Actually Works) [Happy Trap Series #2]233: The Business Advice That’s Keeping You Stuck (And What Actually Works) [Happy Trap Series #2]Have you ever felt like every business "guru" is shouting about one perfect strategy—the magic formula for hitting $10K months? But no matter what you try, nothing seems to stick?

Yeah, I’ve been there too. When I started my legal templates business eight years ago, I kept hearing that I had to run my webinar live first before making it evergreen. But life had other plans—my dad was sick, and I simply didn’t have the time. So, I went against the advice of all the experts and launched my webinar as evergreen right away. And guess what? It worked.

Now, eight years later, that little funnel has generated over $8 million. So, let’s bust the myth that there’s only one right way to build a successful online business.

This is Part 2 of The Happy Trap series, where I’m diving into why chasing a perfect formula holds so many entrepreneurs back.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why the idea that there’s only one right way to grow a business is a total myth
  2. The four things that actually create a successful online business (hint: it’s not the latest trending strategy)
  3. How to filter out the noise from business gurus and trust your instincts
  4. Why marketing positioning and differentiation matter more than any specific strategy
  5. How to experiment, track what works, and stick with it long enough to see results
  6. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Juilliard Jazz Prof Hears Nirvana For The First Time
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever felt like every business "guru" is shouting about one perfect strategy—the magic formula for hitting $10K months? But no matter what you try, nothing seems to stick?

Yeah, I’ve been there too. When I started my legal templates business eight years ago, I kept hearing that I had to run my webinar live first before making it evergreen. But life had other plans—my dad was sick, and I simply didn’t have the time. So, I went against the advice of all the experts and launched my webinar as evergreen right away. And guess what? It worked.

Now, eight years later, that little funnel has generated over $8 million. So, let’s bust the myth that there’s only one right way to build a successful online business.

This is Part 2 of The Happy Trap series, where I’m diving into why chasing a perfect formula holds so many entrepreneurs back.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why the idea that there’s only one right way to grow a business is a total myth
  2. The four things that actually create a successful online business (hint: it’s not the latest trending strategy)
  3. How to filter out the noise from business gurus and trust your instincts
  4. Why marketing positioning and differentiation matter more than any specific strategy
  5. How to experiment, track what works, and stick with it long enough to see results
  6. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Juilliard Jazz Prof Hears Nirvana For The First Time
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

]]>b2d85ae0-2b77-4af2-9082-db5ed258c7f9Mon, 10 Mar 2025 05:30:00 -040023:39falsefull233233232. Why Hitting Your Goals Won't Make You Happy (But What Actually Will) [Happy Trap Series #1]232. Why Hitting Your Goals Won't Make You Happy (But What Actually Will) [Happy Trap Series #1]Remember when you first started your business? You might have had all these goals, dreams, and ambitions, and thought that once you hit those milestones, you'd be happy and finally feel successful. So what's the deal, then, when you've come so far and achieved so much…but you still aren't happy?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What the Happy Trap is, and how we fall into it as entrepreneurs
  2. Why success in your business won't necessarily make you feel fulfilled
  3. Why you feel stuck after hitting goals you thought would bring you happiness
  4. What you should actually be focusing on in your business to beat that Happy Trap feeling
  5. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Remember when you first started your business? You might have had all these goals, dreams, and ambitions, and thought that once you hit those milestones, you'd be happy and finally feel successful. So what's the deal, then, when you've come so far and achieved so much…but you still aren't happy?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What the Happy Trap is, and how we fall into it as entrepreneurs
  2. Why success in your business won't necessarily make you feel fulfilled
  3. Why you feel stuck after hitting goals you thought would bring you happiness
  4. What you should actually be focusing on in your business to beat that Happy Trap feeling
  5. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>526f1f0d-c9b1-425c-b1dd-4bed81065501Mon, 03 Mar 2025 05:30:00 -040014:34falsefull232232231. Why You’re Not As Lost As You Think (+ BIG NEWS!)231. Why You’re Not As Lost As You Think (+ BIG NEWS!)Ever feel like you’re the only one who doesn’t have it all figured out? You’re not alone. In this episode, I share the surprising story of how Saturday Night Live stars Bill Hader and Andy Samberg met for the first time—each one secretly convinced that the other was the one "doing it right". Spoiler alert: they both were.

This story perfectly captures one of the biggest lies we tell ourselves in business, creativity, and life: that everyone else knows what they’re doing while we're somehow lost or that we need to follow what *they're * doing in order to be more successful in our businesses. The truth? Most people are figuring it out as they go—just like you and me.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. ✅ The Bill Hader & Andy Samberg SNL story and what it reveals about imposter syndrome
  2. ✅ Why the belief that “other people have it all figured out” is keeping you stuck
  3. ✅ How to shift your mindset and stop waiting until you feel “ready”
  4. ✅ BIG NEWS! A new 4-part podcast series starts Monday, March 3, 2025
  5. ✅ Other big news: My book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy, is available for pre-order and releases on April 15, 2025! 🎉

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ever feel like you’re the only one who doesn’t have it all figured out? You’re not alone. In this episode, I share the surprising story of how Saturday Night Live stars Bill Hader and Andy Samberg met for the first time—each one secretly convinced that the other was the one "doing it right". Spoiler alert: they both were.

This story perfectly captures one of the biggest lies we tell ourselves in business, creativity, and life: that everyone else knows what they’re doing while we're somehow lost or that we need to follow what *they're * doing in order to be more successful in our businesses. The truth? Most people are figuring it out as they go—just like you and me.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. ✅ The Bill Hader & Andy Samberg SNL story and what it reveals about imposter syndrome
  2. ✅ Why the belief that “other people have it all figured out” is keeping you stuck
  3. ✅ How to shift your mindset and stop waiting until you feel “ready”
  4. ✅ BIG NEWS! A new 4-part podcast series starts Monday, March 3, 2025
  5. ✅ Other big news: My book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy, is available for pre-order and releases on April 15, 2025! 🎉

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>ae67c301-fcbd-498d-82b2-a62d4800fa32Mon, 24 Feb 2025 05:30:00 -040014:56falsefull231231230. The Future of Online Business: 4 Game-Changing Trends You Need to Know in 2025230. The Future of Online Business: 4 Game-Changing Trends You Need to Know in 2025It's been a weird couple of months on social media, from content policing to apps disappearing and reappearing, new features and different trends - things have definitely changed and reached a tipping point for 2025. So how are you going to ride the wave, and keep your sanity amidst this ever changing landscape?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What types of content people will be drawn to, and how you can create it without burning yourself out
  2. Why "old fashioned" marketing and connections are seeing a big comeback
  3. When to use AI to your advantage without replacing yourself
  4. How you can prepare and adapt to the new trends moving forward

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>It's been a weird couple of months on social media, from content policing to apps disappearing and reappearing, new features and different trends - things have definitely changed and reached a tipping point for 2025. So how are you going to ride the wave, and keep your sanity amidst this ever changing landscape?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What types of content people will be drawn to, and how you can create it without burning yourself out
  2. Why "old fashioned" marketing and connections are seeing a big comeback
  3. When to use AI to your advantage without replacing yourself
  4. How you can prepare and adapt to the new trends moving forward

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>df784b53-da87-45c2-aa77-a9af8501a176Mon, 17 Feb 2025 05:30:00 -040024:26falsefull230230How To Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2025How To Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2025If you want to start an online business — whether as a coach, course creator, maker, or service provider—you must have your legal foundations in place. The online business space is facing more scrutiny than ever, and you don’t want to get caught off guard.

In this special replay of my live training “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2025,” I walk you through exactly how to legally protect your business so you can confidently grow it without fear of accidentally doing something wrong.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • The 5 things you need in place before accepting even $1 online
  • Why the law is cracking down on online businesses—and how to stay compliant
  • Step-by-step instructions for forming your business entity
  • LLC vs. sole proprietorship—what’s actually best for you?
  • Why business insurance is a non-negotiable (seriously, don’t skip this!)
  • How to legally offer coaching or services without violating your professional license (huge for therapists, doctors, and other licensed professionals!)
  •  A complete walkthrough of the legal must-haves—whether you’re in year 1 or year 10 of your online business

The legal stuff might not be the most fun part of starting an online business, but it’s what keeps your online business safe, sustainable, and profitable.

 🎉The Ultimate Bundle®—BIGGEST Sale of the Year Ends Friday, 2/14! 🎉

Want the contracts, policies, and legal protections your business needs—without the headache of figuring it all out yourself? The Ultimate Bundle® gives you everything you need to legally protect your online business, from contracts to step-by-step legal trainings.

 🎉Now on sale for the biggest discount of the year—but only until Friday, 2/14! 🎉

👉Grab the Ultimate Bundle® before the sale ends: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/ub-bonus/ Let’s get your business legally protected—so you can focus on growing with confidence! 

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram
  4. Get the Ultimate Bundle®

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you want to start an online business — whether as a coach, course creator, maker, or service provider—you must have your legal foundations in place. The online business space is facing more scrutiny than ever, and you don’t want to get caught off guard.

In this special replay of my live training “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2025,” I walk you through exactly how to legally protect your business so you can confidently grow it without fear of accidentally doing something wrong.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • The 5 things you need in place before accepting even $1 online
  • Why the law is cracking down on online businesses—and how to stay compliant
  • Step-by-step instructions for forming your business entity
  • LLC vs. sole proprietorship—what’s actually best for you?
  • Why business insurance is a non-negotiable (seriously, don’t skip this!)
  • How to legally offer coaching or services without violating your professional license (huge for therapists, doctors, and other licensed professionals!)
  •  A complete walkthrough of the legal must-haves—whether you’re in year 1 or year 10 of your online business

The legal stuff might not be the most fun part of starting an online business, but it’s what keeps your online business safe, sustainable, and profitable.

 🎉The Ultimate Bundle®—BIGGEST Sale of the Year Ends Friday, 2/14! 🎉

Want the contracts, policies, and legal protections your business needs—without the headache of figuring it all out yourself? The Ultimate Bundle® gives you everything you need to legally protect your online business, from contracts to step-by-step legal trainings.

 🎉Now on sale for the biggest discount of the year—but only until Friday, 2/14! 🎉

👉Grab the Ultimate Bundle® before the sale ends: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/ub-bonus/ Let’s get your business legally protected—so you can focus on growing with confidence! 

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram
  4. Get the Ultimate Bundle®

DISCLAIMER

]]>427f8047-ca14-4578-9e60-2d27b1c57243Mon, 10 Feb 2025 19:30:00 -040001:41:40falsefull229. What Hiring a Stylist Taught Me About Building a Successful Business229. What Hiring a Stylist Taught Me About Building a Successful BusinessWhen I met with my stylist, there were things I noticed about each of the clothing items I loved and the ones I hated. I started to realize that there were consistencies in any of the items I liked wearing, enough so that it became really easy to get rid of anything that wasn’t similar to my beloved items. Tune in to hear how noticing these same types of patterns in your own business’s messaging and content will help you to easily determine what’s working, and what isn’t, so you can spend more time pursuing those things that help drive your business forward.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why the things you’re doing in your business right now are working (or not)
  2. Where to focus your efforts to find the greatest returns on your goals and vision
  3. The importance of understanding what elements you need to build an audience, and have them stick around
  4. How practice makes perfect, and why analyzing your successes and failures will help you grow your business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Conni Jespersen on Instagram
  3. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When I met with my stylist, there were things I noticed about each of the clothing items I loved and the ones I hated. I started to realize that there were consistencies in any of the items I liked wearing, enough so that it became really easy to get rid of anything that wasn’t similar to my beloved items. Tune in to hear how noticing these same types of patterns in your own business’s messaging and content will help you to easily determine what’s working, and what isn’t, so you can spend more time pursuing those things that help drive your business forward.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why the things you’re doing in your business right now are working (or not)
  2. Where to focus your efforts to find the greatest returns on your goals and vision
  3. The importance of understanding what elements you need to build an audience, and have them stick around
  4. How practice makes perfect, and why analyzing your successes and failures will help you grow your business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Conni Jespersen on Instagram
  3. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>89d36aba-c4b6-4e96-a5aa-fc15ab6be18bMon, 03 Feb 2025 05:30:00 -040023:30falsefull229229228. The Surprising Shift That Took My Business From $0 to 7-Figures228. The Surprising Shift That Took My Business From $0 to 7-FiguresWhen you first start a business, much of your day may be spent casually networking or binging all of the free content related to entrepreneurship (that was me! 🙋🏻). It's very tempting to get caught up with consuming rather than doing, so it's important to check in with yourself and determine if what you're filling your days with in the now will help to build your business in the long run.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The mindset shift I needed to implement early and often to build a successful business
  2. Why it's vital to have measurable, concrete attainable goals spelled out
  3. How finding your focus in your business will help yield your biggest steps forward
  4. What it really means to silence your self-doubt and become your biggest promoter

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When you first start a business, much of your day may be spent casually networking or binging all of the free content related to entrepreneurship (that was me! 🙋🏻). It's very tempting to get caught up with consuming rather than doing, so it's important to check in with yourself and determine if what you're filling your days with in the now will help to build your business in the long run.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The mindset shift I needed to implement early and often to build a successful business
  2. Why it's vital to have measurable, concrete attainable goals spelled out
  3. How finding your focus in your business will help yield your biggest steps forward
  4. What it really means to silence your self-doubt and become your biggest promoter

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>eb413153-c955-44bd-9161-b460c00f05f9Mon, 20 Jan 2025 05:30:00 -040020:36falsefull228228🚨 TikTok on the Clock: What a TikTok Ban Could Mean for Creators🚨 TikTok on the Clock: What a TikTok Ban Could Mean for CreatorsThe (potential) TikTok ban has been making waves, and as creators and online business owners, we can’t afford to ignore its potential impact. In this episode, I’m diving into the latest updates on the TikTok ban, whether you will still be able to have the TikTok app if it gets banned, and what it could mean for creators and entrepreneurs who rely on the platform to grow their businesses. Whether you use TikTok to build your audience, sell your products, or connect with your community, this episode will help you understand what’s at stake—and what steps you can take to protect your business in a shifting social media landscape.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The current status of the TikTok ban and how we got here
  2. Whether you’ll still be able to use TikTok in the event of a ban
  3. Key reasons behind the ban and who it targets
  4. Who would be penalized for breaking the ban
  5. Why I think a TikTok ban shouldn’t impact your business

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>The (potential) TikTok ban has been making waves, and as creators and online business owners, we can’t afford to ignore its potential impact. In this episode, I’m diving into the latest updates on the TikTok ban, whether you will still be able to have the TikTok app if it gets banned, and what it could mean for creators and entrepreneurs who rely on the platform to grow their businesses. Whether you use TikTok to build your audience, sell your products, or connect with your community, this episode will help you understand what’s at stake—and what steps you can take to protect your business in a shifting social media landscape.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The current status of the TikTok ban and how we got here
  2. Whether you’ll still be able to use TikTok in the event of a ban
  3. Key reasons behind the ban and who it targets
  4. Who would be penalized for breaking the ban
  5. Why I think a TikTok ban shouldn’t impact your business

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>81694326-abfa-4003-a5c2-4bfab29938bcTue, 14 Jan 2025 09:00:00 -040009:22falsefull227. My Top 3 Proven Strategies to Grow Your Email List (From Someone With 45K Subs)+ HUGE BOOK ANNOUNCEMENT!227. My Top 3 Proven Strategies to Grow Your Email List (From Someone With 45K Subs)+ HUGE BOOK ANNOUNCEMENT!After becoming BFFs with Google, I learned all I could about email lists, freebies, and landing pages; my mind was overflowing! Now I’m eight years and almost 45,000 subscribers into my legal business, and I can confidently say that my email list is the foundation of my business’s success. I can’t wait to share what I’ve learned along the way to help you build your own email-driven success story (and I’m also very excited to fill you in on how you can get my new book when it drops this spring!).

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why it’s vital to determine who your audience is and why they’re following you
  2. The type of content you need to create to get more people on your email list
  3. How to make sure your content gets seen by your future followers
  4. And how you can get your hands on my new book! 😊

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>After becoming BFFs with Google, I learned all I could about email lists, freebies, and landing pages; my mind was overflowing! Now I’m eight years and almost 45,000 subscribers into my legal business, and I can confidently say that my email list is the foundation of my business’s success. I can’t wait to share what I’ve learned along the way to help you build your own email-driven success story (and I’m also very excited to fill you in on how you can get my new book when it drops this spring!).

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why it’s vital to determine who your audience is and why they’re following you
  2. The type of content you need to create to get more people on your email list
  3. How to make sure your content gets seen by your future followers
  4. And how you can get your hands on my new book! 😊

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-order my book, When I Start My Business, I’ll Be Happy: A Practical No-BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship
  2. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e29ad2bb-f480-463a-a765-65922ef73a1fTue, 07 Jan 2025 05:30:00 -040036:56falsefull227227226. Part 2: What You're Missing in Your 2025 Business Plan (I'll Fix It)226. Part 2: What You're Missing in Your 2025 Business Plan (I'll Fix It)Welcome to a new approach to goal setting and personal growth. As we prepare to step into 2025, it’s the perfect time to reflect on what might be missing from your current business plan and decide on what to implement if you're a new business owner. I’m sharing strategies for creating a plan that feels authentic and motivating.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into setting focused and achievable goals for 2025
  2. How to stay open to change and new ideas in your business journey
  3. Understanding the value of KPIs in guiding your business decisions
  4. Creating quarterly focuses that can keep you on track

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Welcome to a new approach to goal setting and personal growth. As we prepare to step into 2025, it’s the perfect time to reflect on what might be missing from your current business plan and decide on what to implement if you're a new business owner. I’m sharing strategies for creating a plan that feels authentic and motivating.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into setting focused and achievable goals for 2025
  2. How to stay open to change and new ideas in your business journey
  3. Understanding the value of KPIs in guiding your business decisions
  4. Creating quarterly focuses that can keep you on track

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>bc61f83c-8a36-49af-966e-a34bf0fdedaeMon, 16 Dec 2024 05:30:00 -040014:01falsefull226226225. Part 1: The Online Business Year End Review That Could Transform Your 2025225. Part 1: The Online Business Year End Review That Could Transform Your 2025Have you ever taken a moment to look back on where you’ve been and how far you’ve come? Lately, I’ve been doing just that, reflecting on my journey throughout 2024. It’s been a year filled with growth, unexpected challenges, and valuable lessons. I'll be sharing a few insights from my experience that might inspire your own reflections as you look ahead.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into balancing personal well-being with professional goals
  2. How personal experiences can impact business and life
  3. Strategies that led to revenue growth and a successful book deal
  4. The importance of evolving business strategies with market and social media trends
  5. Aligning business goals with personal values for holistic success

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever taken a moment to look back on where you’ve been and how far you’ve come? Lately, I’ve been doing just that, reflecting on my journey throughout 2024. It’s been a year filled with growth, unexpected challenges, and valuable lessons. I'll be sharing a few insights from my experience that might inspire your own reflections as you look ahead.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into balancing personal well-being with professional goals
  2. How personal experiences can impact business and life
  3. Strategies that led to revenue growth and a successful book deal
  4. The importance of evolving business strategies with market and social media trends
  5. Aligning business goals with personal values for holistic success

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>5c02143f-eca0-426b-901a-09be2ff6a309Mon, 09 Dec 2024 05:30:00 -040022:49falsefull225225BONUS: 5 Steps To Legally Protect Your Online Business Before 2024 EndsBONUS: 5 Steps To Legally Protect Your Online Business Before 2024 EndsIn this episode, you get to hear my full live training, “5 Steps to Legally Protect Your Online Business Before 2024 Ends.” I’ll give you the five steps every entrepreneur needs to take. We’ll cover shifting your mindset, registering as the right business entity, protecting yourself in case of a lawsuit, getting your contracts and policies in place, and staying within your scope of practice.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 5 things you must have in place before accepting even $1 (more) online
  2. Exact steps to form your business
  3. Should you become an LLC or sole prop?
  4. Why you NEED to have business insurance (it’s so worth it)
  5. An actual method for figuring out what you can (and cannot) do online or when you’re NOT working under your professional license
  6. Your 2024 To-do List: things to do before Dec 31st to make your biz legally sound

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle® is on sale through Nov 1, 2024. If you buy it before Oct 30, 2024, you’ll receive 3 bonus templates + my last live call of the year.
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, you get to hear my full live training, “5 Steps to Legally Protect Your Online Business Before 2024 Ends.” I’ll give you the five steps every entrepreneur needs to take. We’ll cover shifting your mindset, registering as the right business entity, protecting yourself in case of a lawsuit, getting your contracts and policies in place, and staying within your scope of practice.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 5 things you must have in place before accepting even $1 (more) online
  2. Exact steps to form your business
  3. Should you become an LLC or sole prop?
  4. Why you NEED to have business insurance (it’s so worth it)
  5. An actual method for figuring out what you can (and cannot) do online or when you’re NOT working under your professional license
  6. Your 2024 To-do List: things to do before Dec 31st to make your biz legally sound

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle® is on sale through Nov 1, 2024. If you buy it before Oct 30, 2024, you’ll receive 3 bonus templates + my last live call of the year.
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>6765a2a1-a2e4-474f-95cb-b78f2ab4f1f8Mon, 28 Oct 2024 05:30:00 -040001:06:24falsefull224. Why I'm Taking a Break [we'll be back!]224. Why I'm Taking a Break [we'll be back!]Knowing when to take a break is important. I am listening to my own advice and taking a break from the podcast. I need time and mental space to finish my book.

In this episode, I explain my thought process. I also explain where listeners can find my educational resources while I am out. Check out the Resources links below to my YouTube, Substack, etc.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I am taking time off from the podcast to finish my book and rest
  2. The power of zooming out to see the big picture when looking for clarity
  3. Where listeners can find past episodes and other educational resources

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Search past podcast episodes at SamVanderWielen.com/podcast
  3. Check out my YouTube channel
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Knowing when to take a break is important. I am listening to my own advice and taking a break from the podcast. I need time and mental space to finish my book.

In this episode, I explain my thought process. I also explain where listeners can find my educational resources while I am out. Check out the Resources links below to my YouTube, Substack, etc.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I am taking time off from the podcast to finish my book and rest
  2. The power of zooming out to see the big picture when looking for clarity
  3. Where listeners can find past episodes and other educational resources

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Search past podcast episodes at SamVanderWielen.com/podcast
  3. Check out my YouTube channel
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b24b3605-aee2-4d31-90f0-c098e7e4c23eMon, 29 Jul 2024 05:30:00 -040016:25falsefull224224223. ☀️ How a Rude DM Inspired Me to Do This [Summer Series]223. ☀️ How a Rude DM Inspired Me to Do This [Summer Series]The other day I received a comment on social media about how I did not look great in a video. In the past, I would have been reactive. Instead, I just laughed out loud.

In today’s episode, I share my practice in becoming more confident and comfortable with myself and my online business.

It has been a journey, and it is definitely still ongoing, but if this Philly-born, 90s era-raised girl can do it, so can you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why perfectionism is the enemy of content
  2. How changing the stories you tell yourself can make you less reactive to negative comments
  3. The importance of practicing detachment from your business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>The other day I received a comment on social media about how I did not look great in a video. In the past, I would have been reactive. Instead, I just laughed out loud.

In today’s episode, I share my practice in becoming more confident and comfortable with myself and my online business.

It has been a journey, and it is definitely still ongoing, but if this Philly-born, 90s era-raised girl can do it, so can you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why perfectionism is the enemy of content
  2. How changing the stories you tell yourself can make you less reactive to negative comments
  3. The importance of practicing detachment from your business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>2c1a062f-8514-4807-8ae4-d5d4b0ef9274Mon, 22 Jul 2024 05:30:00 -040019:38falsefull223223222. ☀️If Social Media Sucks… Where Can You Grow Your Online Business? [Summer Series]222. ☀️If Social Media Sucks… Where Can You Grow Your Online Business? [Summer Series]In the last episode, I talked some smack about social media: It’s bad for your mental health, your content won’t have great longevity or searchability, etc. So this episode I cover what to do instead, or in addition to, social media.

First, I break down discovery vs. nurturing. Then, I explain why email is a great nurturing platform. And finally I talk about when social media can be an effective marketing tool, if you still really want to use it.

I hope you’re enjoying these “Online Business Summer School” episodes, including the background sounds from beautiful Long Island!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between discovery vs. nurture platforms
  2. Why email is a great marketing tool
  3. Where social media can be helpful

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In the last episode, I talked some smack about social media: It’s bad for your mental health, your content won’t have great longevity or searchability, etc. So this episode I cover what to do instead, or in addition to, social media.

First, I break down discovery vs. nurturing. Then, I explain why email is a great nurturing platform. And finally I talk about when social media can be an effective marketing tool, if you still really want to use it.

I hope you’re enjoying these “Online Business Summer School” episodes, including the background sounds from beautiful Long Island!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between discovery vs. nurture platforms
  2. Why email is a great marketing tool
  3. Where social media can be helpful

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>14bfb41c-3bdd-4e72-a447-9bd31d23850fMon, 15 Jul 2024 05:30:00 -040017:10falsefull222222221. ☀️ Social Media Wrecked My Brain [Summer Series]221. ☀️ Social Media Wrecked My Brain [Summer Series]Social media is designed to be addictive. Summer can be a great time to evaluate your social media usage– both consumption and creation.

In this episode, I describe my experience scaling back on social media and scaling up in other areas of my personal life and business.

I give you tips in case you want to do the same. I cover delegating to team members, pivoting towards more evergreen content, and re-evaluating your production approach.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you might want to scale back on social media
  2. The power of evergreen content like blogs, podcasts, and YouTube videos
  3. How to approach the social media content you do decide to make

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  5. Watch “Walking you through my CALM, social media-free, marketing strategy” by Art By Louise (YouTube)
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Social media is designed to be addictive. Summer can be a great time to evaluate your social media usage– both consumption and creation.

In this episode, I describe my experience scaling back on social media and scaling up in other areas of my personal life and business.

I give you tips in case you want to do the same. I cover delegating to team members, pivoting towards more evergreen content, and re-evaluating your production approach.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you might want to scale back on social media
  2. The power of evergreen content like blogs, podcasts, and YouTube videos
  3. How to approach the social media content you do decide to make

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  5. Watch “Walking you through my CALM, social media-free, marketing strategy” by Art By Louise (YouTube)
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a790d53d-3f51-4ac4-8d06-34fdcf6e3e61Mon, 08 Jul 2024 05:30:00 -040017:22falsefull221221220. ☀️ Real Talk: I Need a Bit of a Reset [Introducing: Summer Series]220. ☀️ Real Talk: I Need a Bit of a Reset [Introducing: Summer Series]Welcome to the first episode of the Summer School series! This summer I’ll be creating short weekly episodes on the go- while I’m at the gym, on a walk. etc. In each one, I’ll share one lesson I’ve learned about business and life.

Today’s lesson: Find a balance between creativity and strategy in your business content creation. Don’t let strategy strangle your creativity and joy. But, of course, don’t get too far away from your business objectives.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What you can expect from the Summer School series
  2. The importance of finding balance between creativity and strategy
  3. Why you need be clear on what you’re doing and how you’re doing it

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Welcome to the first episode of the Summer School series! This summer I’ll be creating short weekly episodes on the go- while I’m at the gym, on a walk. etc. In each one, I’ll share one lesson I’ve learned about business and life.

Today’s lesson: Find a balance between creativity and strategy in your business content creation. Don’t let strategy strangle your creativity and joy. But, of course, don’t get too far away from your business objectives.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What you can expect from the Summer School series
  2. The importance of finding balance between creativity and strategy
  3. Why you need be clear on what you’re doing and how you’re doing it

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>79acb4f6-a8f0-48db-8d3c-b477f8d8b41eMon, 01 Jul 2024 05:30:00 -040011:53falsefull220220219. How to Start an Online Business in 2024219. How to Start an Online Business in 2024Today’s episode is a recording of my new free legal training “Five Steps to Legally Protect and Grow Your Online Business”. I share the step-by-step plan you need to do to set the legal foundation to protect yourself, your business and have the ability to grow and scale successfully.

Step one is adjusting your mindset. Step two is how to register as the right kind of business entity. Step three is getting business insurance in place so you don’t owe anything if you get sued. Step four is how to protect your boundaries with contracts. And step five is knowing your scope of practice. Don’t worry, I will explain each step in-depth.

At the end of the episode, I take time to answer frequently asked questions about The Ultimate Bundle® and how it’s built to help you with these steps.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you need to register your business
  2. What business insurance protects you and your business from
  3. Why a scope of practice is important

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Grab the Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Today’s episode is a recording of my new free legal training “Five Steps to Legally Protect and Grow Your Online Business”. I share the step-by-step plan you need to do to set the legal foundation to protect yourself, your business and have the ability to grow and scale successfully.

Step one is adjusting your mindset. Step two is how to register as the right kind of business entity. Step three is getting business insurance in place so you don’t owe anything if you get sued. Step four is how to protect your boundaries with contracts. And step five is knowing your scope of practice. Don’t worry, I will explain each step in-depth.

At the end of the episode, I take time to answer frequently asked questions about The Ultimate Bundle® and how it’s built to help you with these steps.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you need to register your business
  2. What business insurance protects you and your business from
  3. Why a scope of practice is important

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Grab the Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>7226e388-5030-46e7-9a47-c0796df4e6d8Mon, 24 Jun 2024 05:30:00 -040001:10:35falsefull219219218. Why You Might Not Own Your Canva Graphics or AI Content218. Why You Might Not Own Your Canva Graphics or AI ContentPeople are often surprised when I tell them they might not own the content they create on Canva. That’s why in today’s episode I give a quick overview of what you should be aware of in terms of content creation, including AI generated content, and copyrights.

I walk through Canva, ChatGPT, and a few other tools, explaining what to look for in their licenses.

As a business owner, the buck stops with you. You’re the one responsible for ensuring your business’s content is legal and protected. I hope this episode gives you a little better understanding of content creation, copyrights, and ownership.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The three things you should know about AI and copyrights
  2. Understanding what Canva retains ownership over
  3. How what to look for in creation tools’ licenses

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>People are often surprised when I tell them they might not own the content they create on Canva. That’s why in today’s episode I give a quick overview of what you should be aware of in terms of content creation, including AI generated content, and copyrights.

I walk through Canva, ChatGPT, and a few other tools, explaining what to look for in their licenses.

As a business owner, the buck stops with you. You’re the one responsible for ensuring your business’s content is legal and protected. I hope this episode gives you a little better understanding of content creation, copyrights, and ownership.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The three things you should know about AI and copyrights
  2. Understanding what Canva retains ownership over
  3. How what to look for in creation tools’ licenses

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  2. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>de3a1290-4748-470c-b516-ade3e855e5baMon, 17 Jun 2024 05:30:00 -040024:16falsefull218218217. Do Free Contracts Protect You At All? My honest take217. Do Free Contracts Protect You At All? My honest takeAre you using the free contracts provided by platforms like Thinkific or Kajabi to protect your online business? If so, you might be wondering if they’re really enough to keep you legally covered. Today, I'm breaking down why these default terms of use might not be as protective as you think and what steps you can take to ensure your business is truly safeguarded. We'll explore the inadequacies of these free contracts and discuss how to create customized terms that reflect your unique business needs.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why free contracts from platforms like Thinkific and Kajabi might not be enough.
  2. The importance of having customized terms of use for your business.
  3. Common inadequacies in free contracts and how they can affect your business.
  4. How to protect your intellectual property with tailored contracts.
  5. The role of customized financial terms and payment policies in your legal protection.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you using the free contracts provided by platforms like Thinkific or Kajabi to protect your online business? If so, you might be wondering if they’re really enough to keep you legally covered. Today, I'm breaking down why these default terms of use might not be as protective as you think and what steps you can take to ensure your business is truly safeguarded. We'll explore the inadequacies of these free contracts and discuss how to create customized terms that reflect your unique business needs.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why free contracts from platforms like Thinkific and Kajabi might not be enough.
  2. The importance of having customized terms of use for your business.
  3. Common inadequacies in free contracts and how they can affect your business.
  4. How to protect your intellectual property with tailored contracts.
  5. The role of customized financial terms and payment policies in your legal protection.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>96b5114d-7366-4e72-ae69-fcd183b7a7a6Mon, 10 Jun 2024 05:30:00 -040014:59falsefull217217216. I Stopped My Hike to Call Myself Out on THIS Bad Habit216. I Stopped My Hike to Call Myself Out on THIS Bad HabitThis episode comes to you from the M trail in San Luis Obispo, California. I realized I was falling back into a bad habit of mine so I pulled out my phone to make a voice recording to share with my future self and with all of you!

While I was hiking, I was spending the whole time being worried about snakes, tarantulas, weird bugs, and being very, very high up. This is a bad habit of mine that I fall into with my business journey too. I focus so much on my fears. I fight and resist and struggle my way through it, and then I wonder why I’m feeling tired and unhappy.

Sometimes you can re-hike a trail, but there are a lot of things you don’t get to redo in life. Here’s a reminder to myself and all of us to enjoy the journey, not fixate on fears, and be proud of the heights we’ve achieved.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How hiking is like building a business
  2. The power of stopping yourself mid-habit
  3. Being a peace with the process

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Where I was hiking
  3. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  4. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This episode comes to you from the M trail in San Luis Obispo, California. I realized I was falling back into a bad habit of mine so I pulled out my phone to make a voice recording to share with my future self and with all of you!

While I was hiking, I was spending the whole time being worried about snakes, tarantulas, weird bugs, and being very, very high up. This is a bad habit of mine that I fall into with my business journey too. I focus so much on my fears. I fight and resist and struggle my way through it, and then I wonder why I’m feeling tired and unhappy.

Sometimes you can re-hike a trail, but there are a lot of things you don’t get to redo in life. Here’s a reminder to myself and all of us to enjoy the journey, not fixate on fears, and be proud of the heights we’ve achieved.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How hiking is like building a business
  2. The power of stopping yourself mid-habit
  3. Being a peace with the process

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Where I was hiking
  3. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  4. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>80a32b87-7492-42f1-989d-4f68a878fca0Mon, 03 Jun 2024 05:30:00 -040010:48falsefull216216215. How Much Should Business Insurance Cost for Coaching Businesses?215. How Much Should Business Insurance Cost for Coaching Businesses?One of the core startup costs for an online business is business insurance. In today’s episode, I teach you about business insurance and the general cost you can expect.

Business insurance is critical for financially protecting your business. Even if you just receive a nasty lawyer letter threatening to sue you for liability, your business insurance will step in with their own lawyer to act on your behalf.

I go over the key terms you need to know: Premiums, deductible, liability limits, exposure, policy limits, and exclusions. Then I explain how they all interact to create how much you pay and how much you are protected.

If you’re an online coaching business, you can expect liability insurance to cost somewhere between $400-$1,000. Trust me, it’s worth it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why business insurance is important
  2. Key business insurance terms explained
  3. How much you can expect to pay for liability insurance as an online coach

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. My affiliate link for Alternative Balance
  3. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  4. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>One of the core startup costs for an online business is business insurance. In today’s episode, I teach you about business insurance and the general cost you can expect.

Business insurance is critical for financially protecting your business. Even if you just receive a nasty lawyer letter threatening to sue you for liability, your business insurance will step in with their own lawyer to act on your behalf.

I go over the key terms you need to know: Premiums, deductible, liability limits, exposure, policy limits, and exclusions. Then I explain how they all interact to create how much you pay and how much you are protected.

If you’re an online coaching business, you can expect liability insurance to cost somewhere between $400-$1,000. Trust me, it’s worth it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why business insurance is important
  2. Key business insurance terms explained
  3. How much you can expect to pay for liability insurance as an online coach

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. My affiliate link for Alternative Balance
  3. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  4. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>4d8dbd82-f359-437e-922e-a15a5e3f5db9Mon, 27 May 2024 05:30:00 -040020:09truefull215215214. How To Start A Business on a Budget214. How To Start A Business on a BudgetStarting an online business is much cheaper than starting a brick-and-mortar shop, but it still has costs. So how do you navigate those costs before your business starts bringing in any money? That’s what we cover in today’s episode.

I walk through the three-step process of how to start a business on a budget: Save, Research, Budget. I breakdown each one in detail, giving examples from my own experience.

Being realistic in your projections and plans leads to the empowered, quality decision-making necessary to build a sustainable business. I hope this episode helps you do that.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The three components of the saving phase: Save, Cut, Make
  2. What costs you need to research when starting a business
  3. How to factor a long runway into your starting budget

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Try Siteground for hosting - free domain & professional site transfer with every plan (affiliate link) https://samvanderwielen.com/siteground
  4. Betterment - Join Betterment and get up to 5.50% variable APY for 3 months with a qualifying deposit (affiliate link) https://samvanderwielen.com/betterment
  5. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Starting an online business is much cheaper than starting a brick-and-mortar shop, but it still has costs. So how do you navigate those costs before your business starts bringing in any money? That’s what we cover in today’s episode.

I walk through the three-step process of how to start a business on a budget: Save, Research, Budget. I breakdown each one in detail, giving examples from my own experience.

Being realistic in your projections and plans leads to the empowered, quality decision-making necessary to build a sustainable business. I hope this episode helps you do that.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The three components of the saving phase: Save, Cut, Make
  2. What costs you need to research when starting a business
  3. How to factor a long runway into your starting budget

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Try Siteground for hosting - free domain & professional site transfer with every plan (affiliate link) https://samvanderwielen.com/siteground
  4. Betterment - Join Betterment and get up to 5.50% variable APY for 3 months with a qualifying deposit (affiliate link) https://samvanderwielen.com/betterment
  5. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>ed33380c-2a32-43e8-9edf-5683e183a73aMon, 20 May 2024 05:30:00 -040035:34truefull214214213. Confessions of a Debut Author: Imposter Syndrome, Budgeting, and Trolls (ft. Money Expert, Jannese Torres)213. Confessions of a Debut Author: Imposter Syndrome, Budgeting, and Trolls (ft. Money Expert, Jannese Torres)Writing a book isn’t just about writing a book. It brings up all kinds of business and personal dynamics, challenges, and opportunities for growth. Today fellow debut author, Jannese Torres, joins me to talk about why she chose to write a book as part of her personal finance business, and how she has made it work.

Jannese is an award-winning Latina Money Expert. She helps her clients and listeners build successful online businesses that allow them to pursue financial independence and freedom. Her podcast, Yo Quiero Dinero® is a platform to de-stigmatize money as a taboo topic in the Latinx & BIPOC communities and make personal finance fun, relevant and relatable. She decided to write a book in order to reach more people, and to cement herself as a thought leader in the field. Jannese talks about making time for writing (and everything else that goes along with creating a book), she had to implement some automated processes in her business and rely on her circle of support.

In today’s episode Jannese gives us great advice about investing in your business when it has hit a plateau, where to find free resources, and how to deal with online trolls.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What goes into the business decision to write a book
  2. Tips on investing in your business
  3. How to manage being the face of your brand

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Read Jannese’s book “Financially Lit!: The Modern Latina’s Guide to Level Up Your Dinero & Become Financially Poderosa”
  3. Listen to Jannese’s personal finance podcast “Yo Quiero Dinero”
  4. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  5. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Writing a book isn’t just about writing a book. It brings up all kinds of business and personal dynamics, challenges, and opportunities for growth. Today fellow debut author, Jannese Torres, joins me to talk about why she chose to write a book as part of her personal finance business, and how she has made it work.

Jannese is an award-winning Latina Money Expert. She helps her clients and listeners build successful online businesses that allow them to pursue financial independence and freedom. Her podcast, Yo Quiero Dinero® is a platform to de-stigmatize money as a taboo topic in the Latinx & BIPOC communities and make personal finance fun, relevant and relatable. She decided to write a book in order to reach more people, and to cement herself as a thought leader in the field. Jannese talks about making time for writing (and everything else that goes along with creating a book), she had to implement some automated processes in her business and rely on her circle of support.

In today’s episode Jannese gives us great advice about investing in your business when it has hit a plateau, where to find free resources, and how to deal with online trolls.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What goes into the business decision to write a book
  2. Tips on investing in your business
  3. How to manage being the face of your brand

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Read Jannese’s book “Financially Lit!: The Modern Latina’s Guide to Level Up Your Dinero & Become Financially Poderosa”
  3. Listen to Jannese’s personal finance podcast “Yo Quiero Dinero”
  4. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  5. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>676f21d2-5043-4c8c-900e-b893fd508d7dMon, 13 May 2024 05:30:00 -040041:06truefull213213212. How A Podcast Can Grow Your Online Business (ft. Podcast Expert, Michelle Rubinstein)212. How A Podcast Can Grow Your Online Business (ft. Podcast Expert, Michelle Rubinstein)This podcast episode is about podcasts. Our team’s podcast aficionado, Michelle Rubinstein, interviews me about how I utilize On Your Terms® to nurture my audience and aid in growing my business.

We have a great conversation about how this podcast has been my most productive nurturing channel– helping people get to a place where they’re ready to purchase my product. We talk about voice of customer research, meeting listeners where they’re at, and providing in-depth, nuanced information. We also talk about why it’s important to pick a medium that you actually enjoy using.

Then we get to the hard hitting questions: What kind of pasta would I be and why? What’s the secret sauce behind Michelle’s One Tree Hill rewatch podcast production? And, which of us listened to Serial when it first came out?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What “nurturing” is and where it fits in your business
  2. Keeping your content based on what your audience needs
  3. How to pick the right marketing channel for you

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out Michelle's podcasts: Total Betty Podcast Network and Movie Friends Podcast
  2. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  4. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This podcast episode is about podcasts. Our team’s podcast aficionado, Michelle Rubinstein, interviews me about how I utilize On Your Terms® to nurture my audience and aid in growing my business.

We have a great conversation about how this podcast has been my most productive nurturing channel– helping people get to a place where they’re ready to purchase my product. We talk about voice of customer research, meeting listeners where they’re at, and providing in-depth, nuanced information. We also talk about why it’s important to pick a medium that you actually enjoy using.

Then we get to the hard hitting questions: What kind of pasta would I be and why? What’s the secret sauce behind Michelle’s One Tree Hill rewatch podcast production? And, which of us listened to Serial when it first came out?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What “nurturing” is and where it fits in your business
  2. Keeping your content based on what your audience needs
  3. How to pick the right marketing channel for you

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out Michelle's podcasts: Total Betty Podcast Network and Movie Friends Podcast
  2. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  3. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  4. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b9534ed3-5563-4720-ba88-ef8c88236d36Mon, 06 May 2024 05:30:00 -040054:46truefull212212211. Launch Series Pt. 4 | Post-Launch Audit: How to Use Data for Future Launch Success211. Launch Series Pt. 4 | Post-Launch Audit: How to Use Data for Future Launch SuccessRight after launches, it’s normal to feel big feelings: Relief it’s over, excitement about success, sadness about failure. Feel your feelings, whichever ones they are, but don’t create unhelpful stories about them. Instead, channel your energy into getting the true story. Send out surveys to gather data.

In this episode, I dive into everything you need to know about post-sale surveys and how to execute them. I teach you how to measure sale success and figure out which marketing channels produced a good ROI for your business. Plus, I touch on how to encourage post purchase behavior like referrals.

Finally, since this is the last episode of our Launch Series, I review the top takeaways of running a launch, from beginning to end. I’ve really enjoyed making this series and I hope it has helped you and your business!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What questions to ask in post-launch surveys
  2. How to weigh different pieces of survey data
  3. Why surveys are important in continuing to list build

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Right after launches, it’s normal to feel big feelings: Relief it’s over, excitement about success, sadness about failure. Feel your feelings, whichever ones they are, but don’t create unhelpful stories about them. Instead, channel your energy into getting the true story. Send out surveys to gather data.

In this episode, I dive into everything you need to know about post-sale surveys and how to execute them. I teach you how to measure sale success and figure out which marketing channels produced a good ROI for your business. Plus, I touch on how to encourage post purchase behavior like referrals.

Finally, since this is the last episode of our Launch Series, I review the top takeaways of running a launch, from beginning to end. I’ve really enjoyed making this series and I hope it has helped you and your business!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What questions to ask in post-launch surveys
  2. How to weigh different pieces of survey data
  3. Why surveys are important in continuing to list build

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Join the waitlist for my book “When I Start My Business I’ll Be Happy: A Practical, No BS Guide to to Successful Online Entrepreneurship”
  3. Sign up for my free weekly email “Sam’s Sidebar”
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>55e59a9a-3284-4753-805b-d39177161edfMon, 29 Apr 2024 05:30:00 -040027:31truefull211211210. Launch Series Pt. 3 | How to Boost Your Launch Sales 101210. Launch Series Pt. 3 | How to Boost Your Launch Sales 101What happens when the hype period is over, the webinar ends, the free thing is done– how do you actually sell more of your product or service? That’s what we cover today in Part 3 of 4 of our Launch series.

I break it down into three segments.

First, gather the ingredients that are required for a successful sales sequence. I explain each one in detail: No-brainer deal, incentive, scarcity, nudging, compassion, connection, and energy.

Next, set up a clear timeline and structure. This typically includes four components: Fast Action, Mid Cart, Close Cart, Down Sell. I go into each one in depth, showing how discounts affect consumer behavior.

Then, develop your social media strategy core elements: Transformation A to B, behind the scenes looks, celebrate new customers, testimonials, list of features, and what makes you unique. I share tips I’ve learned over the years about how to strengthen this part of your digital marketing sales funnel.

Be ready to take some notes! We cover a lot in this episode, including how to measure sales performance.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What ingredients you need for a successful sale
  2. The four components of a sale timeline
  3. Social media elements to keep your metrics up during a launch

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Watch Louise Henry’s “11 Instagram Story Ideas for More Sales” YouTube video.
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>What happens when the hype period is over, the webinar ends, the free thing is done– how do you actually sell more of your product or service? That’s what we cover today in Part 3 of 4 of our Launch series.

I break it down into three segments.

First, gather the ingredients that are required for a successful sales sequence. I explain each one in detail: No-brainer deal, incentive, scarcity, nudging, compassion, connection, and energy.

Next, set up a clear timeline and structure. This typically includes four components: Fast Action, Mid Cart, Close Cart, Down Sell. I go into each one in depth, showing how discounts affect consumer behavior.

Then, develop your social media strategy core elements: Transformation A to B, behind the scenes looks, celebrate new customers, testimonials, list of features, and what makes you unique. I share tips I’ve learned over the years about how to strengthen this part of your digital marketing sales funnel.

Be ready to take some notes! We cover a lot in this episode, including how to measure sales performance.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What ingredients you need for a successful sale
  2. The four components of a sale timeline
  3. Social media elements to keep your metrics up during a launch

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Watch Louise Henry’s “11 Instagram Story Ideas for More Sales” YouTube video.
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8914da19-70d8-4f65-b620-88738f20f40eMon, 22 Apr 2024 05:30:00 -040050:38truefull210210209. Launch Series Pt. 2 | How to Leverage Pre-Launch Excitement for Higher Sales209. Launch Series Pt. 2 | How to Leverage Pre-Launch Excitement for Higher SalesThis episode is Part 2 of our series on how to put on a great launch. Today I cover the teaser, invite, and event period of the launch timeline. These periods are critical to the success of your sales, so I dig into each one to tell you about my lessons learned.

First, the teaser: This is all about building hype. I give you tips on building your audience’s awareness and intrigue, especially via digital marketing.

Second, the invite: How you move people through the sales funnel– from being interested about your event, to actually signing up and attending it.

Finally, the launch event: This is where you move your audience across the finish line of the sales sequence. You resolve any of their lingering hesitations, helping them take action to buy your product and join your community.

Plus, I answer questions from listeners about how to manage the stress of a launch, buying social media ads, and how to grow organic reach.

I really hope this Part 2 episode helps you build up to, and execute, your own launch.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to create a teaser
  2. What to do during your invite period
  3. How to put on a successful launch event

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Listen to Episode 207: The Mindset it Takes to Make $300k in a Week (ft. Mindset Coach Jen Diaz)
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This episode is Part 2 of our series on how to put on a great launch. Today I cover the teaser, invite, and event period of the launch timeline. These periods are critical to the success of your sales, so I dig into each one to tell you about my lessons learned.

First, the teaser: This is all about building hype. I give you tips on building your audience’s awareness and intrigue, especially via digital marketing.

Second, the invite: How you move people through the sales funnel– from being interested about your event, to actually signing up and attending it.

Finally, the launch event: This is where you move your audience across the finish line of the sales sequence. You resolve any of their lingering hesitations, helping them take action to buy your product and join your community.

Plus, I answer questions from listeners about how to manage the stress of a launch, buying social media ads, and how to grow organic reach.

I really hope this Part 2 episode helps you build up to, and execute, your own launch.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to create a teaser
  2. What to do during your invite period
  3. How to put on a successful launch event

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Listen to Episode 207: The Mindset it Takes to Make $300k in a Week (ft. Mindset Coach Jen Diaz)
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8c8a53d9-b51f-441f-b734-d641ef3dad61Mon, 15 Apr 2024 05:30:00 -040039:14truefull209209208. Launch Series Pt. 1 | Behind the Scenes of a $300,000 Digital Product Launch208. Launch Series Pt. 1 | Behind the Scenes of a $300,000 Digital Product LaunchWelcome to the first episode of our series on how to run a launch! Lindsey Deatsch, my Director of Operations, is my special guest today. She’s a pro at launches– before she came to work with me, she was a launch manager at an agency, doing launches day in and day out.

We cover how to make a product launch timeline and create a pre-launch marketing strategy: Schedule the anchor point, then the invite period, then the teaser period and learning phase, the “open cart” period, and the post-launch survey.

We also spend a lot of time talking about the importance of list-building, and give you some email marketing tips to help you with it. After all, the first step in a promo planning process is to have a big list to promote to.

I’m so glad Lindsey was able to join us on the show today- she has seen it all when it comes to launches and is a fountain of knowledge!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to schedule a product launch timeline
  2. The importance of list-building
  3. What conversion rate you should expect for a launch

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Sign up for Sam’s Sidebar, my weekly email
  3. Let me know what you think! Email me (Sam@SamVanderWielen.com) or DM me on Instagram (@SamVanderWielen)
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Welcome to the first episode of our series on how to run a launch! Lindsey Deatsch, my Director of Operations, is my special guest today. She’s a pro at launches– before she came to work with me, she was a launch manager at an agency, doing launches day in and day out.

We cover how to make a product launch timeline and create a pre-launch marketing strategy: Schedule the anchor point, then the invite period, then the teaser period and learning phase, the “open cart” period, and the post-launch survey.

We also spend a lot of time talking about the importance of list-building, and give you some email marketing tips to help you with it. After all, the first step in a promo planning process is to have a big list to promote to.

I’m so glad Lindsey was able to join us on the show today- she has seen it all when it comes to launches and is a fountain of knowledge!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to schedule a product launch timeline
  2. The importance of list-building
  3. What conversion rate you should expect for a launch

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Sign up for Sam’s Sidebar, my weekly email
  3. Let me know what you think! Email me (Sam@SamVanderWielen.com) or DM me on Instagram (@SamVanderWielen)
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b0618ed9-5d47-4482-ac73-f0c2d24ac871Mon, 08 Apr 2024 05:30:00 -040052:04truefull208208207. The Mindset it Takes to Make $300k in a Week (ft. Mindset Coach, Jen Diaz)207. The Mindset it Takes to Make $300k in a Week (ft. Mindset Coach, Jen Diaz)My mindset coach, Jen Diaz, has made all the difference in my business. A few weeks ago, not only did I make $300k during a launch event, but my team and I actually enjoyed the process. Today I have Jen on the show to debrief the launch and share some of her coaching genius with you!

We cover a lot of what makes up a growth mindset: Knowing yourself, having confidence, focusing on what’s within your control, embracing the learning process, being ok with failure, etc.

“Growth mindset” can seem like a really fuzzy concept. I hope that this episode helps you understand it better and apply it in your own life.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What confidence is, and what it isn’t
  2. Why you should make sure your daily business tasks are ones you enjoy
  3. Focusing on what you can control, not the outcome

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Learn more about Jen’s mindset coaching and sign up for her newsletter: JenniferDiaz.com
  3. Follow Jen on Insta: @JenMDiaz
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>My mindset coach, Jen Diaz, has made all the difference in my business. A few weeks ago, not only did I make $300k during a launch event, but my team and I actually enjoyed the process. Today I have Jen on the show to debrief the launch and share some of her coaching genius with you!

We cover a lot of what makes up a growth mindset: Knowing yourself, having confidence, focusing on what’s within your control, embracing the learning process, being ok with failure, etc.

“Growth mindset” can seem like a really fuzzy concept. I hope that this episode helps you understand it better and apply it in your own life.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What confidence is, and what it isn’t
  2. Why you should make sure your daily business tasks are ones you enjoy
  3. Focusing on what you can control, not the outcome

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Learn more about Jen’s mindset coaching and sign up for her newsletter: JenniferDiaz.com
  3. Follow Jen on Insta: @JenMDiaz
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>6da69db7-41d2-4914-acf0-d24007fe528fMon, 01 Apr 2024 05:30:00 -040001:17:24truefull207207206. How to Create Unique Content (Without Copying Your Competition)206. How to Create Unique Content (Without Copying Your Competition)Following your competitors on social media can lead you down a self-doubt rabbit hole. In this episode, you’ll find inspiration so you can stand out to your audience and I’ll share 6 ways to create content that don’t involve following your competition.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The pitfalls of looking at your competition’s digital marketing
  2. Practices that will help you generate creative content ideas
  3. Concepts that apply no matter what specific creative content tools you use

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Sign up for Sam’s Sidebar, my weekly email
  3. Let me know what you think! Email me (Sam@SamVanderWielen.com) or DM me on Instagram (@SamVanderWielen)
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Following your competitors on social media can lead you down a self-doubt rabbit hole. In this episode, you’ll find inspiration so you can stand out to your audience and I’ll share 6 ways to create content that don’t involve following your competition.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The pitfalls of looking at your competition’s digital marketing
  2. Practices that will help you generate creative content ideas
  3. Concepts that apply no matter what specific creative content tools you use

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Sign up for Sam’s Sidebar, my weekly email
  3. Let me know what you think! Email me (Sam@SamVanderWielen.com) or DM me on Instagram (@SamVanderWielen)
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>eb964ce4-e33a-474e-9cb7-366cdbdb841eMon, 25 Mar 2024 05:30:00 -040032:16truefull206206205. 7 Surprising Ways to Pay Less Taxes205. 7 Surprising Ways to Pay Less TaxesIn this episode, I give you 7 ways to pay less taxes. And no, they don’t involve anything like sketchy offshore bank accounts.

I cover: Tracking your expenses and write-offs, reinvesting in your business, the difference between contractor and employee taxes, the difference between an LLC and an S Corp, investing in your retirement, using the qualified business income deduction, and working with a CPA.

If you’re filing small business taxes for the first time as a beginner, or even if you’re a seasoned pro, you’ll find helpful tax nuggets in this episode.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to use company 401(k) matching to save for your retirement and pay lower taxes
  2. Different business expense write-offs that you might not know existed
  3. Why filing as an S Corp might be the right choice for your business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Stay organized with QuickBooks
  3. Become a better investor with Betterment
  4. Read my blog post about the 5 qualities your accountant must have
  5. Listen to Episode 77: Small Business Taxes 101 (Guest Interview with Little Fish Accounting)
  6. Listen to Episode 91: Business Expenses 101
  7. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, I give you 7 ways to pay less taxes. And no, they don’t involve anything like sketchy offshore bank accounts.

I cover: Tracking your expenses and write-offs, reinvesting in your business, the difference between contractor and employee taxes, the difference between an LLC and an S Corp, investing in your retirement, using the qualified business income deduction, and working with a CPA.

If you’re filing small business taxes for the first time as a beginner, or even if you’re a seasoned pro, you’ll find helpful tax nuggets in this episode.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to use company 401(k) matching to save for your retirement and pay lower taxes
  2. Different business expense write-offs that you might not know existed
  3. Why filing as an S Corp might be the right choice for your business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Stay organized with QuickBooks
  3. Become a better investor with Betterment
  4. Read my blog post about the 5 qualities your accountant must have
  5. Listen to Episode 77: Small Business Taxes 101 (Guest Interview with Little Fish Accounting)
  6. Listen to Episode 91: Business Expenses 101
  7. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0999e74f-0740-4c61-839c-31591299df22Mon, 18 Mar 2024 05:30:00 -040028:41truefull205205204. What Burnt Pizza Can Teach Us About Business (Quick Motivation!)204. What Burnt Pizza Can Teach Us About Business (Quick Motivation!)Even the best pizza maker is going to have more burnt pizzas than good ones. Even the best baseball player is going to strike out, over and over. As an entrepreneur you will fail, so embrace it and don’t give up.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Inspiration I found in “Chrissy and Dave Dine Out.”
  2. The role social media can play in our negative self talk.
  3. Why “expecting the hard” is critical for entrepreneurs.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Episode 203. 5 Things To Tell Yourself When You Feel Like Quitting
  3. Get my emails!
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Even the best pizza maker is going to have more burnt pizzas than good ones. Even the best baseball player is going to strike out, over and over. As an entrepreneur you will fail, so embrace it and don’t give up.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Inspiration I found in “Chrissy and Dave Dine Out.”
  2. The role social media can play in our negative self talk.
  3. Why “expecting the hard” is critical for entrepreneurs.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Episode 203. 5 Things To Tell Yourself When You Feel Like Quitting
  3. Get my emails!
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1ce17211-e4cd-429d-815e-f278fe8beeb0Mon, 11 Mar 2024 05:30:00 -040010:08truefull204204Bonus. MAJOR BOI NEWS UPDATE (DO I HAVE TO FILE A BOI REPORT?)Bonus. MAJOR BOI NEWS UPDATE (DO I HAVE TO FILE A BOI REPORT?)This is just a quick bonus episode on the breaking news about the BOI law (Beneficial Ownership Information). Yes, a federal court in Alabama has ruled it as unconstitutional. But you still have to file it (don’t worry its free and simple). Only the plaintiffs in the case don’t have to file. Check out the links below for help with filing your BOI.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Breaking news about BOI from a federal court in Alabama
  2. What it means for you
  3. Links to help you file your BOI

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get my free guide to filling out the BOI form
  2. Sign up for my free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar, so you never miss an important legal update for your business
  3. For more details about BOI, listen to Episode 185: New Law Alert: BOI Reporting Requirements
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This is just a quick bonus episode on the breaking news about the BOI law (Beneficial Ownership Information). Yes, a federal court in Alabama has ruled it as unconstitutional. But you still have to file it (don’t worry its free and simple). Only the plaintiffs in the case don’t have to file. Check out the links below for help with filing your BOI.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Breaking news about BOI from a federal court in Alabama
  2. What it means for you
  3. Links to help you file your BOI

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get my free guide to filling out the BOI form
  2. Sign up for my free weekly newsletter, Sam’s Sidebar, so you never miss an important legal update for your business
  3. For more details about BOI, listen to Episode 185: New Law Alert: BOI Reporting Requirements
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f7dfddb7-cee4-4357-9df6-3be24133cfccThu, 07 Mar 2024 05:30:00 -040006:43truebonus203. 5 Things to Tell Yourself When You Feel Like Quitting203. 5 Things to Tell Yourself When You Feel Like QuittingFeel like quitting? Don’t worry, I’ve been there. Being an entrepreneur can be super lonely, especially when you’re struggling. That’s why in this episode I share 5 things to tell yourself when you feel like quitting. I use them myself and I really hope you find them helpful too.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The power of giving yourself permission to quit, or better yet, pause
  2. How to stop equating yourself with your results
  3. Why you should ask yourself, “Am I done or am I disappointed?”
  4. The importance to expect things to be hard
  5. Why you need to honestly evaluate your level of consistency, time, and focus

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Listen to my Kickstart Your Business Series
  3. Get my emails!
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Feel like quitting? Don’t worry, I’ve been there. Being an entrepreneur can be super lonely, especially when you’re struggling. That’s why in this episode I share 5 things to tell yourself when you feel like quitting. I use them myself and I really hope you find them helpful too.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The power of giving yourself permission to quit, or better yet, pause
  2. How to stop equating yourself with your results
  3. Why you should ask yourself, “Am I done or am I disappointed?”
  4. The importance to expect things to be hard
  5. Why you need to honestly evaluate your level of consistency, time, and focus

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Listen to my Kickstart Your Business Series
  3. Get my emails!
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>300d0506-fb55-4ede-b0d4-9ed5ef5b34c9Mon, 04 Mar 2024 05:30:00 -040036:18truefull203203202. How the Ultimate Bundle®️Safeguarded My Business: 4 Real Life Stories202. How the Ultimate Bundle®️Safeguarded My Business: 4 Real Life StoriesSometimes the legal aspect of running a small business can be unclear and overwhelming. That’s why I think stories help. They put a face to legal issues, and more importantly, they show that prevention and protection do work. So if legal to-dos have been hanging over your head, take a listen to these four stories about real business owners who use The Ultimate Bundle®.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How much of a mental load was lifted for each of the four business owners when they bought The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Why contracts are such a big help with client expectations and management
  3. How often payment disputes come up for these business owners and how they deal with it
  4. The benefits of the community aspect of The Ultimate Bundle®
  5. Why these business owners feel confident and excited about their protected future

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Follow Karin Nordin on Instagram: @KarinNordinPhD | Change Academy PRO membership, a low-cost membership for coaches that teaches evidence-based behavior change techniques: https://bodybrainalliance.com/change-academy/
  3. Follow Mya Nichol on Instagram: @MyaNichol | Mya: Upgrade Your Instagram Account In Less Than 10 Minutes Checklist https://view.flodesk.com/pages/624c6ad3c2bc0f13bc3c6ee3
  4. Follow Athena Concannon on Instagram: @AthenaConcannon | Athena: Free Legit Fit planning Checklist: https://achievewithathena.com/the-legit-fit-planning-checklist/
  5. Follow Chris Castillo on Instagram: @EmpoweredAchievers | Chris: Free Career Training Workshop: https://beempoweredachievers.com/free-workshop

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Sometimes the legal aspect of running a small business can be unclear and overwhelming. That’s why I think stories help. They put a face to legal issues, and more importantly, they show that prevention and protection do work. So if legal to-dos have been hanging over your head, take a listen to these four stories about real business owners who use The Ultimate Bundle®.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How much of a mental load was lifted for each of the four business owners when they bought The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Why contracts are such a big help with client expectations and management
  3. How often payment disputes come up for these business owners and how they deal with it
  4. The benefits of the community aspect of The Ultimate Bundle®
  5. Why these business owners feel confident and excited about their protected future

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab The Ultimate Bundle® on Sale
  2. Follow Karin Nordin on Instagram: @KarinNordinPhD | Change Academy PRO membership, a low-cost membership for coaches that teaches evidence-based behavior change techniques: https://bodybrainalliance.com/change-academy/
  3. Follow Mya Nichol on Instagram: @MyaNichol | Mya: Upgrade Your Instagram Account In Less Than 10 Minutes Checklist https://view.flodesk.com/pages/624c6ad3c2bc0f13bc3c6ee3
  4. Follow Athena Concannon on Instagram: @AthenaConcannon | Athena: Free Legit Fit planning Checklist: https://achievewithathena.com/the-legit-fit-planning-checklist/
  5. Follow Chris Castillo on Instagram: @EmpoweredAchievers | Chris: Free Career Training Workshop: https://beempoweredachievers.com/free-workshop

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>06d57414-5a84-4695-9f9a-495c973913b7Wed, 28 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040001:04:49falsefull202202201. The Only Legal Program You Need for Your Online Business201. The Only Legal Program You Need for Your Online BusinessThe Ultimate Bundle® is my healthy obsession. I’ve spent years tweaking it to perfectly fit the legal needs of online business owners. In this episode, I take you through the origin story of the Ultimate Bundle®: From me leaving corporate law and health coaching, to figuring out exactly what online business owners need, to scaling up the Ultimate Bundle® so it could help as many people as possible. I hope this episode encourages you to stick with your own project and make it everything you dream it can be.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How and why I started my business.
  2. How I pursued and integrated feedback for The Ultimate Bundle®.
  3. Why being fully committed to your business matters, including investing in legal protection early.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 3. Turning Pain & Hard Times Into Rocket Fuel for Your Business
  2. Episode 29. 10 Reasons My First Business Was an Epic Failure
  3. The Ultimate Bundle®
  4. Get my emails!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>The Ultimate Bundle® is my healthy obsession. I’ve spent years tweaking it to perfectly fit the legal needs of online business owners. In this episode, I take you through the origin story of the Ultimate Bundle®: From me leaving corporate law and health coaching, to figuring out exactly what online business owners need, to scaling up the Ultimate Bundle® so it could help as many people as possible. I hope this episode encourages you to stick with your own project and make it everything you dream it can be.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How and why I started my business.
  2. How I pursued and integrated feedback for The Ultimate Bundle®.
  3. Why being fully committed to your business matters, including investing in legal protection early.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 3. Turning Pain & Hard Times Into Rocket Fuel for Your Business
  2. Episode 29. 10 Reasons My First Business Was an Epic Failure
  3. The Ultimate Bundle®
  4. Get my emails!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>88e5d2e9-f897-46ca-9ad0-4ee61e9e23b7Mon, 26 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040025:39falsefull201201200. How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2024200. How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2024In this unique episode, you get to hear my full webinar, “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2024.” I’ll give you the five steps every entrepreneur needs to take, and take immediately: Shift your mindset, register as the right business entity, protect yourself in case of a lawsuit, get your contracts and policies in place, and stay within your scope of practice. Plus, I give you the “2024 Online Business State of the Union” to let you know about recent changes to the legal and financial landscape for online businesses. Ready to learn? Tune in now!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to proactively protect yourself from lawsuits
  2. What a scope of practice is and why it is important
  3. How contracts and policies will help you attract good customers
  4. Why it is important to pick the right business entity to register as
  5. The peace of mind and positive energy you’ll get once your business’ legal and financial foundation is in place

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle® is on sale through February 28, 2024. If you buy it before February 23, 2024, you’ll receive a special bonus! Buy The Ultimate Bundle® today.
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this unique episode, you get to hear my full webinar, “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2024.” I’ll give you the five steps every entrepreneur needs to take, and take immediately: Shift your mindset, register as the right business entity, protect yourself in case of a lawsuit, get your contracts and policies in place, and stay within your scope of practice. Plus, I give you the “2024 Online Business State of the Union” to let you know about recent changes to the legal and financial landscape for online businesses. Ready to learn? Tune in now!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to proactively protect yourself from lawsuits
  2. What a scope of practice is and why it is important
  3. How contracts and policies will help you attract good customers
  4. Why it is important to pick the right business entity to register as
  5. The peace of mind and positive energy you’ll get once your business’ legal and financial foundation is in place

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle® is on sale through February 28, 2024. If you buy it before February 23, 2024, you’ll receive a special bonus! Buy The Ultimate Bundle® today.
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>fef29bf2-b561-4862-be47-7b4f9321c5ebWed, 21 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040001:34:02falsefull200200BONUS Q&A EPISODE: Listen In As I Coach My CustomersBONUS Q&A EPISODE: Listen In As I Coach My CustomersSometimes the best way to learn is to listen to others’ questions. Tune into this episode to listen to legal questions from small business owners and my answers to them. We touch on topics including staying within your business insurance’s scope of coverage, drawing a line between your coaching business and your professional license, and how to best use DBAs.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to keep your professional license safe while transitioning to coaching.
  2. When you need to get a separate LLC and when you can use the same one.
  3. The difference between an LLC and a DBA.
  4. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab the Ultimate Bundle® on sale now!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Sometimes the best way to learn is to listen to others’ questions. Tune into this episode to listen to legal questions from small business owners and my answers to them. We touch on topics including staying within your business insurance’s scope of coverage, drawing a line between your coaching business and your professional license, and how to best use DBAs.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to keep your professional license safe while transitioning to coaching.
  2. When you need to get a separate LLC and when you can use the same one.
  3. The difference between an LLC and a DBA.
  4. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Grab the Ultimate Bundle® on sale now!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a89598bb-9efc-4d94-8d15-f2188d579f24Wed, 21 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040025:09falsebonus199. Yep, THIS Lawyer Doesn't Like What Procrastinators Are Doing199. Yep, THIS Lawyer Doesn't Like What Procrastinators Are DoingIn this episode, I share with you my top 5 reasons to not procrastinate creating your business’s legal foundation. It can be tempting to push legal stuff to the bottom of your to-do list and instead focus on more fun things like branding and social media. So let me show you exactly why you need to get your legal ducks in a row. I hope this short list will give you the motivation you need to get your legal foundation set ASAP.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Legal protection is not retroactive. Every day you don’t have your legal foundation set is a day that will be open to liability.
  2. Not having contracts can attract the exact type of clients you don’t want.
  3. Knowing you’re all legally buttoned-up will give you the confidence you need to fearlessly promote and grow your company.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, I share with you my top 5 reasons to not procrastinate creating your business’s legal foundation. It can be tempting to push legal stuff to the bottom of your to-do list and instead focus on more fun things like branding and social media. So let me show you exactly why you need to get your legal ducks in a row. I hope this short list will give you the motivation you need to get your legal foundation set ASAP.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Legal protection is not retroactive. Every day you don’t have your legal foundation set is a day that will be open to liability.
  2. Not having contracts can attract the exact type of clients you don’t want.
  3. Knowing you’re all legally buttoned-up will give you the confidence you need to fearlessly promote and grow your company.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b6981f59-d4f4-4d77-8fc0-78319b0338b1Mon, 19 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040014:29falsefull199199198. How to Stop Stunting Your Growth (Quick Motivation!)198. How to Stop Stunting Your Growth (Quick Motivation!)Are you feeling stuck in your entrepreneurial journey, constantly waiting for the "right time" to take the next step? Let me share a little secret with you: the right time is now, and the key to unlocking your growth is future-proofing your business. Future-proofing means making decisions today that will set you up for the success you envision tomorrow. It's about acting as if you've already achieved your goals and making moves that align with that future version of yourself.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of future-proofing your business by making decisions today that align with your future goals.
  2. The concept of cyclical stalling and how waiting for the "right time" can actually hinder your growth.
  3. Personal insights on adopting a future-oriented mindset and how it transformed my business.
  4. Strategic investments in branding and website updates as essential steps towards manifesting your future success.
  5. The critical role of legal protection in laying a solid foundation for your business and ensuring its growth.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you feeling stuck in your entrepreneurial journey, constantly waiting for the "right time" to take the next step? Let me share a little secret with you: the right time is now, and the key to unlocking your growth is future-proofing your business. Future-proofing means making decisions today that will set you up for the success you envision tomorrow. It's about acting as if you've already achieved your goals and making moves that align with that future version of yourself.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of future-proofing your business by making decisions today that align with your future goals.
  2. The concept of cyclical stalling and how waiting for the "right time" can actually hinder your growth.
  3. Personal insights on adopting a future-oriented mindset and how it transformed my business.
  4. Strategic investments in branding and website updates as essential steps towards manifesting your future success.
  5. The critical role of legal protection in laying a solid foundation for your business and ensuring its growth.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>206af7dc-bc38-4b0f-8874-c6e19c080690Thu, 15 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040015:21falsefull198198197. 4 Things I'd Never Do In My Business (as a lawyer)197. 4 Things I'd Never Do In My Business (as a lawyer)Are you navigating the intricate world of online business, trying to avoid the legal pitfalls that could derail your success? Well, you're in luck. As an attorney specializing in helping entrepreneurs like you, I've seen firsthand the common legal missteps that can complicate your business journey. Today, I'm here to guide you through these murky waters with some straightforward advice that could save you from potential legal headaches down the road. Let's dive into the legal essentials you can't afford to ignore, ensuring your online business thrives on solid ground.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of establishing a legal entity for your online business.
  2. Why separating personal and business finances is crucial for legal and tax purposes.
  3. The dangers of DIY legal contracts and the value of professional legal services.
  4. Understanding that online businesses are subject to traditional legal standards.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Don't miss your chance to attend my free live legal training! Be sure to sign up here for How to Protect Your Online Business in 2024, happening February 20th and 21st.
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Learn more about The JAVA Method (Jen Diaz’s Membership)
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you navigating the intricate world of online business, trying to avoid the legal pitfalls that could derail your success? Well, you're in luck. As an attorney specializing in helping entrepreneurs like you, I've seen firsthand the common legal missteps that can complicate your business journey. Today, I'm here to guide you through these murky waters with some straightforward advice that could save you from potential legal headaches down the road. Let's dive into the legal essentials you can't afford to ignore, ensuring your online business thrives on solid ground.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of establishing a legal entity for your online business.
  2. Why separating personal and business finances is crucial for legal and tax purposes.
  3. The dangers of DIY legal contracts and the value of professional legal services.
  4. Understanding that online businesses are subject to traditional legal standards.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Don't miss your chance to attend my free live legal training! Be sure to sign up here for How to Protect Your Online Business in 2024, happening February 20th and 21st.
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Learn more about The JAVA Method (Jen Diaz’s Membership)
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>3ee05191-06a1-4e9c-a5f1-5573fc7d7764Mon, 12 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040022:32falsefull197197196. 6 super easy ways to legally protect your business (BIG NEWS INSIDE!)196. 6 super easy ways to legally protect your business (BIG NEWS INSIDE!)Are you running an online business and feeling a bit lost in the maze of legal requirements? Well, I've got something special for you. I'm hosting a free webinar, 'How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2024,' and it's packed with insights and actionable steps. If you're unsure about the legal side of your business, this is your chance to get up to speed with the latest laws and protections. Let's dive into what you'll learn and how it can transform the way you handle your business legally.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. An introduction to the webinar "How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2024," highlighting its importance for online entrepreneurs.
  2. New legal changes affecting online businesses, including the beneficial ownership information law and updated federal and email marketing regulations.
  3. A discussion on the critical aspects of business structuring, focusing on the differences between LLCs and sole proprietorships, and the role of business insurance.
  4. Guidance on the essential contracts needed for online businesses, how to prioritize them, and defining your legal scope of practice.
  5. Opportunities for interactive learning and personalized Q&A sessions during the live webinar, with options for live participation or watching a replay.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Don’t miss your chance to attend this free live class! Be sure to sign up here for How to Protect Your Online Business in 2024, happening February 20th and 21st.
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you running an online business and feeling a bit lost in the maze of legal requirements? Well, I've got something special for you. I'm hosting a free webinar, 'How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2024,' and it's packed with insights and actionable steps. If you're unsure about the legal side of your business, this is your chance to get up to speed with the latest laws and protections. Let's dive into what you'll learn and how it can transform the way you handle your business legally.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. An introduction to the webinar "How to Legally Protect Your Online Business in 2024," highlighting its importance for online entrepreneurs.
  2. New legal changes affecting online businesses, including the beneficial ownership information law and updated federal and email marketing regulations.
  3. A discussion on the critical aspects of business structuring, focusing on the differences between LLCs and sole proprietorships, and the role of business insurance.
  4. Guidance on the essential contracts needed for online businesses, how to prioritize them, and defining your legal scope of practice.
  5. Opportunities for interactive learning and personalized Q&A sessions during the live webinar, with options for live participation or watching a replay.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Don’t miss your chance to attend this free live class! Be sure to sign up here for How to Protect Your Online Business in 2024, happening February 20th and 21st.
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>7e38a97b-0612-4f42-8b19-66990be4c385Thu, 08 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040006:59falsefull196196195. Be a Detective In Your Business (Not a Prosecutor)195. Be a Detective In Your Business (Not a Prosecutor)Have you ever found yourself stuck in a cycle of making assumptions in your business, only to realize later that you might have missed out on key insights? I'm here to share a powerful mindset shift that can revolutionize the way you approach your business decisions. Rather than playing the role of a prosecutor, who's often fixated on proving a preconceived notion, let's explore the benefits of adopting a detective's mindset. This approach is all about staying curious, open-minded, and making decisions based on solid evidence and data.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of a detective mindset in business: embracing curiosity and open-mindedness.
  2. The benefits of analyzing data and evidence for informed decision-making.
  3. The pitfalls of a prosecutor mindset: avoiding preconceived notions and bias.
  4. How to transform your business approach with a detective mindset.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get my emails to stay in the know & read listener-submitted legal Q&A, legal news for online biz, marketing tips, and more! samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally legit right now!
  3. Check out the Ultimate Bundle® - my signature program that includes 10 essential DIY legal templates + 35 on demand video trainings
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever found yourself stuck in a cycle of making assumptions in your business, only to realize later that you might have missed out on key insights? I'm here to share a powerful mindset shift that can revolutionize the way you approach your business decisions. Rather than playing the role of a prosecutor, who's often fixated on proving a preconceived notion, let's explore the benefits of adopting a detective's mindset. This approach is all about staying curious, open-minded, and making decisions based on solid evidence and data.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of a detective mindset in business: embracing curiosity and open-mindedness.
  2. The benefits of analyzing data and evidence for informed decision-making.
  3. The pitfalls of a prosecutor mindset: avoiding preconceived notions and bias.
  4. How to transform your business approach with a detective mindset.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get my emails to stay in the know & read listener-submitted legal Q&A, legal news for online biz, marketing tips, and more! samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally legit right now!
  3. Check out the Ultimate Bundle® - my signature program that includes 10 essential DIY legal templates + 35 on demand video trainings
  4. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>252bac24-058b-4f64-ab57-103d8d7d5f60Mon, 05 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040009:36falsefull195195194. 4 Legal Musts for Your Email List194. 4 Legal Musts for Your Email ListAre you worried about the legal aspects of your email marketing? You're not alone. As an online coach or service provider, it’s crucial to navigate the legalities of email communication. I'm here to share some straightforward tips that will help you send emails that are not just effective but also legally compliant. Let's dive into these easy-to-implement strategies that can save you from legal headaches and keep your email marketing on the right track.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of including an unsubscribe link in your emails for legal compliance and list health.
  2. Why having a valid mailing address in your emails is crucial for adhering to laws like the CAN-SPAM Act of 2003.
  3. The significance of displaying your business name in emails to separate personal and professional communication.
  4. The necessity of obtaining consent for email marketing, ensuring content relevance and legal adherence.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally legit right now!
  2. Check out the Ultimate Bundle® - my signature program that includes 10 essential DIY Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you worried about the legal aspects of your email marketing? You're not alone. As an online coach or service provider, it’s crucial to navigate the legalities of email communication. I'm here to share some straightforward tips that will help you send emails that are not just effective but also legally compliant. Let's dive into these easy-to-implement strategies that can save you from legal headaches and keep your email marketing on the right track.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of including an unsubscribe link in your emails for legal compliance and list health.
  2. Why having a valid mailing address in your emails is crucial for adhering to laws like the CAN-SPAM Act of 2003.
  3. The significance of displaying your business name in emails to separate personal and professional communication.
  4. The necessity of obtaining consent for email marketing, ensuring content relevance and legal adherence.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally legit right now!
  2. Check out the Ultimate Bundle® - my signature program that includes 10 essential DIY Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e13dd432-9213-45fc-940a-4594d13dc576Thu, 01 Feb 2024 05:30:00 -040010:02falsefull194194193. Kickstart Series Part 4: Your 2024 Digital Marketing Strategy193. Kickstart Series Part 4: Your 2024 Digital Marketing StrategyAre you ready to supercharge your business's digital presence in 2024? As an entrepreneur passionate about growth, I've been exploring the crucial elements of a successful digital marketing strategy. Join me in this journey, where I delve into the intricate world of digital marketing funnels, content creation, and the art of engagement.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Crafting an effective digital marketing funnel
  2. Strategies for creating engaging and evergreen content
  3. Utilizing freebies to attract and nurture leads
  4. The importance of email marketing in nurturing leads
  5. Advanced digital marketing techniques: Personalization and automation
  6. Adapting to emerging trends in digital marketing for 2024

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Try ConverKit today (affiliate link)
  2. Episode 187. Kickstart Series Part 1: How to Start a Business Online (Setting the Foundation)
  3. Episode 189. Kickstart Series Part 2: Carve Out Your Spot & Claim Your Expertise
  4. 190. How to Create Loyal Customers, Repeat Buyers, and Referrals (without spending a dime)
  5. Episode 191. Kickstart Series Part 3: Create a Product that Sells Itself (+ How to Make it Last)
  6. Listen to the Shine Online Podcast
  7. Kickstart your business in 2024 with my free Kickstart Guide!
  8. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you ready to supercharge your business's digital presence in 2024? As an entrepreneur passionate about growth, I've been exploring the crucial elements of a successful digital marketing strategy. Join me in this journey, where I delve into the intricate world of digital marketing funnels, content creation, and the art of engagement.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Crafting an effective digital marketing funnel
  2. Strategies for creating engaging and evergreen content
  3. Utilizing freebies to attract and nurture leads
  4. The importance of email marketing in nurturing leads
  5. Advanced digital marketing techniques: Personalization and automation
  6. Adapting to emerging trends in digital marketing for 2024

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Try ConverKit today (affiliate link)
  2. Episode 187. Kickstart Series Part 1: How to Start a Business Online (Setting the Foundation)
  3. Episode 189. Kickstart Series Part 2: Carve Out Your Spot & Claim Your Expertise
  4. 190. How to Create Loyal Customers, Repeat Buyers, and Referrals (without spending a dime)
  5. Episode 191. Kickstart Series Part 3: Create a Product that Sells Itself (+ How to Make it Last)
  6. Listen to the Shine Online Podcast
  7. Kickstart your business in 2024 with my free Kickstart Guide!
  8. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>3d7d316d-e3e0-4f34-bd41-a9e1cbdb06e8Mon, 29 Jan 2024 05:30:00 -040053:12falsefull193193192. How to Create a Scalable Product192. How to Create a Scalable ProductOver the years, I’ve learned a lot of lessons about the importance of scalability and how to achieve it. In today’s episode, I’m going to share them with you.

Your product, whatever it is, needs to be scalable so that it can be sold over and over again without requiring more of you. That is the foundation to generating significant revenue while still having a life outside your work.

Join me as I cover the keys to creating a product that is going to be your bread and butter for years to come.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to create a few core products that deliver exactly what your clients need to make their lives better.
  2. Why word-of-mouth marketing is so valuable and how beta-testing can jumpstart it.
  3. The key to pricing your product to highlight its value.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  2. Episode 12. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!)
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Over the years, I’ve learned a lot of lessons about the importance of scalability and how to achieve it. In today’s episode, I’m going to share them with you.

Your product, whatever it is, needs to be scalable so that it can be sold over and over again without requiring more of you. That is the foundation to generating significant revenue while still having a life outside your work.

Join me as I cover the keys to creating a product that is going to be your bread and butter for years to come.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to create a few core products that deliver exactly what your clients need to make their lives better.
  2. Why word-of-mouth marketing is so valuable and how beta-testing can jumpstart it.
  3. The key to pricing your product to highlight its value.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  2. Episode 12. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!)
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8e35df27-9eda-4865-ace0-3e635851aefaThu, 25 Jan 2024 05:30:00 -040033:06falsefull192192191. Kickstart Series Part 3: Create a Product that Sells Itself (+ How to Make it Last)191. Kickstart Series Part 3: Create a Product that Sells Itself (+ How to Make it Last)Whether you're just starting out or looking to refine your existing offerings, understanding what makes a product truly effective is key. It's important to learn how to understand insights about crafting products that not only resonate with your audience but that can also sustain and grow your business. Join me as I explore the intersection of market demand, personal passion, and practical strategies to create products that sell themselves.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to create products that are not only meaningful to you but also in high demand in the market.
  2. The importance of creating products that can be effectively implemented and produce real, tangible results for your audience.
  3. Strategies for using customer feedback and experiences in your marketing, focusing on ethical and effective approaches.
  4. Understanding the significance of targeting your marketing efforts towards individuals who genuinely need and can benefit from your product.
  5. Creating products that not only sell themselves but also contribute to the sustainability and growth of your business.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 187. Kickstart Series Part 1: How to Start a Business Online (Setting the Foundation)
  2. Episode 189. Kickstart Series Part 2: Carve Out Your Spot & Claim Your Expertise
  3. Shop DIY templates and the Ultimate Bundle®
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Whether you're just starting out or looking to refine your existing offerings, understanding what makes a product truly effective is key. It's important to learn how to understand insights about crafting products that not only resonate with your audience but that can also sustain and grow your business. Join me as I explore the intersection of market demand, personal passion, and practical strategies to create products that sell themselves.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to create products that are not only meaningful to you but also in high demand in the market.
  2. The importance of creating products that can be effectively implemented and produce real, tangible results for your audience.
  3. Strategies for using customer feedback and experiences in your marketing, focusing on ethical and effective approaches.
  4. Understanding the significance of targeting your marketing efforts towards individuals who genuinely need and can benefit from your product.
  5. Creating products that not only sell themselves but also contribute to the sustainability and growth of your business.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 187. Kickstart Series Part 1: How to Start a Business Online (Setting the Foundation)
  2. Episode 189. Kickstart Series Part 2: Carve Out Your Spot & Claim Your Expertise
  3. Shop DIY templates and the Ultimate Bundle®
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>d7469d72-901b-4e16-a1eb-e34e18cc35e8Mon, 22 Jan 2024 05:30:00 -040045:38falsefull191191190. How to Create Loyal Customers, Repeat Buyers, and Referrals (without spending a dime)190. How to Create Loyal Customers, Repeat Buyers, and Referrals (without spending a dime)Welcome to a fresh perspective on client relationships, inspired by an unlikely source: Olive Garden's customer service philosophy. Let’s delve into why treating clients like family isn't just a feel-good tactic, but a strategic approach that can revolutionize your business. We explore how creating a warm, welcoming environment for clients, akin to the family-style service of Olive Garden, can lead to building a loyal customer base, enhancing client lifetime value, and fostering invaluable word-of-mouth referrals.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of family-style customer service.
  2. Strategies for enhancing client lifetime value.
  3. The role of word-of-mouth referrals in business growth.
  4. Balancing exceptional service with practical business management.
  5. Creating a community among clients for sustained success.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Welcome to a fresh perspective on client relationships, inspired by an unlikely source: Olive Garden's customer service philosophy. Let’s delve into why treating clients like family isn't just a feel-good tactic, but a strategic approach that can revolutionize your business. We explore how creating a warm, welcoming environment for clients, akin to the family-style service of Olive Garden, can lead to building a loyal customer base, enhancing client lifetime value, and fostering invaluable word-of-mouth referrals.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of family-style customer service.
  2. Strategies for enhancing client lifetime value.
  3. The role of word-of-mouth referrals in business growth.
  4. Balancing exceptional service with practical business management.
  5. Creating a community among clients for sustained success.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e3d65041-d6fc-49ac-b9e0-17f17220bcfaThu, 18 Jan 2024 05:30:00 -040029:40falsefull190190189. Kickstart Series Part 2: Carve Out Your Spot & Claim Your Expertise189. Kickstart Series Part 2: Carve Out Your Spot & Claim Your ExpertiseHave you ever wondered what makes a business truly stand out? It's not just about offering a service or product; it's about creating an identity that resonates with your audience. I want to share with you some insights on how to carve out your spot in the market and claim your expertise. Whether you're just starting out or looking to redefine your business, these tips will guide you in building a brand that's uniquely yours.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into defining and embracing your unique business identity and values
  2. Strategies for analyzing market demand and supply, with a focus on differentiating your offerings
  3. Effective ways to identify and address client pain points and aspirations
  4. Tips for creating content that connects deeply with clients and showcases your expertise

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 187. Kickstart Series Part 1: How to Start a Business Online (Setting the Foundation)
  2. Shop DIY templates and the Ultimate Bundle®
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Listen to my Scope of Practice Spotify Playlist
  5. Kickstart your business in 2024 with my free Kickstart Guide!
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever wondered what makes a business truly stand out? It's not just about offering a service or product; it's about creating an identity that resonates with your audience. I want to share with you some insights on how to carve out your spot in the market and claim your expertise. Whether you're just starting out or looking to redefine your business, these tips will guide you in building a brand that's uniquely yours.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into defining and embracing your unique business identity and values
  2. Strategies for analyzing market demand and supply, with a focus on differentiating your offerings
  3. Effective ways to identify and address client pain points and aspirations
  4. Tips for creating content that connects deeply with clients and showcases your expertise

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 187. Kickstart Series Part 1: How to Start a Business Online (Setting the Foundation)
  2. Shop DIY templates and the Ultimate Bundle®
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Listen to my Scope of Practice Spotify Playlist
  5. Kickstart your business in 2024 with my free Kickstart Guide!
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>ba34ab54-c148-406f-ab6e-91b7c139055aMon, 15 Jan 2024 05:30:00 -040042:16falsefull189189188. How to Protect Your Online Business in 2024188. How to Protect Your Online Business in 2024Are you an online coach or service provider feeling tangled in the web of legalities? Worry no more! I'm here to guide you through the maze of legally protecting and growing your business. This journey doesn't have to be overwhelming or confusing. With some straightforward steps and a bit of know-how, you can lay a solid legal foundation for your business. Let's dive into the three essential steps you need to start with, making legal protection simple and approachable.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of registering your business legally in your state and choosing the right business entity
  2. How to select and understand business insurance to protect your financial interests
  3. Tips for creating and managing effective contracts to ensure legal clarity and protection in client relationships
  4. Strategies for navigating legal complexities in online business without feeling overwhelmed
  5. How adopting the right mindset can aid in legally protecting and growing your online business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Episode 4. The 5 Most Dangerous Legal Myths I See Online
  3. Episode 84. Do I Need Business Insurance?
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you an online coach or service provider feeling tangled in the web of legalities? Worry no more! I'm here to guide you through the maze of legally protecting and growing your business. This journey doesn't have to be overwhelming or confusing. With some straightforward steps and a bit of know-how, you can lay a solid legal foundation for your business. Let's dive into the three essential steps you need to start with, making legal protection simple and approachable.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of registering your business legally in your state and choosing the right business entity
  2. How to select and understand business insurance to protect your financial interests
  3. Tips for creating and managing effective contracts to ensure legal clarity and protection in client relationships
  4. Strategies for navigating legal complexities in online business without feeling overwhelmed
  5. How adopting the right mindset can aid in legally protecting and growing your online business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Episode 4. The 5 Most Dangerous Legal Myths I See Online
  3. Episode 84. Do I Need Business Insurance?
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>dfd9277f-e753-4e5b-9f5c-c528620220aaThu, 11 Jan 2024 05:30:00 -040027:46falsefull188188187. Kickstart Series Part 1: How to Start a Business Online (Setting the Foundation)187. Kickstart Series Part 1: How to Start a Business Online (Setting the Foundation)Starting an online business can be quite a journey, but it's important to be aware of the legal requirements and foundational steps involved. If you're thinking of starting an online venture, you're in the right place. I'm here to guide you through the complexities and joys of setting up your digital business. From understanding the basic requirements to start a business to navigating legal nuances, this guide is here to kickstart you to a successful launch! Don’t forget to grab your free Kickstart Guide and follow along!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Understanding why a solid foundation is critical for both new and existing businesses.
  2. How to ensure your business idea is not only unique but also meets the needs of your target market.
  3. The necessity of setting up your business legally and financially to safeguard against future liabilities.
  4. Utilizing MVPs to test the market and refine your product or service offerings.
  5. Strategies for laying a foundation that supports sustainable growth and scalability.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Shop DIY templates and the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Listen to my Scope of Practice Spotify Playlist
  4. Kickstart your business in 2024 with my free Kickstart Guide!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Starting an online business can be quite a journey, but it's important to be aware of the legal requirements and foundational steps involved. If you're thinking of starting an online venture, you're in the right place. I'm here to guide you through the complexities and joys of setting up your digital business. From understanding the basic requirements to start a business to navigating legal nuances, this guide is here to kickstart you to a successful launch! Don’t forget to grab your free Kickstart Guide and follow along!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Understanding why a solid foundation is critical for both new and existing businesses.
  2. How to ensure your business idea is not only unique but also meets the needs of your target market.
  3. The necessity of setting up your business legally and financially to safeguard against future liabilities.
  4. Utilizing MVPs to test the market and refine your product or service offerings.
  5. Strategies for laying a foundation that supports sustainable growth and scalability.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Shop DIY templates and the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Listen to my Scope of Practice Spotify Playlist
  4. Kickstart your business in 2024 with my free Kickstart Guide!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0c69fece-eed8-4f9a-be19-a9d22cb817feMon, 08 Jan 2024 05:30:00 -040024:56falsefull187187186. If I Started Today, Here’s How I’d Build My Business186. If I Started Today, Here’s How I’d Build My BusinessWhen I first began my online business over five years ago, I couldn’t have imagined the shape it would take today. There were just so many unknowns. And while I can’t say I wish things had ended up any different, I do look back on some of the decisions I made early on knowing what I know now and wonder how I might approach things differently if I had to do it all over again.

Unless someone invents a time machine, I doubt I’ll ever get the chance to make use of these lessons – but for anyone out there in the early stages of their business, maybe I can help you avoid some of the mistakes I made or grow your business even faster.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Personal insights and lessons learned over the years in digital entrepreneurship
  2. Viewing content creation on social media as a critical practice for developing a unique voice and style
  3. The significance of choosing and focusing on fewer social media platforms
  4. The misconception of a 'secret formula' for business success
  5. Starting with the basics to avoid being overwhelmed

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 27. The Tech Tools That Helped Me Grow My Business (& What I've Ditched!)
  2. Episode 18. 10 Easy Instagram Reels Tips (+ How to Use Music Legally)
  3. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  4. Loving On Your Terms®? Take our podcast survey and help impact future episodes!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When I first began my online business over five years ago, I couldn’t have imagined the shape it would take today. There were just so many unknowns. And while I can’t say I wish things had ended up any different, I do look back on some of the decisions I made early on knowing what I know now and wonder how I might approach things differently if I had to do it all over again.

Unless someone invents a time machine, I doubt I’ll ever get the chance to make use of these lessons – but for anyone out there in the early stages of their business, maybe I can help you avoid some of the mistakes I made or grow your business even faster.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Personal insights and lessons learned over the years in digital entrepreneurship
  2. Viewing content creation on social media as a critical practice for developing a unique voice and style
  3. The significance of choosing and focusing on fewer social media platforms
  4. The misconception of a 'secret formula' for business success
  5. Starting with the basics to avoid being overwhelmed

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 27. The Tech Tools That Helped Me Grow My Business (& What I've Ditched!)
  2. Episode 18. 10 Easy Instagram Reels Tips (+ How to Use Music Legally)
  3. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  4. Loving On Your Terms®? Take our podcast survey and help impact future episodes!
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>18e2df55-f716-4057-8b03-52f6d09804deThu, 04 Jan 2024 05:30:00 -040039:06falsefull186186185. New Law Alert: BOI Reporting Requirements (+ free Guide!)185. New Law Alert: BOI Reporting Requirements (+ free Guide!)New year, new law! That’s how the saying goes, right? Are the new Beneficial Ownership Information (BOI) reporting requirements stressing you out? I'm here to simplify this process for you. Starting January 1, 2024, certain businesses will need to report their ownership information to the federal government. This initiative aims to enhance transparency in business ownership, but it can seem daunting, especially for small business owners. Don’t panic! – I have created a free, comprehensive guide to get you legally legit ASAP.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. All about the new Beneficial Ownership Information (BOI) reporting requirements effective from January 1, 2024
  2. Detailed guidance on who needs to comply with the BOI reporting requirements and the types of businesses affected
  3. Compliance deadlines for existing and newly established businesses
  4. Information about a free guide available for assisting with the BOI reporting process

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Download my free BOI Report Guide + join my email list to get a free video walking you through the whole process!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>New year, new law! That’s how the saying goes, right? Are the new Beneficial Ownership Information (BOI) reporting requirements stressing you out? I'm here to simplify this process for you. Starting January 1, 2024, certain businesses will need to report their ownership information to the federal government. This initiative aims to enhance transparency in business ownership, but it can seem daunting, especially for small business owners. Don’t panic! – I have created a free, comprehensive guide to get you legally legit ASAP.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. All about the new Beneficial Ownership Information (BOI) reporting requirements effective from January 1, 2024
  2. Detailed guidance on who needs to comply with the BOI reporting requirements and the types of businesses affected
  3. Compliance deadlines for existing and newly established businesses
  4. Information about a free guide available for assisting with the BOI reporting process

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Download my free BOI Report Guide + join my email list to get a free video walking you through the whole process!
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>7ac7c3a6-8efc-48ab-bcb4-0ced56f7b375Mon, 01 Jan 2024 05:30:00 -040019:53falsefull185185184. Why So Many Big Creators Quit (& lessons we can learn from it)184. Why So Many Big Creators Quit (& lessons we can learn from it)Have you ever wondered why so many successful online entrepreneurs suddenly decide to step back or close their businesses? Today, let's dive into the often-overlooked reasons behind this trend and explore how we can learn from their experiences to create more sustainable and fulfilling businesses.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why successful online business owners often choose to step back or shut down their ventures due to burnout and the prevalence of burnout in online entrepreneurship
  2. A critique of how aspirational marketing, focused on showcasing a desirable lifestyle, can lead to unsustainable business practices and consumerism
  3. The importance of building a business based on genuine expertise and values, rather than material symbols of success
  4. Insights into financial responsibility and how it contributes to business longevity, especially during unpredictable events like the COVID-19 pandemic
  5. Encouragement for consumers to support businesses aligned with their values and focus on quality and impact, rather than superficial indicators of success

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Loving On Your Terms®? Take our podcast survey and help impact future episodes!
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever wondered why so many successful online entrepreneurs suddenly decide to step back or close their businesses? Today, let's dive into the often-overlooked reasons behind this trend and explore how we can learn from their experiences to create more sustainable and fulfilling businesses.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why successful online business owners often choose to step back or shut down their ventures due to burnout and the prevalence of burnout in online entrepreneurship
  2. A critique of how aspirational marketing, focused on showcasing a desirable lifestyle, can lead to unsustainable business practices and consumerism
  3. The importance of building a business based on genuine expertise and values, rather than material symbols of success
  4. Insights into financial responsibility and how it contributes to business longevity, especially during unpredictable events like the COVID-19 pandemic
  5. Encouragement for consumers to support businesses aligned with their values and focus on quality and impact, rather than superficial indicators of success

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Loving On Your Terms®? Take our podcast survey and help impact future episodes!
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1d625235-85c7-469a-98a1-3640c6c72c09Thu, 28 Dec 2023 05:30:00 -040029:37falsefull184184183. Stop Playing Small [Monday Motivation!]183. Stop Playing Small [Monday Motivation!]Starting an online business can often feel like navigating uncharted waters, especially for women entrepreneurs who face unique challenges. In this journey, it’s crucial to recognize the seriousness and legitimacy of your venture. As someone who transitioned from a corporate lawyer to an online business owner, I understand the hurdles and skepticism that can come your way. But it’s time to stop playing small and start seeing your business for the powerhouse it can be.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How women entrepreneurs often face significant challenges in being taken seriously in the business world, particularly with online ventures
  2. My personal journey of overcoming skepticism and demeaning attitudes
  3. The critical importance of self-belief and treating one's online business as a serious, legitimate endeavor
  4. The intersection of business legitimacy with the need for legal protection

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Episode 72. What Else Does Your Biz Need Besides an LLC?
  3. Episode 74. What happens to my business if I die?
  4. Episode 76. Can I use the © without registering?
  5. Episode 78. Can I Work With Clients Overseas?
  6. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails/
  7. DM Sam on Instagram: @samvanderwielen
  8. Download my free Legal Checklist so you can self-assess how to legally protect your business
  9. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Starting an online business can often feel like navigating uncharted waters, especially for women entrepreneurs who face unique challenges. In this journey, it’s crucial to recognize the seriousness and legitimacy of your venture. As someone who transitioned from a corporate lawyer to an online business owner, I understand the hurdles and skepticism that can come your way. But it’s time to stop playing small and start seeing your business for the powerhouse it can be.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How women entrepreneurs often face significant challenges in being taken seriously in the business world, particularly with online ventures
  2. My personal journey of overcoming skepticism and demeaning attitudes
  3. The critical importance of self-belief and treating one's online business as a serious, legitimate endeavor
  4. The intersection of business legitimacy with the need for legal protection

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Episode 72. What Else Does Your Biz Need Besides an LLC?
  3. Episode 74. What happens to my business if I die?
  4. Episode 76. Can I use the © without registering?
  5. Episode 78. Can I Work With Clients Overseas?
  6. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails/
  7. DM Sam on Instagram: @samvanderwielen
  8. Download my free Legal Checklist so you can self-assess how to legally protect your business
  9. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e58eedb5-6a1c-4bb6-b380-df74d56c28c8Mon, 25 Dec 2023 05:30:00 -040022:14falsefull183183182. Part 2 Annual Business Plan (Setting Business Goals for 2024)182. Part 2 Annual Business Plan (Setting Business Goals for 2024)Welcome to a fresh perspective on business planning and goal setting. As we look ahead to 2024, it's crucial to reflect on our past successes and challenges, setting the stage for a year of growth and fulfillment. Whether you're a seasoned entrepreneur or just starting, today I'll share insights on crafting a plan that aligns with your personal and professional aspirations. Let's dive into how to set achievable goals, embrace new ideas, and build a business that truly resonates with you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into setting focused and achievable goals for the year ahead
  2. How to stay open to change and new ideas in your business journey
  3. Understanding the value of KPIs in guiding your business decisions
  4. The significance of creating a business that resonates with your personal aspirations
  5. Balancing business development with personal satisfaction and growth

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Take our podcast survey
  3. Learn more about The JAVA Method (Jen’s Membership)
  4. Check out Louise Henry’s Uplevel with Asana course
  5. Try ConvertKit for free
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  7. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Welcome to a fresh perspective on business planning and goal setting. As we look ahead to 2024, it's crucial to reflect on our past successes and challenges, setting the stage for a year of growth and fulfillment. Whether you're a seasoned entrepreneur or just starting, today I'll share insights on crafting a plan that aligns with your personal and professional aspirations. Let's dive into how to set achievable goals, embrace new ideas, and build a business that truly resonates with you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into setting focused and achievable goals for the year ahead
  2. How to stay open to change and new ideas in your business journey
  3. Understanding the value of KPIs in guiding your business decisions
  4. The significance of creating a business that resonates with your personal aspirations
  5. Balancing business development with personal satisfaction and growth

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. Take our podcast survey
  3. Learn more about The JAVA Method (Jen’s Membership)
  4. Check out Louise Henry’s Uplevel with Asana course
  5. Try ConvertKit for free
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  7. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>6d29c310-2823-4380-904c-524d1c2a9592Thu, 21 Dec 2023 05:30:00 -040039:42falsefull182182181. Part 1: Annual Business Plan (Reflecting on My 7th Business Year)181. Part 1: Annual Business Plan (Reflecting on My 7th Business Year)Have you ever paused to reflect on your journey, both personally and professionally? I've been doing just that, looking back on my year in 2023. It's been a year of growth, challenge, and learning for me, and I want to share some insights that might help you in your own reflection process.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into balancing personal well-being with professional goals
  2. How personal experiences, like the loss of loved ones, impact business and life
  3. Strategies that led to revenue growth and a successful book deal
  4. The importance of evolving business strategies with market and social media trends
  5. Aligning business goals with personal values for holistic success

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. 129. How to Write a Book (with a small platform!) [Interview with Book Coach, Richelle Fredson]
  3. Take our podcast survey
  4. Learn more about The JAVA Method (Jen’s Membership)
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever paused to reflect on your journey, both personally and professionally? I've been doing just that, looking back on my year in 2023. It's been a year of growth, challenge, and learning for me, and I want to share some insights that might help you in your own reflection process.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into balancing personal well-being with professional goals
  2. How personal experiences, like the loss of loved ones, impact business and life
  3. Strategies that led to revenue growth and a successful book deal
  4. The importance of evolving business strategies with market and social media trends
  5. Aligning business goals with personal values for holistic success

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Annual Business Plan Worksheet
  2. 129. How to Write a Book (with a small platform!) [Interview with Book Coach, Richelle Fredson]
  3. Take our podcast survey
  4. Learn more about The JAVA Method (Jen’s Membership)
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8194374c-764e-43f2-8155-7f701a0b697cMon, 18 Dec 2023 05:30:00 -040044:42falsefull181181180. Did You Steal It or Get Inspired By It? How to Spot the Difference180. Did You Steal It or Get Inspired By It? How to Spot the DifferenceToday I want to talk about something that's been on my mind – the fine line between inspiration and outright stealing in the online business world. It's a tricky topic, but it's crucial for us as creators to understand where to draw the line. I've seen too many instances where content gets copied, and I'm here to shed some light on how to navigate this complex issue.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How common content theft and mimicking are in the online business industry
  2. Personal stories of my own content being copied or stolen, including website and program names
  3. Insights into the legal aspects of content creation, ownership, and protection
  4. An explanation of the fine line between legally actionable stealing and non-illegal mimicking
  5. Practical advice and strategies for dealing with instances of content mimicry or theft

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 19. How to Legally Share Content (Don’t be a Copycat!)
  2. Episode 43. BTS: When My Website Got Stolen By Another Attorney
  3. The Ultimate Guide to Taking Down Copycats
  4. Episode 107. What to do When Someone Steals Your Business' Content
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Today I want to talk about something that's been on my mind – the fine line between inspiration and outright stealing in the online business world. It's a tricky topic, but it's crucial for us as creators to understand where to draw the line. I've seen too many instances where content gets copied, and I'm here to shed some light on how to navigate this complex issue.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How common content theft and mimicking are in the online business industry
  2. Personal stories of my own content being copied or stolen, including website and program names
  3. Insights into the legal aspects of content creation, ownership, and protection
  4. An explanation of the fine line between legally actionable stealing and non-illegal mimicking
  5. Practical advice and strategies for dealing with instances of content mimicry or theft

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 19. How to Legally Share Content (Don’t be a Copycat!)
  2. Episode 43. BTS: When My Website Got Stolen By Another Attorney
  3. The Ultimate Guide to Taking Down Copycats
  4. Episode 107. What to do When Someone Steals Your Business' Content
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>3dffea7d-9d16-4194-87c3-2da56a786e69Thu, 14 Dec 2023 05:30:00 -040017:39falsefull180180179. You Don't Need Them To Love What You're Doing [Monday Motivation!]179. You Don't Need Them To Love What You're Doing [Monday Motivation!]Have you ever felt like your business isn't resonating with everyone? That's perfectly fine! I'm here to remind you that it's not only okay but essential to focus on being your authentic self in business. Today, I want to share with you why it's crucial to build a business that's a true reflection of who you are, rather than trying to please everyone. Join me as we delve into the importance of authenticity and how it can lead to a more fulfilling and successful entrepreneurial journey.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of authenticity and self-belief in your business journey
  2. Insights on detaching your personal worth from your revenue
  3. Reflections on the impact of seeking external validation
  4. A critique of aspirational and lifestyle marketing in online businesses
  5. Personal stories and advice on staying true to yourself in business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)
  2. Frasier Episode (S3 E23 - The Focus Group)
  3. Business Checklist
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever felt like your business isn't resonating with everyone? That's perfectly fine! I'm here to remind you that it's not only okay but essential to focus on being your authentic self in business. Today, I want to share with you why it's crucial to build a business that's a true reflection of who you are, rather than trying to please everyone. Join me as we delve into the importance of authenticity and how it can lead to a more fulfilling and successful entrepreneurial journey.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of authenticity and self-belief in your business journey
  2. Insights on detaching your personal worth from your revenue
  3. Reflections on the impact of seeking external validation
  4. A critique of aspirational and lifestyle marketing in online businesses
  5. Personal stories and advice on staying true to yourself in business

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)
  2. Frasier Episode (S3 E23 - The Focus Group)
  3. Business Checklist
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>028c78d2-f9a4-4c5b-b0ba-7edb91a54c8eMon, 11 Dec 2023 05:30:00 -040021:38falsefull179179178. It's a Write Off, You Just Write It Off! (Or Is It?)178. It's a Write Off, You Just Write It Off! (Or Is It?)As entrepreneurs, understanding what counts as a business expense is crucial for our financial health and legal compliance. I'm here to clear up some common misconceptions and offer practical advice on how to navigate these often-confusing waters. Whether you're just starting out or you've been running your business for a while, this discussion is going to shed light on managing your business's finances effectively.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into what qualifies as a business expense and debunking common myths
  2. Strategies for effectively documenting and tracking business expenses
  3. Understanding the IRS criteria for deductible expenses
  4. How to differentiate between deductible and non-deductible expenses
  5. Guidance on legal and tax compliance for entrepreneurs

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Business Expenses | Internal Revenue Service
  3. Get QuickBooks
  4. Blog Post: Can I Charge Business Expenses to My Personal Card?
  5. Episode 77. Small Business Taxes 101 [Guest Interview with Little Fish Accounting]
  6. Learn more about Little Fish Accounting
  7. Check out Megan Naasz, CPA
  8. Episode 17. 6 Legal Must Haves for Online Businesses
  9. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  10. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>As entrepreneurs, understanding what counts as a business expense is crucial for our financial health and legal compliance. I'm here to clear up some common misconceptions and offer practical advice on how to navigate these often-confusing waters. Whether you're just starting out or you've been running your business for a while, this discussion is going to shed light on managing your business's finances effectively.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Insights into what qualifies as a business expense and debunking common myths
  2. Strategies for effectively documenting and tracking business expenses
  3. Understanding the IRS criteria for deductible expenses
  4. How to differentiate between deductible and non-deductible expenses
  5. Guidance on legal and tax compliance for entrepreneurs

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Business Expenses | Internal Revenue Service
  3. Get QuickBooks
  4. Blog Post: Can I Charge Business Expenses to My Personal Card?
  5. Episode 77. Small Business Taxes 101 [Guest Interview with Little Fish Accounting]
  6. Learn more about Little Fish Accounting
  7. Check out Megan Naasz, CPA
  8. Episode 17. 6 Legal Must Haves for Online Businesses
  9. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  10. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>795ca9b4-4586-413c-8312-837798155e45Thu, 07 Dec 2023 05:30:00 -040028:12falsefull178178177. Can You Really Save Money on Your Taxes? [ft. CPA, Keila Hill-Trawick]177. Can You Really Save Money on Your Taxes? [ft. CPA, Keila Hill-Trawick]Ever wondered how to navigate the tricky waters of taxes as an online business owner? You're not alone! Tax planning can seem daunting, but with the right guidance, it's totally manageable. As an online entrepreneur myself, I've been through the ups and downs of figuring out taxes, and I'm here to share some insights that can make your tax journey smoother. In this episode, we're diving into the world of tax planning for online businesses. You'll get valuable tips from my own experience and expert advice from Keila Hill-Trawick, a CPA from Little Fish Accounting. Let's explore some key areas you need to know about.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The essentials of estimated quarterly tax payments for online businesses
  2. Understanding and maximizing deductible business expenses
  3. Best practices for paying yourself as an online business owner
  4. Navigating the nuances of S-corp taxation

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more at littlefishaccounting.com
  2. Outsource Guide from Keila
  3. How to Find an Accountant for Your Online Business: My Top 5 Qualities to Look For
  4. Episode 58. Paying Yourself 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  5. Follow Little Fish Accounting on Instagram: @littlefishaccounting
  6. Tax Prep Suite from Little Fish: littlefishaccounting.com/tax-prep-suite
  7. Free Resource: Yearly Planning & Reflections Guide
  8. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>Ever wondered how to navigate the tricky waters of taxes as an online business owner? You're not alone! Tax planning can seem daunting, but with the right guidance, it's totally manageable. As an online entrepreneur myself, I've been through the ups and downs of figuring out taxes, and I'm here to share some insights that can make your tax journey smoother. In this episode, we're diving into the world of tax planning for online businesses. You'll get valuable tips from my own experience and expert advice from Keila Hill-Trawick, a CPA from Little Fish Accounting. Let's explore some key areas you need to know about.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The essentials of estimated quarterly tax payments for online businesses
  2. Understanding and maximizing deductible business expenses
  3. Best practices for paying yourself as an online business owner
  4. Navigating the nuances of S-corp taxation

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more at littlefishaccounting.com
  2. Outsource Guide from Keila
  3. How to Find an Accountant for Your Online Business: My Top 5 Qualities to Look For
  4. Episode 58. Paying Yourself 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  5. Follow Little Fish Accounting on Instagram: @littlefishaccounting
  6. Tax Prep Suite from Little Fish: littlefishaccounting.com/tax-prep-suite
  7. Free Resource: Yearly Planning & Reflections Guide
  8. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>c26272ac-e252-4a6d-bc50-5fbd20f6c205Mon, 04 Dec 2023 05:30:00 -040054:07falsefull177177176. How I See Coaches' Scope of Practice After Being a Lawyer for 11 Years176. How I See Coaches' Scope of Practice After Being a Lawyer for 11 YearsWhether you're a seasoned coach or just stepping into this dynamic field, understanding the legalities of what you can and cannot do is crucial. Today, we explore the scope of practice in coaching across various fields, from health and wellness to business and life coaching, and unravel how to navigate these waters legally and ethically.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The legal boundaries and scope of practice for coaches in various fields.
  2. How to navigate coaching within legal constraints, focusing on education and empowerment.
  3. Understanding the importance of adhering to the legal scope of practice in coaching.
  4. Practical advice for coaches to operate within legal limits and offer value to clients.
  5. The role of coaches in guiding clients to make informed decisions themselves.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. 136. My Big Secret: REVEALED!
  3. 158. Book Update (+ a secret excerpt from my book!)
  4. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  5. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  6. Episode 8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  7. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Whether you're a seasoned coach or just stepping into this dynamic field, understanding the legalities of what you can and cannot do is crucial. Today, we explore the scope of practice in coaching across various fields, from health and wellness to business and life coaching, and unravel how to navigate these waters legally and ethically.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The legal boundaries and scope of practice for coaches in various fields.
  2. How to navigate coaching within legal constraints, focusing on education and empowerment.
  3. Understanding the importance of adhering to the legal scope of practice in coaching.
  4. Practical advice for coaches to operate within legal limits and offer value to clients.
  5. The role of coaches in guiding clients to make informed decisions themselves.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. 136. My Big Secret: REVEALED!
  3. 158. Book Update (+ a secret excerpt from my book!)
  4. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  5. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  6. Episode 8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  7. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>5e5f0e40-61c1-4130-a15c-6ea76a77285cThu, 30 Nov 2023 05:30:00 -040010:48falsefull176176175. What Kind of Contract Do You Need for That?175. What Kind of Contract Do You Need for That?Do you know what contracts you need depending on what you offer? This week, you'll learn about the contracts and policies you need for different business situations.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What contracts you need when working with clients
  2. The different contracts of agreements needed for websites, social media, and other content
  3. How the Ultimate Bundle® walks you through the process of filling out and using every contract template

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Visit the online template shop
  3. See me customize a template in real-time
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Do you know what contracts you need depending on what you offer? This week, you'll learn about the contracts and policies you need for different business situations.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What contracts you need when working with clients
  2. The different contracts of agreements needed for websites, social media, and other content
  3. How the Ultimate Bundle® walks you through the process of filling out and using every contract template

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Visit the online template shop
  3. See me customize a template in real-time
  4. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>261e13f7-a356-4ce5-8c3c-9ffc27c1debeMon, 27 Nov 2023 05:30:00 -040011:21falsefull175175174. Can A Business Even Do Well Without a Black Friday Sale?174. Can A Business Even Do Well Without a Black Friday Sale?Are you ready to rethink the Black Friday hustle? Let's dive into a conversation that challenges the norm and embraces a business philosophy that's true to you. I'm sharing insights from my journey, where I've consciously chosen not to participate in these sales. It's a decision rooted in aligning my business with my personal values, like supporting eco-friendly and ethical practices.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of aligning business practices with personal values.
  2. Rejecting the Black Friday sale frenzy in favor of tranquility and work-life balance.
  3. Building a successful business that aligns with personal lifestyle and goals.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. What Happens if You *Don't* Run a Black Friday Sale? My REI Moment
  2. 173. Things That Keep Me Grounded Offline
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you ready to rethink the Black Friday hustle? Let's dive into a conversation that challenges the norm and embraces a business philosophy that's true to you. I'm sharing insights from my journey, where I've consciously chosen not to participate in these sales. It's a decision rooted in aligning my business with my personal values, like supporting eco-friendly and ethical practices.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The importance of aligning business practices with personal values.
  2. Rejecting the Black Friday sale frenzy in favor of tranquility and work-life balance.
  3. Building a successful business that aligns with personal lifestyle and goals.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. What Happens if You *Don't* Run a Black Friday Sale? My REI Moment
  2. 173. Things That Keep Me Grounded Offline
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>fa5f96e3-17d3-473a-9065-0ddfee2f4886Thu, 23 Nov 2023 05:30:00 -040011:46falsefull174174173. Things that Keep Me Grounded Offline173. Things that Keep Me Grounded OfflineSometimes we get so caught up in doing more and more for our business that we forget that we need to do more for ourselves. Taking care of ourselves outside of work matters. It gives us renewed creativity and energy while helping us be calm and thoughtful. In this episode, I talk about the top 10 things I do to ground myself offline, plus some that I would like to work on. Let me know if any resonate with you!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How movement and community can be a great combo.
  2. The importance of only doing one thing at a time and taking breaks from tech.
  3. How art can give us inspiration and be an outlet for big feelings.
  4. Nonfiction books and YouTube channel recommendations
  5. A reminder to book your annual health exam!!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 79. Feeling Business Burnout? Honor Your Energy
  2. Cecilia Blomdahl’s YouTube Channel: Gorgeous videos from an island close to the North Pole.
  3. Hannah Adkins’ YouTube Channel: British lifestyle videos that celebrate every season.
  4. Kahvihuone8487’s YouTube Channel: Day in the life videos from Helsinki, Finland.
  5. Moving On Doesn't Mean Letting Go: Gina Moffat's book about grief.

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

Produced by NOVA Media

]]>Sometimes we get so caught up in doing more and more for our business that we forget that we need to do more for ourselves. Taking care of ourselves outside of work matters. It gives us renewed creativity and energy while helping us be calm and thoughtful. In this episode, I talk about the top 10 things I do to ground myself offline, plus some that I would like to work on. Let me know if any resonate with you!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How movement and community can be a great combo.
  2. The importance of only doing one thing at a time and taking breaks from tech.
  3. How art can give us inspiration and be an outlet for big feelings.
  4. Nonfiction books and YouTube channel recommendations
  5. A reminder to book your annual health exam!!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 79. Feeling Business Burnout? Honor Your Energy
  2. Cecilia Blomdahl’s YouTube Channel: Gorgeous videos from an island close to the North Pole.
  3. Hannah Adkins’ YouTube Channel: British lifestyle videos that celebrate every season.
  4. Kahvihuone8487’s YouTube Channel: Day in the life videos from Helsinki, Finland.
  5. Moving On Doesn't Mean Letting Go: Gina Moffat's book about grief.

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

Produced by NOVA Media

]]>49f0217b-e59b-4578-9d3a-8baa7e44ddceMon, 20 Nov 2023 05:30:00 -040048:59falsefull173173172. What Can You Teach as an Online Coach?172. What Can You Teach as an Online Coach?I'm hard at work on my new book. While I put my head down and I focus on writing this month, we'll be revisiting some of your FAQs here about legal and business questions here on On Your Terms® throughout November. So whether you miss them the first time around or you just need a refresher because you're like me and you like to hear things a couple of times in order to get it, we've curated a selection that's a must-listen for any online business owner.

In this week’s episode, I'm tackling a question about scope of practice in the health and wellness field. But don't tune out just yet, because this applies to all types of coaches, regardless of industry.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Understanding scope of practice
  2. What dictates what you’re allowed to teach in your business
  3. Doing your homework on what you can legally teach as a coach

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question here
  2. 136. My Big Secret: REVEALED!
  3. 158. Book Update (+ a secret excerpt from my book!)
  4. 68. Permission to Slow Down & Do Things On Your Terms
  5. 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  6. 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  7. 86. What can coaches legally do?
  8. Download my free Legal Checklist
  9. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I'm hard at work on my new book. While I put my head down and I focus on writing this month, we'll be revisiting some of your FAQs here about legal and business questions here on On Your Terms® throughout November. So whether you miss them the first time around or you just need a refresher because you're like me and you like to hear things a couple of times in order to get it, we've curated a selection that's a must-listen for any online business owner.

In this week’s episode, I'm tackling a question about scope of practice in the health and wellness field. But don't tune out just yet, because this applies to all types of coaches, regardless of industry.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Understanding scope of practice
  2. What dictates what you’re allowed to teach in your business
  3. Doing your homework on what you can legally teach as a coach

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question here
  2. 136. My Big Secret: REVEALED!
  3. 158. Book Update (+ a secret excerpt from my book!)
  4. 68. Permission to Slow Down & Do Things On Your Terms
  5. 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  6. 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  7. 86. What can coaches legally do?
  8. Download my free Legal Checklist
  9. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>454a4217-5b98-4a14-b531-20a9cc96ae70Thu, 16 Nov 2023 05:30:00 -040010:07falsefull172172171. My Costliest Mistakes in Business + How to Avoid Them171. My Costliest Mistakes in Business + How to Avoid ThemAre you feeling overwhelmed by the daunting mistakes you could be making in your business? I know I've been there. But here's the good news: I've navigated through these choppy waters and I'm here to steer you clear of the common pitfalls that many entrepreneurs, including myself, have faced. From hiring blunders to unnecessary purchases, I'm diving deep into the lessons I've learned the hard way so you don't have to.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The significance of careful hiring and management in business growth.
  2. The impact of unnecessary purchases on business finances and how to avoid them.
  3. Strategies for effective marketing beyond social media, emphasizing email marketing and SEO.
  4. The importance of personalizing your legal and business strategies.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 119. 10 Lessons from My Team Break-Ups
  2. 29. 10 Reasons Why My First Business Was an Epic Failure
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you feeling overwhelmed by the daunting mistakes you could be making in your business? I know I've been there. But here's the good news: I've navigated through these choppy waters and I'm here to steer you clear of the common pitfalls that many entrepreneurs, including myself, have faced. From hiring blunders to unnecessary purchases, I'm diving deep into the lessons I've learned the hard way so you don't have to.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The significance of careful hiring and management in business growth.
  2. The impact of unnecessary purchases on business finances and how to avoid them.
  3. Strategies for effective marketing beyond social media, emphasizing email marketing and SEO.
  4. The importance of personalizing your legal and business strategies.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 119. 10 Lessons from My Team Break-Ups
  2. 29. 10 Reasons Why My First Business Was an Epic Failure
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>2ebdcc8d-3f45-432d-a823-4d715036e8d3Mon, 13 Nov 2023 05:30:00 -040029:41falsefull171171170. How to Avoid This Business Expense Mistake170. How to Avoid This Business Expense MistakeI'm hard at work on my new book. While I put my head down and I focus on writing this month, we'll be revisiting some of your FAQs here about legal and business questions here on On Your Terms throughout November. So whether you miss them the first time around or you just need a refresher because you're like me and you like to hear things a couple of times in order to get it, we've curated a selection that's a must listen for any online business owner.

Can you charge business expenses to your personal card... and still have it count? Will that get you in trouble? That’s what I’m answering in today’s FAQ episode!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to set up a business bank account
  2. Where to charge your business expenses
  3. What to do if you make a charge to the wrong card or account

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 136. My Big Secret: REVEALED!
  2. 158. Book Update (+ a secret excerpt from my book!)
  3. Want to learn more about business taxes? Tune into my conversation with CPA Keila Hill-Trawick of Little Fish Accounting in Episode 77
  4. Take a deep dive into business expenses in Episode 91
  5. Submit your legal question here
  6. Shop the Ultimate Bundle®
  7. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I'm hard at work on my new book. While I put my head down and I focus on writing this month, we'll be revisiting some of your FAQs here about legal and business questions here on On Your Terms throughout November. So whether you miss them the first time around or you just need a refresher because you're like me and you like to hear things a couple of times in order to get it, we've curated a selection that's a must listen for any online business owner.

Can you charge business expenses to your personal card... and still have it count? Will that get you in trouble? That’s what I’m answering in today’s FAQ episode!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to set up a business bank account
  2. Where to charge your business expenses
  3. What to do if you make a charge to the wrong card or account

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 136. My Big Secret: REVEALED!
  2. 158. Book Update (+ a secret excerpt from my book!)
  3. Want to learn more about business taxes? Tune into my conversation with CPA Keila Hill-Trawick of Little Fish Accounting in Episode 77
  4. Take a deep dive into business expenses in Episode 91
  5. Submit your legal question here
  6. Shop the Ultimate Bundle®
  7. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>6da0c436-3ad5-415f-a897-5fb734f35bd9Thu, 09 Nov 2023 05:30:00 -040007:12falsefull170170169. Profit Pillars, Business Expenses, and Resourcefulness [ft. Financial Strategist, Parker Stevenson]169. Profit Pillars, Business Expenses, and Resourcefulness [ft. Financial Strategist, Parker Stevenson]Are you an entrepreneur trying to navigate the financial maze of your online business? You're not alone. Many of us jump into the entrepreneurial world, passionate about our products and services, but often find ourselves lost when it comes to understanding the financial aspects. Today, I'm diving deep into the world of business finance, shedding light on areas where many entrepreneurs, even the seasoned ones, often falter.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The significance of financial literacy for entrepreneurs and how it can influence business decisions
  2. Strategies for understanding and optimizing business finances, ensuring you're not just running a business, but a profitable one
  3. The art of being resourceful: how to make the most of available resources and investments to grow your online business
  4. The shift in online marketing strategies: the declining efficacy of Facebook ads and the resurgence of traditional organic growth methods
  5. Insights from Evolved Finance's journey: the importance of perfecting a core offering before branching out and the value of patience in business growth

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more at EvolvedFinance.com
  2. Take the FREE Evolved Finance Audio Course
  3. Listen to the Evolved Finance Podcast
  4. Follow Parker on Instagram: @evolvedfinance
  5. Episode 77. Small Business Taxes 101 [Guest Interview with Little Fish Accounting]
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you an entrepreneur trying to navigate the financial maze of your online business? You're not alone. Many of us jump into the entrepreneurial world, passionate about our products and services, but often find ourselves lost when it comes to understanding the financial aspects. Today, I'm diving deep into the world of business finance, shedding light on areas where many entrepreneurs, even the seasoned ones, often falter.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The significance of financial literacy for entrepreneurs and how it can influence business decisions
  2. Strategies for understanding and optimizing business finances, ensuring you're not just running a business, but a profitable one
  3. The art of being resourceful: how to make the most of available resources and investments to grow your online business
  4. The shift in online marketing strategies: the declining efficacy of Facebook ads and the resurgence of traditional organic growth methods
  5. Insights from Evolved Finance's journey: the importance of perfecting a core offering before branching out and the value of patience in business growth

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more at EvolvedFinance.com
  2. Take the FREE Evolved Finance Audio Course
  3. Listen to the Evolved Finance Podcast
  4. Follow Parker on Instagram: @evolvedfinance
  5. Episode 77. Small Business Taxes 101 [Guest Interview with Little Fish Accounting]
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>5e9c7b52-3eeb-4f88-9c42-f868b0aaabe8Mon, 06 Nov 2023 05:30:00 -040001:19:58falsefull169169168. What to Do When a Client Doesn't Pay You168. What to Do When a Client Doesn't Pay YouEver had that sinking feeling when a client's payment doesn't go through or when they outright refuse to pay? We've all been there, and it's a situation that's more common than you might think. But the real challenge arises when you're uncertain about the next steps. In today's chat, we'll discuss a structured approach to navigate such situations, ensuring you're equipped to handle them with grace and professionalism.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The commonality of client non-payment situations and how not to take them personally
  2. The paramount importance of contracts in addressing payment disputes
  3. Strategies for payment collection: the pros and cons of handling it personally vs. outsourcing to professionals
  4. The role of dunning emails in fostering effective communication with clients about payment issues
  5. Sam's personal experiences and insights into sleep challenges and their potential connections to everyday business stresses

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Guide: What to Do When a Client Doesn't Pay You
  2. FREE video training: How to get your clients to pay you consistently AND on time
  3. Get $25 off Cometeer Coffee
  4. Shop my templates in the Template Shop
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ever had that sinking feeling when a client's payment doesn't go through or when they outright refuse to pay? We've all been there, and it's a situation that's more common than you might think. But the real challenge arises when you're uncertain about the next steps. In today's chat, we'll discuss a structured approach to navigate such situations, ensuring you're equipped to handle them with grace and professionalism.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The commonality of client non-payment situations and how not to take them personally
  2. The paramount importance of contracts in addressing payment disputes
  3. Strategies for payment collection: the pros and cons of handling it personally vs. outsourcing to professionals
  4. The role of dunning emails in fostering effective communication with clients about payment issues
  5. Sam's personal experiences and insights into sleep challenges and their potential connections to everyday business stresses

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Guide: What to Do When a Client Doesn't Pay You
  2. FREE video training: How to get your clients to pay you consistently AND on time
  3. Get $25 off Cometeer Coffee
  4. Shop my templates in the Template Shop
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e8decff5-1b61-4b1a-90fd-c9b1fec03966Thu, 02 Nov 2023 05:30:00 -040026:12falsefull168168167. 5 Scary Legal Scenarios That Keep Me Up At Night167. 5 Scary Legal Scenarios That Keep Me Up At NightAre you haunted by the thought of potential legal ghosts lurking in your business's shadows? Don't let these legal goblins give you sleepless nights. In this eerie episode, I unveil five spine-chilling legal scenarios that might just be lurking around the corner for unsuspecting online business owners and course creators.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The significance of well-drafted contracts in avoiding business disputes
  2. Real-life scenarios highlighting issues with client cancellations, refunds, and content replication
  3. An overview of trademarks, copyrights, and patents and their importance in protecting your brand and content
  4. My personal experiences in the realm of business legalities

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 164. When the Worst Case Scenario Actually Happens (and you win! Guest Interview w Jenna Overbaugh)
  2. 113. How to Legally Protect Your Content [Copyright Registration 101]
  3. 106. How Do You Make Your Contracts Enforceable?
  4. 102. Can Legally Protecting My Business Actually Grow It?
  5. Scope of Practice Playlist on Spotify
  6. Free Annual Planning Guide
  7. Get the Ultimate Bundle®
  8. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you haunted by the thought of potential legal ghosts lurking in your business's shadows? Don't let these legal goblins give you sleepless nights. In this eerie episode, I unveil five spine-chilling legal scenarios that might just be lurking around the corner for unsuspecting online business owners and course creators.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The significance of well-drafted contracts in avoiding business disputes
  2. Real-life scenarios highlighting issues with client cancellations, refunds, and content replication
  3. An overview of trademarks, copyrights, and patents and their importance in protecting your brand and content
  4. My personal experiences in the realm of business legalities

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 164. When the Worst Case Scenario Actually Happens (and you win! Guest Interview w Jenna Overbaugh)
  2. 113. How to Legally Protect Your Content [Copyright Registration 101]
  3. 106. How Do You Make Your Contracts Enforceable?
  4. 102. Can Legally Protecting My Business Actually Grow It?
  5. Scope of Practice Playlist on Spotify
  6. Free Annual Planning Guide
  7. Get the Ultimate Bundle®
  8. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b33c04cb-56a3-41ca-b9c1-35b407def0d2Mon, 30 Oct 2023 05:30:00 -040038:22falsefull167167166. Stop Doing What Everyone Else is Doing on Social Media [ft. Instagram Expert, Mya Nichol]166. Stop Doing What Everyone Else is Doing on Social Media [ft. Instagram Expert, Mya Nichol]Ever felt overwhelmed by the ever-changing landscape of Instagram? You're not alone. In this episode, I dive deep with Mya Nichol, an Instagram marketing maven, to explore the nuances of Instagram growth, content creation, and the daunting world of online trolls. But it's not just about the challenges – Mya brings to the table actionable insights that are both refreshing and invaluable.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Exploring the nuances of Instagram growth and content creation
  2. The importance of genuine connections over mere numbers
  3. Navigating the challenges of online trolls on Instagram
  4. Strategies for crafting content that resonates with the audience
  5. The significance of understanding and serving your audience on social platforms

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more at myanichol.com
  2. Follow Mya on Instagram: @myanichol
  3. Join Mya’s Instagram Growth Course for Online Business Owners
  4. Get Mya’s new updated 150 Free Hook Guide
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ever felt overwhelmed by the ever-changing landscape of Instagram? You're not alone. In this episode, I dive deep with Mya Nichol, an Instagram marketing maven, to explore the nuances of Instagram growth, content creation, and the daunting world of online trolls. But it's not just about the challenges – Mya brings to the table actionable insights that are both refreshing and invaluable.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Exploring the nuances of Instagram growth and content creation
  2. The importance of genuine connections over mere numbers
  3. Navigating the challenges of online trolls on Instagram
  4. Strategies for crafting content that resonates with the audience
  5. The significance of understanding and serving your audience on social platforms

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more at myanichol.com
  2. Follow Mya on Instagram: @myanichol
  3. Join Mya’s Instagram Growth Course for Online Business Owners
  4. Get Mya’s new updated 150 Free Hook Guide
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>5db19932-a5e7-48df-8b56-dddd1dd012d5Thu, 26 Oct 2023 05:30:00 -040001:10:05falsefull166166165. There's No Going Back (Monday Motivation + Quick Behind the Scenes of My Day!)165. There's No Going Back (Monday Motivation + Quick Behind the Scenes of My Day!)In this episode I talk about a new TV show I’m obsessed with, Platonic. I promise it has to do with lawyer stuff and starting your own business. I also give you a sneak peek of what my marketing and branding work has been like lately. And of course I talk about food (Greek orzo… yum) and my dog.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What the TV show, Platonic, can teach us about letting go of fear and diving all in on being an entrepreneur.
  2. How I deal with being on camera and dealing with negative online comments that are sure to pop up.
  3. A behind-the-scenes look into what I am doing in terms of content marketing, including my SEO blog posts, website, and overall branding.

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Greek Baked Orzo Recipe - Pinch of Yum
  2. Read my blog posts here
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode I talk about a new TV show I’m obsessed with, Platonic. I promise it has to do with lawyer stuff and starting your own business. I also give you a sneak peek of what my marketing and branding work has been like lately. And of course I talk about food (Greek orzo… yum) and my dog.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What the TV show, Platonic, can teach us about letting go of fear and diving all in on being an entrepreneur.
  2. How I deal with being on camera and dealing with negative online comments that are sure to pop up.
  3. A behind-the-scenes look into what I am doing in terms of content marketing, including my SEO blog posts, website, and overall branding.

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Greek Baked Orzo Recipe - Pinch of Yum
  2. Read my blog posts here
  3. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>41647e43-6255-4ad1-ab35-530047920e1aMon, 23 Oct 2023 05:30:00 -040030:59falsefull165165164. When the Worst Case Scenario Actually Happens (and you win!) [ft. Ultimate Bundle® Member, Jenna Overbaugh]164. When the Worst Case Scenario Actually Happens (and you win!) [ft. Ultimate Bundle® Member, Jenna Overbaugh]Licensed Therapist and entrepreneur Jenna Overbaugh experienced the exact thing she had always feared: Frivolous complaints to her professional board and organization. But Jenna had proactively addressed that fear when she first started her business. She had bought the Ultimate Bundle®, making sure everything she created from the start was legally legit. The frivolous complaints were tossed and Jenna felt relief and a renewed sense of confidence. She encourages entrepreneurs, people dealing with OCD and anxiety, and well… every human to take action to address fears rather than wait in worry.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. A real-life example of how the Ultimate Bundle® worked to protect an entrepreneur
  2. How to navigate being a licensed professional while offering digital products and services that do not fall under your license
  3. The process of taking concrete steps to move away from fear and towards confidence in your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out Jenna’s OCD and Anxiety Recovery Blueprint
  2. Follow Jenna on Instagram: @JennaOverbaugh
  3. Jenna Overbaugh’s podcast: All The Hard Things
  4. Check out the Ultimate Bundle® today!
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Licensed Therapist and entrepreneur Jenna Overbaugh experienced the exact thing she had always feared: Frivolous complaints to her professional board and organization. But Jenna had proactively addressed that fear when she first started her business. She had bought the Ultimate Bundle®, making sure everything she created from the start was legally legit. The frivolous complaints were tossed and Jenna felt relief and a renewed sense of confidence. She encourages entrepreneurs, people dealing with OCD and anxiety, and well… every human to take action to address fears rather than wait in worry.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. A real-life example of how the Ultimate Bundle® worked to protect an entrepreneur
  2. How to navigate being a licensed professional while offering digital products and services that do not fall under your license
  3. The process of taking concrete steps to move away from fear and towards confidence in your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out Jenna’s OCD and Anxiety Recovery Blueprint
  2. Follow Jenna on Instagram: @JennaOverbaugh
  3. Jenna Overbaugh’s podcast: All The Hard Things
  4. Check out the Ultimate Bundle® today!
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  6. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>d7b4b68a-8a1a-4297-aea6-ad2631a7a39bThu, 19 Oct 2023 05:30:00 -040052:51falsefull164164163. First Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (+ Big News!)163. First Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (+ Big News!)Are you stepping into the entrepreneurial world, but the legal jargon and procedures have you feeling overwhelmed? Trust me, I've been there. When I started my business, I wish I had a guide to walk me through the maze of legal formalities. But you're in luck! In today's discussion, we're diving deep into the foundational steps every business owner needs to take to ensure their venture is legally protected. From business formation to contracts and intellectual property, I've got you covered. So, let's jump in and demystify the legal side of doing business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The foundational steps to legally protect your business
  2. The significance of choosing the right business entity and the differences between a sole proprietorship and an LLC
  3. The vital role of contracts in setting clear boundaries and expectations in business relationships
  4. The importance of safeguarding your intellectual property in the digital age
  5. Common misconceptions about website policies and the need for compliance with data protection regulations

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your business legally legit with the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you stepping into the entrepreneurial world, but the legal jargon and procedures have you feeling overwhelmed? Trust me, I've been there. When I started my business, I wish I had a guide to walk me through the maze of legal formalities. But you're in luck! In today's discussion, we're diving deep into the foundational steps every business owner needs to take to ensure their venture is legally protected. From business formation to contracts and intellectual property, I've got you covered. So, let's jump in and demystify the legal side of doing business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The foundational steps to legally protect your business
  2. The significance of choosing the right business entity and the differences between a sole proprietorship and an LLC
  3. The vital role of contracts in setting clear boundaries and expectations in business relationships
  4. The importance of safeguarding your intellectual property in the digital age
  5. Common misconceptions about website policies and the need for compliance with data protection regulations

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your business legally legit with the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>94ffd12d-226c-4921-937d-4c28737c2652Mon, 16 Oct 2023 05:30:00 -040017:00falsefull163163162. Real Business Life Stories: Contract Cancellations, Refunds, and Chargeback Threats with RD, Erin Judge162. Real Business Life Stories: Contract Cancellations, Refunds, and Chargeback Threats with RD, Erin JudgeIf you’ve been listening to my advice but you keep thinking, “But that would never happen to me, right?,” this episode is for you. We have Erin Judge on the show to talk to you about a very real legal issue that she went through in her own coaching business. Erin is a registered dietitian nutritionist who is an expert on gut health and IBS issues. You're going to hear how she went through a contract issue with a client that is very real, but very easy to navigate if you have the right pieces in place. It’s something that could very easily happen in your business, so take it from someone who’s been there before!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What to do when a client ditches a payment plan
  2. How to balance wanting to help clients while also protecting yourself
  3. Handling an underperforming employee and when it’s okay to let them go

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Follow Erin on Instagram: @erinjudge.rd
  2. Follow Erin on TikTok: @erinjudge.rd
  3. Erin’s LinkTree: gutivate.com/hello
  4. Join Erin’s Free IBS Fundamentals Mini-Course
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’ve been listening to my advice but you keep thinking, “But that would never happen to me, right?,” this episode is for you. We have Erin Judge on the show to talk to you about a very real legal issue that she went through in her own coaching business. Erin is a registered dietitian nutritionist who is an expert on gut health and IBS issues. You're going to hear how she went through a contract issue with a client that is very real, but very easy to navigate if you have the right pieces in place. It’s something that could very easily happen in your business, so take it from someone who’s been there before!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What to do when a client ditches a payment plan
  2. How to balance wanting to help clients while also protecting yourself
  3. Handling an underperforming employee and when it’s okay to let them go

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Follow Erin on Instagram: @erinjudge.rd
  2. Follow Erin on TikTok: @erinjudge.rd
  3. Erin’s LinkTree: gutivate.com/hello
  4. Join Erin’s Free IBS Fundamentals Mini-Course
  5. Get notifiied when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>66113dbd-7201-4ff6-8875-876a441028b5Thu, 12 Oct 2023 05:30:00 -040058:30falsefull162162161. 5 Reasons Why You Can't Wait to Legally Protect Your Business161. 5 Reasons Why You Can't Wait to Legally Protect Your BusinessAs a seasoned business owner, I’ve witnessed the transformative power of taking preventative legal measures, ensuring that you’re equipped to face any unforeseen challenges head-on. Whether you’re an entrepreneur in the budding stages of your venture or a veteran in the field, understanding the legal aspects of business is pivotal. Join me as we navigate through this vital terrain, unraveling the reasons why you can’t wait to legally protect your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The significance of safeguarding against lawsuits through establishing a proper business entity
  2. Strategies for shielding your intellectual property
  3. Nurturing client relationships through pre-qualifying clients and setting clear boundaries
  4. Fortifying personal assets by separating personal and business finances

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your free Legal Checklist "Is My Business Legally Protected?"
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>As a seasoned business owner, I’ve witnessed the transformative power of taking preventative legal measures, ensuring that you’re equipped to face any unforeseen challenges head-on. Whether you’re an entrepreneur in the budding stages of your venture or a veteran in the field, understanding the legal aspects of business is pivotal. Join me as we navigate through this vital terrain, unraveling the reasons why you can’t wait to legally protect your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The significance of safeguarding against lawsuits through establishing a proper business entity
  2. Strategies for shielding your intellectual property
  3. Nurturing client relationships through pre-qualifying clients and setting clear boundaries
  4. Fortifying personal assets by separating personal and business finances

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your free Legal Checklist "Is My Business Legally Protected?"
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>28ce4247-ce7e-4fe5-8fee-cfbff9c67a82Mon, 09 Oct 2023 05:30:00 -040016:11falsefull161161160. Are You Really Willing to Go For It?160. Are You Really Willing to Go For It?Are you ready to dive deep into the journey of pursuing greatness and the realities of chasing dreams? Today, we’re unraveling the truth behind the glossy images of success portrayed by social media and contemplating whether we're genuinely willing to do the work required to achieve our aspirations.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The influence of social media on perceptions of success and the illusion of ease
  2. Personal reflections on pursuing passions and the realization of the commitment required
  3. The importance of embracing the whole package in the journey towards greatness
  4. Choosing a career or path aligned with genuine passion and willingness to face challenges
  5. Reflections on alternative lives, career choices, and the commitment to doing the hard stuff

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your free Legal Checklist "Is My Business Legally Protected?
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you ready to dive deep into the journey of pursuing greatness and the realities of chasing dreams? Today, we’re unraveling the truth behind the glossy images of success portrayed by social media and contemplating whether we're genuinely willing to do the work required to achieve our aspirations.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The influence of social media on perceptions of success and the illusion of ease
  2. Personal reflections on pursuing passions and the realization of the commitment required
  3. The importance of embracing the whole package in the journey towards greatness
  4. Choosing a career or path aligned with genuine passion and willingness to face challenges
  5. Reflections on alternative lives, career choices, and the commitment to doing the hard stuff

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your free Legal Checklist "Is My Business Legally Protected?
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>fd142cb4-e160-44a1-b50c-c5d0e37f947fThu, 05 Oct 2023 05:30:00 -040020:34falsefull160160159. Is Your Business Legally Protected? [free checklist!]159. Is Your Business Legally Protected? [free checklist!]Ready to make your business legally stormproof? Today, we're delving deep into the crucial world of legal protection for your business. Whether you're a seasoned entrepreneur or just starting, understanding and addressing legal vulnerabilities is critical. It’s like building a fortress around your empire, ensuring that every corner is safeguarded. But don’t worry — we have a comprehensive checklist to help you navigate this maze and identify potential loopholes that might leave you exposed.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How demystifying legal protection can stop you from losing sleep over potential vulnerabilities
  2. Strategies for navigating common concerns to ensure your business stands on solid legal ground
  3. Answers to specific queries from real entrepreneurs about the expense of legal safeguards
  4. The essentials of contract formulation and the critical components of website policies
  5. Insights on different business entities, the importance of consulting professionals, and comprehensive strategies for trademarks and copyrights to protect your brand effectively

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your free Legal Checklist "Is My Business Legally Protected?
  2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  4. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal Assets
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ready to make your business legally stormproof? Today, we're delving deep into the crucial world of legal protection for your business. Whether you're a seasoned entrepreneur or just starting, understanding and addressing legal vulnerabilities is critical. It’s like building a fortress around your empire, ensuring that every corner is safeguarded. But don’t worry — we have a comprehensive checklist to help you navigate this maze and identify potential loopholes that might leave you exposed.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How demystifying legal protection can stop you from losing sleep over potential vulnerabilities
  2. Strategies for navigating common concerns to ensure your business stands on solid legal ground
  3. Answers to specific queries from real entrepreneurs about the expense of legal safeguards
  4. The essentials of contract formulation and the critical components of website policies
  5. Insights on different business entities, the importance of consulting professionals, and comprehensive strategies for trademarks and copyrights to protect your brand effectively

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your free Legal Checklist "Is My Business Legally Protected?
  2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  4. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal Assets
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>65b8fd9a-61f8-45c6-88f9-d8de43bc8feaMon, 02 Oct 2023 05:30:00 -040021:06falsefull159159158. Book Update (+ a secret excerpt from my book!)158. Book Update (+ a secret excerpt from my book!)As I’ve been diving into the process of penning my book, a recurring theme that's been my guiding star is alignment. Believe me, when you craft a narrative that's unapologetically you, it's like the universe is cheering you on. Let’s take a quick sneak peek into my book writing process, as well as a preview of what it’s about!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Exciting updates about my upcoming book.
  2. The core themes of my book, the significance of authenticity and alignment in shaping a business that's truly reflective of oneself.
  3. An exclusive excerpt from the book!
  4. Personal anecdotes and insights about the book-writing process

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. We would love to hear your feedback in our listener survey
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>As I’ve been diving into the process of penning my book, a recurring theme that's been my guiding star is alignment. Believe me, when you craft a narrative that's unapologetically you, it's like the universe is cheering you on. Let’s take a quick sneak peek into my book writing process, as well as a preview of what it’s about!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Exciting updates about my upcoming book.
  2. The core themes of my book, the significance of authenticity and alignment in shaping a business that's truly reflective of oneself.
  3. An exclusive excerpt from the book!
  4. Personal anecdotes and insights about the book-writing process

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. We would love to hear your feedback in our listener survey
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>52e1d304-a97b-4a24-9e71-98364c52dfdeThu, 28 Sep 2023 05:30:00 -040014:31falsefull158158157. Personal Catch-Up (Grief, Travel, Fall + My New Big Dream)157. Personal Catch-Up (Grief, Travel, Fall + My New Big Dream)Taking a break from business as usual, today I'm inviting you into a more intimate space—a personal coffee chat. Grab your favorite cuppa, and let's dive deep into this heart-to-heart conversation as I catch you up on what’s going on in my life!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How I’m managing my grief
  2. What I’m looking forward to
  3. Some of my favorite content + recommendations

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Watch Cecilia Blomdahl on YouTube
  2. Watch Allison Anderson on YouTube
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Taking a break from business as usual, today I'm inviting you into a more intimate space—a personal coffee chat. Grab your favorite cuppa, and let's dive deep into this heart-to-heart conversation as I catch you up on what’s going on in my life!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How I’m managing my grief
  2. What I’m looking forward to
  3. Some of my favorite content + recommendations

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Watch Cecilia Blomdahl on YouTube
  2. Watch Allison Anderson on YouTube
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>92496c42-7671-4859-b4eb-edced54e6c0dMon, 25 Sep 2023 05:30:00 -040016:34falsefull157157156. Pricing FAQs: How much can you charge? Can you say no refunds? + More156. Pricing FAQs: How much can you charge? Can you say no refunds? + MoreAre you struggling with navigating the legal waters of pricing your offers online? You're not alone. This topic is such a gray area for many entrepreneurs, and there's a ton of misinformation out there. In this episode, I'm going to deep dive into the do's and don'ts of pricing, recurring payments, refunds, and so much more. Let's debunk those myths and get to the heart of what's legal, what's not, and how to protect your business every step of the way.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Legal and marketing concerns around pricing your products and services
  2. Making sure your refund policy is legally legit
  3. How to do recurring payments safely

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 39. How to Price Your Offers
  2. NY Return Policy: Refunds, Rebates, and Rainchecks
  3. Shop my templates in the Template Shop
  4. We would love to hear your feedback in our listener survey
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you struggling with navigating the legal waters of pricing your offers online? You're not alone. This topic is such a gray area for many entrepreneurs, and there's a ton of misinformation out there. In this episode, I'm going to deep dive into the do's and don'ts of pricing, recurring payments, refunds, and so much more. Let's debunk those myths and get to the heart of what's legal, what's not, and how to protect your business every step of the way.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Legal and marketing concerns around pricing your products and services
  2. Making sure your refund policy is legally legit
  3. How to do recurring payments safely

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 39. How to Price Your Offers
  2. NY Return Policy: Refunds, Rebates, and Rainchecks
  3. Shop my templates in the Template Shop
  4. We would love to hear your feedback in our listener survey
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>34fb4a41-aa77-4514-a333-dcc94f324545Thu, 21 Sep 2023 05:30:00 -040029:17falsefull156156155. Creating a High Quality Brand, Tenacity, and Business Confidence [ft. Food Product Founder, Sydney Karmes-Wainer]155. Creating a High Quality Brand, Tenacity, and Business Confidence [ft. Food Product Founder, Sydney Karmes-Wainer]Ever wondered what it takes to go from a simple idea to stocking your product on the shelves of big stores? Today, I'm speaking with Sydney of French Squirrel to find out. While my business is centered around the world of digital products and coaching, Sydney’s journey in the world of consumer-packaged goods offers a refreshing perspective. Although our businesses may differ, the essence of passion, dedication, and strategy remain universal. Whether or not you're considering venturing into a similar space, this conversation is a goldmine of insights. So let's dive in with my four key takeaways and discover the beauty of doing business differently.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The nitty-gritty of how Sydney started French Squirrel, from kitchen to shelf
  2. What it takes to build a business that works with you
  3. Answering your questions on running a food business
  4. My four top takeaways from the interview

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Buy some of Sydney’s delicious treats at frenchsquirrel.com
  2. Follow Sydney on Instagram: @sydney_kw and @frenchsquirrel.co
  3. Connect with Sydney on LinkedIn
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ever wondered what it takes to go from a simple idea to stocking your product on the shelves of big stores? Today, I'm speaking with Sydney of French Squirrel to find out. While my business is centered around the world of digital products and coaching, Sydney’s journey in the world of consumer-packaged goods offers a refreshing perspective. Although our businesses may differ, the essence of passion, dedication, and strategy remain universal. Whether or not you're considering venturing into a similar space, this conversation is a goldmine of insights. So let's dive in with my four key takeaways and discover the beauty of doing business differently.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The nitty-gritty of how Sydney started French Squirrel, from kitchen to shelf
  2. What it takes to build a business that works with you
  3. Answering your questions on running a food business
  4. My four top takeaways from the interview

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Buy some of Sydney’s delicious treats at frenchsquirrel.com
  2. Follow Sydney on Instagram: @sydney_kw and @frenchsquirrel.co
  3. Connect with Sydney on LinkedIn
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>7088b440-2697-4ec1-b6bc-43b49dc6e7bbMon, 18 Sep 2023 05:30:00 -040001:16:49falsefull155155154. 6 Mistakes to Avoid When Paying Yourself154. 6 Mistakes to Avoid When Paying YourselfAre you scratching your head about how to pay yourself as a business owner? Confused about whether you're doing it right—or if you're setting yourself up for a financial disaster? You're not alone! I'm here to clarify this critical yet often misunderstood aspect of running a business. In this episode, we dive deep into the six biggest mistakes people make when it comes to paying themselves and how to avoid them. Whether you're guilty of paying yourself too much or too little, or just plain confused about tax implications, I've got you covered. Let's set your business up for financial health and success!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Finding the right amount to pay yourself
  2. Understanding the tax implications of paying yourself
  3. Why it’s important to reinvest in your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Paying Yourself 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  2. Get $25 off Cometeer Coffee
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you scratching your head about how to pay yourself as a business owner? Confused about whether you're doing it right—or if you're setting yourself up for a financial disaster? You're not alone! I'm here to clarify this critical yet often misunderstood aspect of running a business. In this episode, we dive deep into the six biggest mistakes people make when it comes to paying themselves and how to avoid them. Whether you're guilty of paying yourself too much or too little, or just plain confused about tax implications, I've got you covered. Let's set your business up for financial health and success!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Finding the right amount to pay yourself
  2. Understanding the tax implications of paying yourself
  3. Why it’s important to reinvest in your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Paying Yourself 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  2. Get $25 off Cometeer Coffee
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>d15978d9-93ba-489e-9fd9-6a1893ec3c01Thu, 14 Sep 2023 05:30:00 -040020:42falsefull154154153. How to Be an Innovator (Taco Bell, James Corden & Beating the Competition)153. How to Be an Innovator (Taco Bell, James Corden & Beating the Competition)Today, we're diving into why innovation, not imitation, is the secret sauce to a lasting, competitive business. Many start their online ventures by mimicking others, assuming that the existing models are the gold standard. But entrepreneurship is about breaking out of that box. It's about pushing boundaries, introducing something new, or enhancing what's already out there. Your business shouldn't just plateau once you've launched something useful; it should constantly evolve and innovate. So let's explore this.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why most entrepreneurs start by imitating instead of innovating
  2. How to spur innovation and find inspiration in your online business
  3. Two case studies on how creators and entrepreneurs found success through innovation

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 1. Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier Way
  2. Read Taco Bell’s Innovation Kitchen, the Front Line in the Stunt-Food Wars on The New Yorker
  3. Pinch of Yum’s Crunchwrap Supreme recipe
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Today, we're diving into why innovation, not imitation, is the secret sauce to a lasting, competitive business. Many start their online ventures by mimicking others, assuming that the existing models are the gold standard. But entrepreneurship is about breaking out of that box. It's about pushing boundaries, introducing something new, or enhancing what's already out there. Your business shouldn't just plateau once you've launched something useful; it should constantly evolve and innovate. So let's explore this.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why most entrepreneurs start by imitating instead of innovating
  2. How to spur innovation and find inspiration in your online business
  3. Two case studies on how creators and entrepreneurs found success through innovation

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 1. Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier Way
  2. Read Taco Bell’s Innovation Kitchen, the Front Line in the Stunt-Food Wars on The New Yorker
  3. Pinch of Yum’s Crunchwrap Supreme recipe
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>52baf2d9-7127-41ca-863c-4ba105314768Mon, 11 Sep 2023 05:30:00 -040044:29falsefull153153152. 5 Lessons I Learned From Nightmare Clients152. 5 Lessons I Learned From Nightmare ClientsYou know me as a lawyer turned entrepreneur who's all about helping you legally safeguard your online business. But I'm also a business owner who faces the same ups and downs you do. In my seven years of running my own show, I've encountered plenty of highs, but also some lows—those dreaded nightmare scenarios that every entrepreneur dreads. Today, I'm sharing five lessons I've learned from those challenging situations. Welcome to the club.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Taking lessons from every negative experience
  2. Stopping the blame game
  3. Planning instead of reacting
  4. What you’re responsible for
  5. Simplifying language for better understanding

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 149. Navigating Grief with Therapist, Gina Moffa
  2. 151. How to Navigate + Prevent Burnout with Expert, Emily Ballesteros
  3. My brilliant mindset coach, JenniferDiaz.com
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>You know me as a lawyer turned entrepreneur who's all about helping you legally safeguard your online business. But I'm also a business owner who faces the same ups and downs you do. In my seven years of running my own show, I've encountered plenty of highs, but also some lows—those dreaded nightmare scenarios that every entrepreneur dreads. Today, I'm sharing five lessons I've learned from those challenging situations. Welcome to the club.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Taking lessons from every negative experience
  2. Stopping the blame game
  3. Planning instead of reacting
  4. What you’re responsible for
  5. Simplifying language for better understanding

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 149. Navigating Grief with Therapist, Gina Moffa
  2. 151. How to Navigate + Prevent Burnout with Expert, Emily Ballesteros
  3. My brilliant mindset coach, JenniferDiaz.com
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e6e087a1-a59c-4c2e-a60f-8028c7602e41Thu, 07 Sep 2023 05:30:00 -040024:13falsefull152152151. How to Navigate + Prevent Burnout [ft. Burnout Expert, Emily Ballesteros]151. How to Navigate + Prevent Burnout [ft. Burnout Expert, Emily Ballesteros]Dealing with burnout? Trust me, you're not alone. The online business world can be a fast track to exhaustion. Often, it draws in ambitious individuals—go-getters, perfectionists, and visionaries eager to make their mark. Combine the addictive nature of social media, the challenges of recent years, and the inherent complexities of entrepreneurship, and you have a recipe for burnout. Today, Emily Ballesteros and I discuss the red flags, prevention strategies, and crucial steps to ensure you don't reach that breaking point. Even if burnout isn't on your radar right now, this conversation is vital. After all, the objective is not to cope with burnout once it hits, but to avoid it entirely. Emily offers tangible tools to navigate and sidestep burnout.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The definition of burnout and how to identify it in your life
  2. The five pillars of burnout management and how they help
  3. Emily’s process to publication
  4. Emily’s answers to your questions
  5. My three biggest takeaways from this conversation

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Find out how to work with Emily here
  2. Pre-order The Cure for Burnout
  3. Follow Emily on Instagram: @emilybruth
  4. Follow Emily on TikTok: @emilybruth
  5. Episode 56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [with Guest: Jen Diaz]
  6. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Dealing with burnout? Trust me, you're not alone. The online business world can be a fast track to exhaustion. Often, it draws in ambitious individuals—go-getters, perfectionists, and visionaries eager to make their mark. Combine the addictive nature of social media, the challenges of recent years, and the inherent complexities of entrepreneurship, and you have a recipe for burnout. Today, Emily Ballesteros and I discuss the red flags, prevention strategies, and crucial steps to ensure you don't reach that breaking point. Even if burnout isn't on your radar right now, this conversation is vital. After all, the objective is not to cope with burnout once it hits, but to avoid it entirely. Emily offers tangible tools to navigate and sidestep burnout.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The definition of burnout and how to identify it in your life
  2. The five pillars of burnout management and how they help
  3. Emily’s process to publication
  4. Emily’s answers to your questions
  5. My three biggest takeaways from this conversation

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Find out how to work with Emily here
  2. Pre-order The Cure for Burnout
  3. Follow Emily on Instagram: @emilybruth
  4. Follow Emily on TikTok: @emilybruth
  5. Episode 56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [with Guest: Jen Diaz]
  6. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>12a9a03e-bb1b-4716-be8d-a3be5dd3631eMon, 04 Sep 2023 05:30:00 -040001:04:25falsefull151151150. Keep Your Head Down + Focus on Your Own Business150. Keep Your Head Down + Focus on Your Own BusinessI want to chat about the importance of defining our path and not just following the herd, especially in the digital landscape. Just like seeing someone else break a rule in school won’t hold up when the teacher catches you, the same applies to online business and legal issues.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why basing your decisions on what others are doing online can lead to misguided choices and potential pitfalls.
  2. The dangers of not legally forming your business and other shortcuts simply because others appear to be doing so.
  3. How justifying your actions by pointing out others’ similar actions won’t save you from consequences—especially in the world of business.
  4. The benefits of focusing solely on what's best for your business and brand, rather than getting lost in the noise of popular trends.
  5. My experiences and challenges from the last several years and how keeping my head down helped

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I want to chat about the importance of defining our path and not just following the herd, especially in the digital landscape. Just like seeing someone else break a rule in school won’t hold up when the teacher catches you, the same applies to online business and legal issues.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why basing your decisions on what others are doing online can lead to misguided choices and potential pitfalls.
  2. The dangers of not legally forming your business and other shortcuts simply because others appear to be doing so.
  3. How justifying your actions by pointing out others’ similar actions won’t save you from consequences—especially in the world of business.
  4. The benefits of focusing solely on what's best for your business and brand, rather than getting lost in the noise of popular trends.
  5. My experiences and challenges from the last several years and how keeping my head down helped

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>698b957c-4ac3-47cf-a0d3-9d8f7a4d4546Thu, 31 Aug 2023 05:30:00 -040008:12falsefull150150149. Navigating Grief [ft. Therapist, Gina Moffa]149. Navigating Grief [ft. Therapist, Gina Moffa]Losing someone close, or facing a significant personal loss, is an indescribably painful experience. And keeping a business afloat, creating content, and supporting a community while being immersed in grief is a challenge that’s hard to grasp until you’ve been through it.

Gina Moffa, an NYC-based psychotherapist with a rich history in trauma and grief work, including roles at Mount Sinai Hospital and aiding Holocaust survivors, has penned "Moving On Doesn't Mean Letting Go: A Modern Guide to Navigating Loss." This book broadens our perception of grief beyond just death, offering insights and tools for self-reflection on its multifaceted nature. And hang in there if you don’t think you’ve directly experienced grief because it will also help you understand the impact on other people and how you can help.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Navigating running a business while going through grief
  2. The physical manifestations of grief and the importance of self-care
  3. How unexpected triggers of grief can catch us off guard
  4. The therapeutic value of finding and participating in a grief-support community
  5. The unique challenges posed by our constantly connected, always-on society

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more about Gina Moffa: ginamoffa.com
  2. Follow Gina on Instagram: @ginamoffalcsw
  3. Read “Moving On Doesn’t Mean Letting Go”
  4. Join the Moving On Doesn’t Mean Letting Go Facebook group to find a community that can help you move through grief
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Losing someone close, or facing a significant personal loss, is an indescribably painful experience. And keeping a business afloat, creating content, and supporting a community while being immersed in grief is a challenge that’s hard to grasp until you’ve been through it.

Gina Moffa, an NYC-based psychotherapist with a rich history in trauma and grief work, including roles at Mount Sinai Hospital and aiding Holocaust survivors, has penned "Moving On Doesn't Mean Letting Go: A Modern Guide to Navigating Loss." This book broadens our perception of grief beyond just death, offering insights and tools for self-reflection on its multifaceted nature. And hang in there if you don’t think you’ve directly experienced grief because it will also help you understand the impact on other people and how you can help.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Navigating running a business while going through grief
  2. The physical manifestations of grief and the importance of self-care
  3. How unexpected triggers of grief can catch us off guard
  4. The therapeutic value of finding and participating in a grief-support community
  5. The unique challenges posed by our constantly connected, always-on society

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more about Gina Moffa: ginamoffa.com
  2. Follow Gina on Instagram: @ginamoffalcsw
  3. Read “Moving On Doesn’t Mean Letting Go”
  4. Join the Moving On Doesn’t Mean Letting Go Facebook group to find a community that can help you move through grief
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e43a1d58-94f9-4bc4-9e31-f7cb9b4d1288Mon, 28 Aug 2023 05:30:00 -040054:56falsefull149149148. This Mindset Shift is KEY to Growing Your Biz (A Quick Lesson from Ted Lasso)148. This Mindset Shift is KEY to Growing Your Biz (A Quick Lesson from Ted Lasso)Ah, Ted Lasso, the beloved show that marries the world of football – or soccer – with humor, heart, and hope. But who'd have thought this popular series could provide us salient lessons for business? Today, let's unravel a key takeaway from season three episode seven and understand its significance in the world of business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What this Ted Lasso moment can teach us about business
  2. Focusing on the most important aspects of your business
  3. Applying this new approach to your marketing

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ah, Ted Lasso, the beloved show that marries the world of football – or soccer – with humor, heart, and hope. But who'd have thought this popular series could provide us salient lessons for business? Today, let's unravel a key takeaway from season three episode seven and understand its significance in the world of business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What this Ted Lasso moment can teach us about business
  2. Focusing on the most important aspects of your business
  3. Applying this new approach to your marketing

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b2f3fc43-6363-4663-950f-6c5724ad27a1Thu, 24 Aug 2023 05:30:00 -040005:31falsefull148148147. What Trader Joe's Can Teach Us About Business [foot soldiers, decision fatigue + keeping it quirky]147. What Trader Joe's Can Teach Us About Business [foot soldiers, decision fatigue + keeping it quirky]Today, we’re diving deep into the world of Trader Joe’s. Whether you’re an ardent fan of their cookie butter or just an occasional shopper, there’s no denying that Trader Joe’s has made a mark in the grocery world. But beyond our personal shopping lists, what can we, as business owners, learn from them? This episode marks the beginning of a special series where I dissect the strategies of big corporations and tease out the lessons we can apply in our own businesses, regardless of their size. And, guess what? I’ve boiled down my findings to five major takeaways from Trader Joe’s. So, stick around till the end, and let's learn from the pros!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why online business owners should look at other successful businesses for inspiration
  2. What Trader Joe’s does to stay competitive in their industry
  3. My top 5 takeaways and how they apply to online business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does
  2. Creating Brand Loyalists & Future Buyers
  3. Goal Setting, Productivity & Evergreen Content (Guest Episode with Louise Henry)
  4. We Need To Talk About Dupe Culture
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Today, we’re diving deep into the world of Trader Joe’s. Whether you’re an ardent fan of their cookie butter or just an occasional shopper, there’s no denying that Trader Joe’s has made a mark in the grocery world. But beyond our personal shopping lists, what can we, as business owners, learn from them? This episode marks the beginning of a special series where I dissect the strategies of big corporations and tease out the lessons we can apply in our own businesses, regardless of their size. And, guess what? I’ve boiled down my findings to five major takeaways from Trader Joe’s. So, stick around till the end, and let's learn from the pros!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why online business owners should look at other successful businesses for inspiration
  2. What Trader Joe’s does to stay competitive in their industry
  3. My top 5 takeaways and how they apply to online business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does
  2. Creating Brand Loyalists & Future Buyers
  3. Goal Setting, Productivity & Evergreen Content (Guest Episode with Louise Henry)
  4. We Need To Talk About Dupe Culture
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>d03d7c2d-dc25-492d-b159-fa97003530c7Mon, 21 Aug 2023 05:30:00 -040030:59falsefull147147146. What My Failed Chocolate Cake Teaches Us About Business146. What My Failed Chocolate Cake Teaches Us About BusinessHave you ever put too much pressure on yourself — whether in business, in life, or in the kitchen? We all have. In this episode, I share a real-life tale about baking a chocolate cake for a neighborhood gathering. You'll hear about how a seemingly disastrous baking incident turned into a delightful treat, with some insights into self-doubt and perfectionism along the way.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. My (ruined?) chocolate cake story
  2. Pushing through self-doubt
  3. The downside to expertise

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever put too much pressure on yourself — whether in business, in life, or in the kitchen? We all have. In this episode, I share a real-life tale about baking a chocolate cake for a neighborhood gathering. You'll hear about how a seemingly disastrous baking incident turned into a delightful treat, with some insights into self-doubt and perfectionism along the way.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. My (ruined?) chocolate cake story
  2. Pushing through self-doubt
  3. The downside to expertise

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a0d11360-1a3e-4870-b2c0-3e0c372b9294Thu, 17 Aug 2023 05:30:00 -040010:24falsefull146146145. What Starbucks, Dunkin', Costco & BJ's Can Teach Us About Dealing With Copycats145. What Starbucks, Dunkin', Costco & BJ's Can Teach Us About Dealing With CopycatsEver wonder why Starbucks seems to be the trendsetter in the coffee world and how Dunkin' has rebranded itself to compete? In this episode, I dive into the world of coffee, exploring how giants like Starbucks and Dunkin' define trends and strategies, and what that teaches us about business differentiation and entrepreneurship at any size. I also draw parallels with Costco and BJs, and how they've adopted each other's successful strategies like adding gas stations and upping their organic game. Join me as I share my personal experiences, intriguing observations, and powerful lessons on how businesses can stand out, push something forward, and thrive in a competitive environment.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What we can take away from the way large corporations impact trends
  2. Some interesting stats about Starbucks, Dunkin’, Costco, and BJs
  3. Why you shouldn’t worry about copycats and mimics

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 140: We Need To Talk About Dupe Culture
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Ever wonder why Starbucks seems to be the trendsetter in the coffee world and how Dunkin' has rebranded itself to compete? In this episode, I dive into the world of coffee, exploring how giants like Starbucks and Dunkin' define trends and strategies, and what that teaches us about business differentiation and entrepreneurship at any size. I also draw parallels with Costco and BJs, and how they've adopted each other's successful strategies like adding gas stations and upping their organic game. Join me as I share my personal experiences, intriguing observations, and powerful lessons on how businesses can stand out, push something forward, and thrive in a competitive environment.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What we can take away from the way large corporations impact trends
  2. Some interesting stats about Starbucks, Dunkin’, Costco, and BJs
  3. Why you shouldn’t worry about copycats and mimics

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 140: We Need To Talk About Dupe Culture
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>9e06409f-2d89-4a4d-964e-9269dafa4be4Mon, 14 Aug 2023 05:30:00 -040029:06falsefull145145144. Should We Really Use AI in Our Businesses?144. Should We Really Use AI in Our Businesses?Are you curious about implementing AI, like chatbots and GPT-based systems, in your online business? Or maybe you're already using it? Well, it's not just about the latest technology; there's an intriguing legal dimension to consider. Along with marketing considerations, these are aspects that demand our attention. So buckle up, because we're diving into both the marketing and legal landscapes of incorporating AI into your online strategy.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Some potential use cases for AI and ChatGPT
  2. Where it’s important to keep a human touch
  3. The possible legal issues in using AI-generated content

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you curious about implementing AI, like chatbots and GPT-based systems, in your online business? Or maybe you're already using it? Well, it's not just about the latest technology; there's an intriguing legal dimension to consider. Along with marketing considerations, these are aspects that demand our attention. So buckle up, because we're diving into both the marketing and legal landscapes of incorporating AI into your online strategy.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Some potential use cases for AI and ChatGPT
  2. Where it’s important to keep a human touch
  3. The possible legal issues in using AI-generated content

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8e2b5b43-ad83-4fa6-8557-de40814f0852Thu, 10 Aug 2023 05:30:00 -040024:27falsefull144144143. Conquer Your To-Do List + Be More Productive [ft. Online Business Strategist, Louise Henry]143. Conquer Your To-Do List + Be More Productive [ft. Online Business Strategist, Louise Henry]Picking a productivity system for my business was an absolute game-changer — and I credit Louise Henry with giving me the tools to take full advantage of it. In our conversation, we deep dive into productivity, goal-setting, and identifying the perfect platform for your content. Believe it or not, you can truly scale your entrepreneurial productivity without putting in extra hours—all you need are systematic processes and clear-cut daily priorities.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Unexpected challenges and benefits of starting an online business
  2. Top three pointers for budding entrepreneurs
  3. Showing up on YouTube
  4. Why systems are so important — and how to pick the right one
  5. Setting meaningful goals for your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join Louise’s free 3-Day Business Makeover challenge here
  2. Get Uplevel with Asana and save $500 off your enrollment: samvanderwielen.com/uplevel
  3. Use Sam's favorite email marketing system, ConvertKit
  4. Get Your Free 30-day Asana trial
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Picking a productivity system for my business was an absolute game-changer — and I credit Louise Henry with giving me the tools to take full advantage of it. In our conversation, we deep dive into productivity, goal-setting, and identifying the perfect platform for your content. Believe it or not, you can truly scale your entrepreneurial productivity without putting in extra hours—all you need are systematic processes and clear-cut daily priorities.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Unexpected challenges and benefits of starting an online business
  2. Top three pointers for budding entrepreneurs
  3. Showing up on YouTube
  4. Why systems are so important — and how to pick the right one
  5. Setting meaningful goals for your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join Louise’s free 3-Day Business Makeover challenge here
  2. Get Uplevel with Asana and save $500 off your enrollment: samvanderwielen.com/uplevel
  3. Use Sam's favorite email marketing system, ConvertKit
  4. Get Your Free 30-day Asana trial
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e0a018f0-cd40-4e74-97d6-7797527c70a7Mon, 07 Aug 2023 05:30:00 -040001:01:38falsefull143143142. Let’s Talk Threads (Twitter Legal Threat, Toilet Content, Where Does it Fit In Our Content Ecosystem?)142. Let’s Talk Threads (Twitter Legal Threat, Toilet Content, Where Does it Fit In Our Content Ecosystem?)We're diving into a new kid on the block in the social media world, Threads, and discussing the exciting (and a little controversial) developments between Twitter and Threads. As an entrepreneur, staying open-minded to the potential uses of new platforms is essential, but so is knowing the ins and outs of some serious legal issues that can come with the territory. So, let's get into it!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The legal issue between Twitter and Threads
  2. Keeping up with the social media hamster wheel (or not)
  3. My thoughts on Threads and if/how I plan to use it

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 1. Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier Way
  2. Episode 140. We Need to Talk About Dupe Culture
  3. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>We're diving into a new kid on the block in the social media world, Threads, and discussing the exciting (and a little controversial) developments between Twitter and Threads. As an entrepreneur, staying open-minded to the potential uses of new platforms is essential, but so is knowing the ins and outs of some serious legal issues that can come with the territory. So, let's get into it!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The legal issue between Twitter and Threads
  2. Keeping up with the social media hamster wheel (or not)
  3. My thoughts on Threads and if/how I plan to use it

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 1. Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier Way
  2. Episode 140. We Need to Talk About Dupe Culture
  3. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>3644234b-f087-4b0c-bb3c-b78d79b78a04Thu, 03 Aug 2023 05:30:00 -040035:24falsefull142142141. How to Get People On Your Email List141. How to Get People On Your Email ListHey there! I'm beyond excited to talk about a topic that has been such a pivotal part of my business journey - email marketing. It's not just about the sales; it's the intimate and personal connections I've been able to build with my subscribers that make it so special. Remember those days when email lists were all the rage, then somehow fell out of favor? Well, I stuck to it, and now look at the resurgence of email newsletters and platforms like Substack! My main advice - focus on the type of content your audience wants and align that with your business' needs instead of chasing after every trend that pops up.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you should consider shifting your content creation energy from "toilet content" to email marketing
  2. How writing to your family and friends can help establish a friendly tone in your emails and make your brand feel more personal
  3. The different strategies to build your email list, and the power of offering a freebie that provides immediate value to your subscribers
  4. The importance of guiding your potential customers from the free content to your paid offers, by aligning your freebies and content with your business offerings
  5. My go-to resource for learning copywriting strategies and how investing in your writing skills can be a game-changer for your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Emails (+ Sam's Sidebar, her free Legal Q&A for subscribers only!): samvanderwielen.com/sidebar
  2. Pre Qualify Before they buy email templates: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/prequalify
  3. Legally Legit Guide: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/legally-legit-checklist/
  4. Episode 60. My Secret Success Strategy: Taking the 30000 ft View of Your Business
  5. Karsen Murray: 5 Enticing Freebies to Grow Your Email List
  6. Copyhackers: How to Grow Your Email List
  7. Copyhackers: Definitive Guide to Email Marketing
  8. Build your Launch-Ready Email List blog post by Content Bistro
  9. E-commerce Email Marketing: The Ultimate Guide by Chris Orzechowski
  10. Start Your 14 Day Trial with Convertkit (affiliate link)
  11. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Hey there! I'm beyond excited to talk about a topic that has been such a pivotal part of my business journey - email marketing. It's not just about the sales; it's the intimate and personal connections I've been able to build with my subscribers that make it so special. Remember those days when email lists were all the rage, then somehow fell out of favor? Well, I stuck to it, and now look at the resurgence of email newsletters and platforms like Substack! My main advice - focus on the type of content your audience wants and align that with your business' needs instead of chasing after every trend that pops up.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you should consider shifting your content creation energy from "toilet content" to email marketing
  2. How writing to your family and friends can help establish a friendly tone in your emails and make your brand feel more personal
  3. The different strategies to build your email list, and the power of offering a freebie that provides immediate value to your subscribers
  4. The importance of guiding your potential customers from the free content to your paid offers, by aligning your freebies and content with your business offerings
  5. My go-to resource for learning copywriting strategies and how investing in your writing skills can be a game-changer for your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Emails (+ Sam's Sidebar, her free Legal Q&A for subscribers only!): samvanderwielen.com/sidebar
  2. Pre Qualify Before they buy email templates: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/prequalify
  3. Legally Legit Guide: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/legally-legit-checklist/
  4. Episode 60. My Secret Success Strategy: Taking the 30000 ft View of Your Business
  5. Karsen Murray: 5 Enticing Freebies to Grow Your Email List
  6. Copyhackers: How to Grow Your Email List
  7. Copyhackers: Definitive Guide to Email Marketing
  8. Build your Launch-Ready Email List blog post by Content Bistro
  9. E-commerce Email Marketing: The Ultimate Guide by Chris Orzechowski
  10. Start Your 14 Day Trial with Convertkit (affiliate link)
  11. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>9145d98b-b07c-4d73-967c-c08ff1eb1551Mon, 31 Jul 2023 05:30:00 -040058:32falsefull141141140. We Need to Talk About Dupe Culture140. We Need to Talk About Dupe CultureOkay, we have to talk about dupe culture. The trend of recommending cheaper alternatives to high-priced luxury items has taken over TikTok and kicked off the careers of many influencers. But what maybe started out as a good-intentioned hustle has turned into something else, and it has some dangerous implications for online business owners. We're going to explore the moral and legal responsibilities we, as business owners and consumers, face when dealing with dupes.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The evolution of dupe culture
  2. Legal considerations when it comes to dupes
  3. The ugly environmental impact of dupes

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Cut: The Chaos of Shopping TikTok’s Dupes
  2. CNN: Lululemon, cult athleisure brand, takes on the booming culture of 'dupes'
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Okay, we have to talk about dupe culture. The trend of recommending cheaper alternatives to high-priced luxury items has taken over TikTok and kicked off the careers of many influencers. But what maybe started out as a good-intentioned hustle has turned into something else, and it has some dangerous implications for online business owners. We're going to explore the moral and legal responsibilities we, as business owners and consumers, face when dealing with dupes.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The evolution of dupe culture
  2. Legal considerations when it comes to dupes
  3. The ugly environmental impact of dupes

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Cut: The Chaos of Shopping TikTok’s Dupes
  2. CNN: Lululemon, cult athleisure brand, takes on the booming culture of 'dupes'
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>7fd7f0ff-eb5f-4eaa-a94e-00e0f6f70257Thu, 27 Jul 2023 05:30:00 -040021:04falsefull140140139. Build an Evergreen Product That Practically Sells Itself (without being salesy!)139. Build an Evergreen Product That Practically Sells Itself (without being salesy!)In my experience, there’s one factor that can make or break the success of your online business: the product. It might sound obvious, but with all of the talk around branding, marketing, funnels, and things like that – which are important – it can be easy to lose sight of the importance of having a really solid product offering. Today I’m here to talk about creating a product that sells 24/7 without having to be super salesy. I’ll cover how many products I recommend you sell at any time, how to stand out from the crowd, the number one thing your product needs in order to sell, and more! Let’s talk about eight ways to create a product that’s going to generate you moolah for years to come.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The number of products to offer and what form they should take
  2. Making a product that gets results
  3. Pricing your product right
  4. How to test and get testimonials for your products
  5. Creating evergreen systems to sell your products for you

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The live masterclass has passed but you can purchase the recording here
  2. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In my experience, there’s one factor that can make or break the success of your online business: the product. It might sound obvious, but with all of the talk around branding, marketing, funnels, and things like that – which are important – it can be easy to lose sight of the importance of having a really solid product offering. Today I’m here to talk about creating a product that sells 24/7 without having to be super salesy. I’ll cover how many products I recommend you sell at any time, how to stand out from the crowd, the number one thing your product needs in order to sell, and more! Let’s talk about eight ways to create a product that’s going to generate you moolah for years to come.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The number of products to offer and what form they should take
  2. Making a product that gets results
  3. Pricing your product right
  4. How to test and get testimonials for your products
  5. Creating evergreen systems to sell your products for you

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The live masterclass has passed but you can purchase the recording here
  2. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>9a583e81-ffdd-4d9d-9860-113987879b79Mon, 24 Jul 2023 05:30:00 -040037:09falsefull139139138. We’ve Got to Talk About Ambition138. We’ve Got to Talk About AmbitionOnline business owners are often, by their nature, ambitious people. After all, they’ve chosen the harder path in order to reap the rewards. I’ve been recently reflecting on my own ambition and the role it plays in my life. It’s something that I think all business owners can examine and question. I’m all about building a business on your terms, but equally as important is building a life on your terms as well.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The ambitious nature of entrepreneurs
  2. Letting yourself take a step back
  3. Living a full life on your own terms

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Online business owners are often, by their nature, ambitious people. After all, they’ve chosen the harder path in order to reap the rewards. I’ve been recently reflecting on my own ambition and the role it plays in my life. It’s something that I think all business owners can examine and question. I’m all about building a business on your terms, but equally as important is building a life on your terms as well.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The ambitious nature of entrepreneurs
  2. Letting yourself take a step back
  3. Living a full life on your own terms

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally protected today!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>328a80fe-e566-40b4-8e61-eea87992b74aThu, 20 Jul 2023 05:30:00 -040017:15falsefull138138137. Picture This: A Steady Flow of Sales of Your Program (I’m Teaching You How!)137. Picture This: A Steady Flow of Sales of Your Program (I’m Teaching You How!)Does the idea of pouring in hours of work on Instagram posts, Reels, and TikTok videos only for them to be practically in less than a week have you reeling? What if I told you there’s a different way – a BETTER way? It’s not too good to be true. In fact, it’s what I’ve done to market my business… and you can do it too. I’ll share my evergreen strategy, combining organic and paid marketing, that focuses on content that withstands the test of time and brings in the right customers over and over again.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How organic marketing can sway potential customers
  2. Choosing an evergreen platform that works for you
  3. Nurturing your future customers

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business
  2. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Does the idea of pouring in hours of work on Instagram posts, Reels, and TikTok videos only for them to be practically in less than a week have you reeling? What if I told you there’s a different way – a BETTER way? It’s not too good to be true. In fact, it’s what I’ve done to market my business… and you can do it too. I’ll share my evergreen strategy, combining organic and paid marketing, that focuses on content that withstands the test of time and brings in the right customers over and over again.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How organic marketing can sway potential customers
  2. Choosing an evergreen platform that works for you
  3. Nurturing your future customers

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business
  2. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>90b4c683-ae4b-4baa-b777-b24e6bab8ae8Mon, 17 Jul 2023 05:30:00 -040031:08falsefull137137136. My Big Secret: REVEALED!136. My Big Secret: REVEALED!I’ve been teasing some news for a while now, and it’s FINALLY time to share it with you: I have a book deal! I was staying vague for, ironically, legal reasons, but I’m excited to put it out there. You’ve been following me on this journey from finding a book coach to getting an agent, and I plan to keep you in the loop as much as I can as the project moves forward. Tune in to hear the latest update on my book-writing journey as well as where it’s headed!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The latest update on my book writing process
  2. Where I’m at right now and what happens next
  3. What you can expect out of the book

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 133. Life Update
  2. Episode 115: My Book Update!
  3. Episode 56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [with Guest: Jen Diaz]
  4. Episode 11. So You Want to Write a Book? Your First Steps to Being an Author
  5. My Mindset Coach, Jen Diaz
  6. My Book Coach, Richelle Fredson
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  8. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I’ve been teasing some news for a while now, and it’s FINALLY time to share it with you: I have a book deal! I was staying vague for, ironically, legal reasons, but I’m excited to put it out there. You’ve been following me on this journey from finding a book coach to getting an agent, and I plan to keep you in the loop as much as I can as the project moves forward. Tune in to hear the latest update on my book-writing journey as well as where it’s headed!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The latest update on my book writing process
  2. Where I’m at right now and what happens next
  3. What you can expect out of the book

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 133. Life Update
  2. Episode 115: My Book Update!
  3. Episode 56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [with Guest: Jen Diaz]
  4. Episode 11. So You Want to Write a Book? Your First Steps to Being an Author
  5. My Mindset Coach, Jen Diaz
  6. My Book Coach, Richelle Fredson
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  8. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b7ac7078-8e46-42e6-bc98-f4a441b61828Thu, 13 Jul 2023 05:30:00 -040011:51falsefull136136135. How to Stand Out + Attract Your Ideal Clients Organically135. How to Stand Out + Attract Your Ideal Clients OrganicallyHow do you make the transition from a startup business owner to sold out and scaling? You start off with the basics: Finding high-quality, paying customers - wherever you are in your business. We’re going to take a look at what some of the biggest companies are doing and scale them down to fit your business, finding a unique value proposition, getting to know your ideal client, and how to establish an expert status and use it to find customers.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why most business owners approach finding clients backwards
  2. Where I went wrong in my first business
  3. Finding a market for your ideal clients
  4. How to differentiate your business
  5. Leaning into your expert status
  6. Creating content geared towards your ideal clients

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The live masterclass has passed, but you can purchase the recording here
  2. https://formerlawyer.com
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>How do you make the transition from a startup business owner to sold out and scaling? You start off with the basics: Finding high-quality, paying customers - wherever you are in your business. We’re going to take a look at what some of the biggest companies are doing and scale them down to fit your business, finding a unique value proposition, getting to know your ideal client, and how to establish an expert status and use it to find customers.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why most business owners approach finding clients backwards
  2. Where I went wrong in my first business
  3. Finding a market for your ideal clients
  4. How to differentiate your business
  5. Leaning into your expert status
  6. Creating content geared towards your ideal clients

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The live masterclass has passed, but you can purchase the recording here
  2. https://formerlawyer.com
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1fa304b4-9090-4035-9b53-1d5d175b7f71Mon, 10 Jul 2023 05:30:00 -040044:39falsefull135135134. At what stage should I legally form my business?134. At what stage should I legally form my business?When you’re just starting your business, it can be confusing to know when you need to start getting all the legal aspects of your business in order. One of our listeners recently asked:

"At what stage of the business building and planning process should a Solopreneur mindset life coach in the just-getting-started stage of business who has no audience, list, offers, or market reach yet (but is very active on social media) apply for a FEIN, get a business address, business bank account and form a LLC?"

Great question! How's yesterday sound? Just kidding – sort of. Let’s dive into it…

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to know when it’s time to register your business
  2. What you need to get done when
  3. FInding support for funding your startup expenses

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start)
  2. Download my free legal check list
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When you’re just starting your business, it can be confusing to know when you need to start getting all the legal aspects of your business in order. One of our listeners recently asked:

"At what stage of the business building and planning process should a Solopreneur mindset life coach in the just-getting-started stage of business who has no audience, list, offers, or market reach yet (but is very active on social media) apply for a FEIN, get a business address, business bank account and form a LLC?"

Great question! How's yesterday sound? Just kidding – sort of. Let’s dive into it…

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to know when it’s time to register your business
  2. What you need to get done when
  3. FInding support for funding your startup expenses

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start)
  2. Download my free legal check list
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f88642b8-195e-4a06-9ad5-1b4b68e42eebThu, 06 Jul 2023 05:30:00 -040008:07falsefull134134133. Life Update133. Life UpdateSomething that a lot of business advice leaves out is that every entrepreneur is a whole person with a personal life beyond their business. I’ve always been honest with you about what’s going on in my life, even if I only share a small part of it. Today, I want to share some updates on where I’m at, what’s happening in my life, and what you can expect from me and On Your Terms® in the future.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How I’m dealing with a double-dose of grief
  2. Why I’m grateful for building my business on my terms
  3. What’s coming down the pipeline on the podcast

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Something that a lot of business advice leaves out is that every entrepreneur is a whole person with a personal life beyond their business. I’ve always been honest with you about what’s going on in my life, even if I only share a small part of it. Today, I want to share some updates on where I’m at, what’s happening in my life, and what you can expect from me and On Your Terms® in the future.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How I’m dealing with a double-dose of grief
  2. Why I’m grateful for building my business on my terms
  3. What’s coming down the pipeline on the podcast

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>84453796-7cce-4142-b6e2-165256327450Mon, 03 Jul 2023 05:30:00 -040024:54falsefull133133132. Can I use one LLC for more than one Business?132. Can I use one LLC for more than one Business?Today we’re tackling a question I've seen quite a lot, most recently from our listener, Deborah, who asked: Is it possible to place multiple different ventures under a single LLC? While the short answer is yes, it might not be the most practical or beneficial strategy due to the legal risks involved. If you're wondering what this looks like, then stick with me as we dig deeper into this topic.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The risks of keeping multiple ventures under one LLC
  2. Offering multiple services under one LLC
  3. Does your podcast need to be under its own LLC?

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. How to Start an Online Business Spotify Playlist
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Today we’re tackling a question I've seen quite a lot, most recently from our listener, Deborah, who asked: Is it possible to place multiple different ventures under a single LLC? While the short answer is yes, it might not be the most practical or beneficial strategy due to the legal risks involved. If you're wondering what this looks like, then stick with me as we dig deeper into this topic.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The risks of keeping multiple ventures under one LLC
  2. Offering multiple services under one LLC
  3. Does your podcast need to be under its own LLC?

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. How to Start an Online Business Spotify Playlist
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>9e235c10-0a8e-4e38-9adf-fc2561710594Thu, 29 Jun 2023 05:30:00 -040007:14falsefull132132131. How to Grow a Podcast + YouTube Channel [ft. Creator, Katie Steckly]131. How to Grow a Podcast + YouTube Channel [ft. Creator, Katie Steckly]Many entrepreneurs dream of that “going viral” moment, but no one ever seems to talk about what comes next: Things start to go back to normal. That's why creating consistent, perennial content is key to sustainable success. Katie Steckly, an authority in the sphere of perennial content and social media, joins us to share why evergreen content is so important to your business. We delve into selecting the most suitable platform for your needs, devising a content strategy, essentials for getting started, and much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The starting point for content creation
  2. Selection process for the most fitting platforms
  3. Overcoming inhibitions that hinder progress
  4. Generating content themes
  5. How your chosen platform can guide your content
  6. A trifecta of advice for launching a YouTube channel or podcast
  7. Necessary equipment for your content journey
  8. Building a content schedule

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. www.creatorlymedia.com
  2. Find info on Creatorly Media’s services at creatorlymedia.com/services.
  3. Katie Steckly - YouTube
  4. Follow Katie on Instagram: @katiesteckly
  5. Follow Creatorly Media on Instagram: @creatorlymedia
  6. How to Start a Podcast From Scratch
  7. Katie’s recommended content creation starter kit

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

Produced by Nova Media

]]>Many entrepreneurs dream of that “going viral” moment, but no one ever seems to talk about what comes next: Things start to go back to normal. That's why creating consistent, perennial content is key to sustainable success. Katie Steckly, an authority in the sphere of perennial content and social media, joins us to share why evergreen content is so important to your business. We delve into selecting the most suitable platform for your needs, devising a content strategy, essentials for getting started, and much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The starting point for content creation
  2. Selection process for the most fitting platforms
  3. Overcoming inhibitions that hinder progress
  4. Generating content themes
  5. How your chosen platform can guide your content
  6. A trifecta of advice for launching a YouTube channel or podcast
  7. Necessary equipment for your content journey
  8. Building a content schedule

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. www.creatorlymedia.com
  2. Find info on Creatorly Media’s services at creatorlymedia.com/services.
  3. Katie Steckly - YouTube
  4. Follow Katie on Instagram: @katiesteckly
  5. Follow Creatorly Media on Instagram: @creatorlymedia
  6. How to Start a Podcast From Scratch
  7. Katie’s recommended content creation starter kit

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

Produced by Nova Media

]]>1d72d7e7-ef39-4c0a-afd2-63b79108481fMon, 26 Jun 2023 05:30:00 -040048:45falsefull131131130. How Long Can You Get Away Without Legal Coverage?130. How Long Can You Get Away Without Legal Coverage?When it comes to business registration, that only applies to “real” business, not your online business – right? In this episode, I'm here to answer a question listener Cara asked: "My online coaching business isn't registered, and apparently it doesn't need to be, but is there some kind of public liability or protection policy I can add?"

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Whether your online business needs to be registered
  2. The importance of business insurance
  3. How proper contracts protect your online business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business [free workshop]
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When it comes to business registration, that only applies to “real” business, not your online business – right? In this episode, I'm here to answer a question listener Cara asked: "My online coaching business isn't registered, and apparently it doesn't need to be, but is there some kind of public liability or protection policy I can add?"

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Whether your online business needs to be registered
  2. The importance of business insurance
  3. How proper contracts protect your online business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business [free workshop]
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>c219b285-72a4-4b60-ab48-49ccb0d97ebbThu, 22 Jun 2023 05:30:00 -040005:08falsefull130130129. How to Write a Book (with a small platform!) [ft. Book Coach, Richelle Fredson]129. How to Write a Book (with a small platform!) [ft. Book Coach, Richelle Fredson]Writing a book is a wild ride, but one that can be worth the trip for many entrepreneurs – if you go into it for the right reasons. In this Summer School episode, we’re revisiting a conversation with book coach Richelle Fredson, who has been invaluable in my own book writing journey (if you want to hear how that’s going, listen to my latest update in Episode 115). She shares practical tips about how to go into this process with the right mindset, what options you have when it comes to publishing, and how to start preparing now for the book you want to write someday.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What kinds of books see long-term success and sales
  2. What a book consultant or coach is – and if working with one is right for you
  3. The three publishing options and how to know which one to choose

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit Richelle’s website
  2. Follow Richelle on Instagram: @richellefredson
  3. Listen to the Bound + Determined Podcast
  4. Apply for Richelle’s group program: Book Proposal Blueprint
  5. Episode 5: What to Do When a Client is a Pain
  6. Episode 115: My Book Update!
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Writing a book is a wild ride, but one that can be worth the trip for many entrepreneurs – if you go into it for the right reasons. In this Summer School episode, we’re revisiting a conversation with book coach Richelle Fredson, who has been invaluable in my own book writing journey (if you want to hear how that’s going, listen to my latest update in Episode 115). She shares practical tips about how to go into this process with the right mindset, what options you have when it comes to publishing, and how to start preparing now for the book you want to write someday.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What kinds of books see long-term success and sales
  2. What a book consultant or coach is – and if working with one is right for you
  3. The three publishing options and how to know which one to choose

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit Richelle’s website
  2. Follow Richelle on Instagram: @richellefredson
  3. Listen to the Bound + Determined Podcast
  4. Apply for Richelle’s group program: Book Proposal Blueprint
  5. Episode 5: What to Do When a Client is a Pain
  6. Episode 115: My Book Update!
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>fd498c8d-e711-4122-ae84-8a7dbe553161Mon, 19 Jun 2023 05:30:00 -040001:05:41falsefull129129128. How to Hire (legally!)128. How to Hire (legally!)In this episode, we're delving into the nitty-gritty of legally hiring employees for your online business.

You ask, and I answer! Listener Laura wrote in wondering about the legal steps involved in hiring employees. To tackle her question, I thought we'd kick things off by revisiting the difference between employees and contractors.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Getting a legal foundation in place first
  2. Hiring help with HR
  3. Required documents and setup for hiring an employee
  4. Becoming a better boss

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 64: Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  2. Episode 66. Hiring, Leadership & Team Building 101 [Interview w/ Kira La Forgia of Paradigm Consulting]
  3. Paradigm Consulting’s Set to Scale program (affiliate link)
  4. ADP Payroll (affiliate link)
  5. Radical Candor: Be a Kick-Ass Boss Without Losing Your Humanity
  6. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, we're delving into the nitty-gritty of legally hiring employees for your online business.

You ask, and I answer! Listener Laura wrote in wondering about the legal steps involved in hiring employees. To tackle her question, I thought we'd kick things off by revisiting the difference between employees and contractors.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Getting a legal foundation in place first
  2. Hiring help with HR
  3. Required documents and setup for hiring an employee
  4. Becoming a better boss

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 64: Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  2. Episode 66. Hiring, Leadership & Team Building 101 [Interview w/ Kira La Forgia of Paradigm Consulting]
  3. Paradigm Consulting’s Set to Scale program (affiliate link)
  4. ADP Payroll (affiliate link)
  5. Radical Candor: Be a Kick-Ass Boss Without Losing Your Humanity
  6. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>38bf846a-eb2d-46bd-8618-90ca2159601fThu, 15 Jun 2023 05:30:00 -040011:01falsefull128128127. How to Give Great Talks [ft. Speaker Coach, Mike Pacchione]127. How to Give Great Talks [ft. Speaker Coach, Mike Pacchione]Public speaking is such an important skill to learn, and it can be a huge advantage in your business if you do it well. In this Summer School episode, we’re revisiting an interview with the great Mike Pacchione. We talk about why speaking well is important, what makes a speaker good or bad, and whether it’s possible for a bad speaker to become great. We also talked about the areas most speakers need to improve upon (and how they can do it), three tangible things to make your speaking more entertaining, and so much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How Mike got into speaking
  2. Why public speaking is so important
  3. The qualities that make a good speaker—and a bad one
  4. Three areas that most speakers need to improve upon
  5. Tips for using your physical presence
  6. How to get speaking opportunities
  7. The “minivan test”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. miketalks.co
  2. bestspeech.co
  3. Adam Driver’s TED Talk
  4. Episode 54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  6. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Public speaking is such an important skill to learn, and it can be a huge advantage in your business if you do it well. In this Summer School episode, we’re revisiting an interview with the great Mike Pacchione. We talk about why speaking well is important, what makes a speaker good or bad, and whether it’s possible for a bad speaker to become great. We also talked about the areas most speakers need to improve upon (and how they can do it), three tangible things to make your speaking more entertaining, and so much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How Mike got into speaking
  2. Why public speaking is so important
  3. The qualities that make a good speaker—and a bad one
  4. Three areas that most speakers need to improve upon
  5. Tips for using your physical presence
  6. How to get speaking opportunities
  7. The “minivan test”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. miketalks.co
  2. bestspeech.co
  3. Adam Driver’s TED Talk
  4. Episode 54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  6. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>cf06a449-fc3b-4dd2-9776-01068ea7e87dMon, 12 Jun 2023 05:30:00 -040001:20:23falsefull127127126. What Kind of Legal Stuff Does Your Size of Business Need?126. What Kind of Legal Stuff Does Your Size of Business Need?Do you ever worry that your small business doesn't need the same legal protection as the big guys? That's like saying you don't need a seatbelt because you're only driving down the block! Today, I'm answering a question from one of our listeners, Candice, who asked about how legal contracts and business matters differ for small shops compared to larger ones. It's an excellent question, Candice, and one that I think many of us have – so let’s dive in!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Getting legally covered no matter your businesses size
  2. Why having to scale your legal coverage is a good sign
  3. How to be legally legit without the overwhelm

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. DIY Affiliate Contract Template
  2. Collaboration Contract Template
  3. 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business [free workshop]
  4. Episode 42: Business Insurance Mistakes That Could Cost You Big
  5. Episode 64: Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need To Know]
  6. Episode 89: How To Legally Protect Your Online Business
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Do you ever worry that your small business doesn't need the same legal protection as the big guys? That's like saying you don't need a seatbelt because you're only driving down the block! Today, I'm answering a question from one of our listeners, Candice, who asked about how legal contracts and business matters differ for small shops compared to larger ones. It's an excellent question, Candice, and one that I think many of us have – so let’s dive in!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Getting legally covered no matter your businesses size
  2. Why having to scale your legal coverage is a good sign
  3. How to be legally legit without the overwhelm

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. DIY Affiliate Contract Template
  2. Collaboration Contract Template
  3. 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business [free workshop]
  4. Episode 42: Business Insurance Mistakes That Could Cost You Big
  5. Episode 64: Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need To Know]
  6. Episode 89: How To Legally Protect Your Online Business
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a1860bc2-3f65-4292-8fda-9ae0c6071a46Thu, 08 Jun 2023 05:30:00 -040005:16falsefull126126125. Why You Feel Burnt Out on Social (+ How to Fix It) [ft. Video Marketing Coach, Natasha Samuel]125. Why You Feel Burnt Out on Social (+ How to Fix It) [ft. Video Marketing Coach, Natasha Samuel]For the next couple of weeks, I’ll be running what I call Online Marketing Summer School. We’re going to be revisiting some past episodes geared toward helping you level up (or kick-off) your online marketing strategy! We’re kicking things off with one of my favs: an interview with Natasha Samuel of The Shine Online Podcast!

Natasha Samuel is the host of The Shine Online Podcast and an Instagram strategist that helps small businesses... well, shine online. Through intensive strategy days, digital resources, and education, Natasha helps you build your brand on the gram with a video strategy that is fulfilling and fun - without the overwhelm.

Natasha is a social media genius. She breaks down Instagram in such a refreshing, relatable way. Her whole approach is about finding the social media strategy that's actually sustainable for you, no matter how busy your work or life can get. She also believes social media should reflect your personal values, and doesn't advise compromising any of that for quick growth. We talk about overwhelm, content batching, nailing your Instagram bio, and her three-part follower journey (which is going to blow your mind)!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why Instagram is a great place to market your business
  2. Growing a community on Instagram
  3. Struggling to balance personal and business content
  4. The various surfaces of Instagram and what to post there
  5. Tips for writing captions
  6. Using Instagram to direct people to other platforms
  7. The 3-step follower journey
  8. Tips for batching and consistency
  9. How to iterate on your strategy
  10. Tips for people burnt out on social media
  11. Navigating social media during hard times

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. shinewithnatasha.com/video
  2. Natasha’s LinkTree
  3. Shine With Natasha on YouTube
  4. Instagram: @shinewithnatasha
  5. Episode 24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does
  6. Episode 25. Creating Brand Loyalists 8 Future Buyers

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

]]>For the next couple of weeks, I’ll be running what I call Online Marketing Summer School. We’re going to be revisiting some past episodes geared toward helping you level up (or kick-off) your online marketing strategy! We’re kicking things off with one of my favs: an interview with Natasha Samuel of The Shine Online Podcast!

Natasha Samuel is the host of The Shine Online Podcast and an Instagram strategist that helps small businesses... well, shine online. Through intensive strategy days, digital resources, and education, Natasha helps you build your brand on the gram with a video strategy that is fulfilling and fun - without the overwhelm.

Natasha is a social media genius. She breaks down Instagram in such a refreshing, relatable way. Her whole approach is about finding the social media strategy that's actually sustainable for you, no matter how busy your work or life can get. She also believes social media should reflect your personal values, and doesn't advise compromising any of that for quick growth. We talk about overwhelm, content batching, nailing your Instagram bio, and her three-part follower journey (which is going to blow your mind)!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why Instagram is a great place to market your business
  2. Growing a community on Instagram
  3. Struggling to balance personal and business content
  4. The various surfaces of Instagram and what to post there
  5. Tips for writing captions
  6. Using Instagram to direct people to other platforms
  7. The 3-step follower journey
  8. Tips for batching and consistency
  9. How to iterate on your strategy
  10. Tips for people burnt out on social media
  11. Navigating social media during hard times

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. shinewithnatasha.com/video
  2. Natasha’s LinkTree
  3. Shine With Natasha on YouTube
  4. Instagram: @shinewithnatasha
  5. Episode 24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does
  6. Episode 25. Creating Brand Loyalists 8 Future Buyers

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

]]>95dfefec-badb-420a-b5bd-0f3a4ea72675Mon, 05 Jun 2023 05:30:00 -040057:31falsefull125125124. Can You Write Your Own Contracts?124. Can You Write Your Own Contracts?Do contracts need to be looked over or written by an attorney to be legally binding? As always, I'm here to demystify the complex legal jargon for you and empower you to grow your business on your own terms.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Whether a contract needs to be written by an attorney
  2. What makes your contract unenforceable
  3. Ensuring your contracts are legally binding

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn about the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Shop my DIY legal contract templates
  3. Episode 106. How Do You Make Your Contracts Enforceable?
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Do contracts need to be looked over or written by an attorney to be legally binding? As always, I'm here to demystify the complex legal jargon for you and empower you to grow your business on your own terms.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Whether a contract needs to be written by an attorney
  2. What makes your contract unenforceable
  3. Ensuring your contracts are legally binding

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn about the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Shop my DIY legal contract templates
  3. Episode 106. How Do You Make Your Contracts Enforceable?
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>3fe875dd-72ff-4b6e-873e-afbb7020bc1fThu, 01 Jun 2023 05:30:00 -040005:46falsefull124124123. Real Talk: Your Business Doesn't Have to Light Your Soul on Fire123. Real Talk: Your Business Doesn't Have to Light Your Soul on FireHas the popular narrative of 'soul-level work' ever made you question whether every aspect of your business is something that should light your soul on fire? If so, let's take some time to unpack this today.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why it’s unrealistic to expect your business to provide unending joy
  2. How the realities of running a business impact your daily life
  3. Making room for evolving passions and interests

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Easy Email List Sign Up
  2. Episode 32. Should We Always Be in Growth Mode in Our Biz?
  3. Read the Bustle Article: Is Therapy-Speak Making Us Selfish?
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Has the popular narrative of 'soul-level work' ever made you question whether every aspect of your business is something that should light your soul on fire? If so, let's take some time to unpack this today.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why it’s unrealistic to expect your business to provide unending joy
  2. How the realities of running a business impact your daily life
  3. Making room for evolving passions and interests

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Easy Email List Sign Up
  2. Episode 32. Should We Always Be in Growth Mode in Our Biz?
  3. Read the Bustle Article: Is Therapy-Speak Making Us Selfish?
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>04db8dbe-877a-4fcd-8bbd-3b338a94fc57Mon, 29 May 2023 05:30:00 -040037:46falsefull123123122. Can You Use Other Brands' Trademarks & Images?122. Can You Use Other Brands' Trademarks & Images?What are the legal concerns when it comes to using pictures of another company’s branded products in your business? That’s what we’re diving into today!

Jill asked,

I'm currently creating a PDF to be sold on my website that's something along the lines of a "healthy food swaps" grocery guide. Within that document, I'm including specific pictures of branded food products. Do you happen to know if I'm legally able to sell a document with images like these?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Using copyrighted content in your business
  • How to claim nominative fair use

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

Produced by Nova Media

]]>What are the legal concerns when it comes to using pictures of another company’s branded products in your business? That’s what we’re diving into today!

Jill asked,

I'm currently creating a PDF to be sold on my website that's something along the lines of a "healthy food swaps" grocery guide. Within that document, I'm including specific pictures of branded food products. Do you happen to know if I'm legally able to sell a document with images like these?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  • Using copyrighted content in your business
  • How to claim nominative fair use

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:


CONNECT:


DISCLAIMER

Produced by Nova Media

]]>306b8801-bb1c-468f-b402-526efccdf85aThu, 25 May 2023 05:30:00 -040008:27falsefull122122121. Should You Call People Out in Your Industry?121. Should You Call People Out in Your Industry?Today we’re going to talk about Kenny G., “real jazz,” and how that relates to business. We’ll explore powerful lessons for entrepreneurs about authenticity, value, and standing out in a crowded market. Let’s dive in!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What a feud between two jazz musicians has to do with your business
  2. Finding what makes your business unique
  3. Getting back what you put out into the world

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Pat Metheny
  2. Taco Bell’s Innovation Kitchen, the Front Line in the Stunt-Food Wars
  3. Naomi Powell of The Lifestyle Edit
  4. Episode 105: Stealing Content vs. Inspiration: When does it become illegal?
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Today we’re going to talk about Kenny G., “real jazz,” and how that relates to business. We’ll explore powerful lessons for entrepreneurs about authenticity, value, and standing out in a crowded market. Let’s dive in!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What a feud between two jazz musicians has to do with your business
  2. Finding what makes your business unique
  3. Getting back what you put out into the world

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Pat Metheny
  2. Taco Bell’s Innovation Kitchen, the Front Line in the Stunt-Food Wars
  3. Naomi Powell of The Lifestyle Edit
  4. Episode 105: Stealing Content vs. Inspiration: When does it become illegal?
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b1b0bd2a-0364-476d-82c8-144b5b2265d4Mon, 22 May 2023 05:30:00 -040030:35falsefull121121120. When Do You Need to Get Legal Stuff in Place?120. When Do You Need to Get Legal Stuff in Place?New business owners have a lot to deal with: applying for an EIN, getting a business address, starting a business bank account, and forming an LLC, among other things.

I get it. It can feel like you're putting the cart before the horse if you don't have an audience, an email list, or any offers yet. But let me tell you, there's a different way to look at this. We'll unpack this perspective shift in our chat today.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you should start getting legal protection in place today
  2. The liability you face while posting free content
  3. How to take these first legal steps

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more and get the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Episode 7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start)
  3. Episode 98. When Should You Update Your Contracts?
  4. Episode 83. Legally Protect Your Online Biz: The Bare Minimum that Produces Results
  5. Easy Email List Sign Up
  6. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>New business owners have a lot to deal with: applying for an EIN, getting a business address, starting a business bank account, and forming an LLC, among other things.

I get it. It can feel like you're putting the cart before the horse if you don't have an audience, an email list, or any offers yet. But let me tell you, there's a different way to look at this. We'll unpack this perspective shift in our chat today.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you should start getting legal protection in place today
  2. The liability you face while posting free content
  3. How to take these first legal steps

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more and get the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Episode 7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start)
  3. Episode 98. When Should You Update Your Contracts?
  4. Episode 83. Legally Protect Your Online Biz: The Bare Minimum that Produces Results
  5. Easy Email List Sign Up
  6. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>4878099b-e5dc-47d3-b14c-52670c6033f2Thu, 18 May 2023 05:30:00 -040011:37falsefull120120New business owners have a lot to deal with: applying for an EIN, getting a business address, starting a business bank account, and forming an LLC, among other things. So when do you have to get things started? That’s what we’re discussing today!119. 10 Lessons from My Team Break-Ups119. 10 Lessons from My Team Break-UpsAs an entrepreneur who has built a multi-seven-figure business, I've had my fair share of experiences when it comes to hiring and firing employees and contractors. In this episode, I want to share my top 10 tips for managing these relationships and navigating the complexities of staffing your business. My goal is to help you build a successful team while maintaining healthy working relationships with your employees and contractors.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Getting clear on what you’re hiring for
  2. Hiring slow, firing fast
  3. How to hire like a professional
  4. Owning your mistakes
  5. …and more!

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 64. Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  2. Episode 111. Writing a Book, Online Business Changes & Discipline with Amy Porterfield
  3. Get Sam's Emails
  4. Mindset coaching with Jen Diaz
  5. Shop my DIY Independent Contractor Agreement
  6. Paradigm Consulting
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>As an entrepreneur who has built a multi-seven-figure business, I've had my fair share of experiences when it comes to hiring and firing employees and contractors. In this episode, I want to share my top 10 tips for managing these relationships and navigating the complexities of staffing your business. My goal is to help you build a successful team while maintaining healthy working relationships with your employees and contractors.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Getting clear on what you’re hiring for
  2. Hiring slow, firing fast
  3. How to hire like a professional
  4. Owning your mistakes
  5. …and more!

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 64. Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  2. Episode 111. Writing a Book, Online Business Changes & Discipline with Amy Porterfield
  3. Get Sam's Emails
  4. Mindset coaching with Jen Diaz
  5. Shop my DIY Independent Contractor Agreement
  6. Paradigm Consulting
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b8824a47-aa6a-46a1-b5cc-a2e7cda606e3Mon, 15 May 2023 05:30:00 -040030:26falsefull119119Are staffing issues keeping you up at night? In this episode, I'll share my top 10 tips for managing relationships with employees and contractors, drawn from my own experiences in building a successful business. Join me as I discuss communication, setting expectations, and maintaining professional boundaries to help you create a thriving team.118. Do I Need to Read Disclaimers Out Loud to Clients?118. Do I Need to Read Disclaimers Out Loud to Clients?Today we’re going to talk about disclaimers. Do you need to read disclaimers out loud to clients during a session in order for them to count? Let’s discuss!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. When and where to use your disclaimer
  2. Nurturing the follower to client journey
  3. Pre-qualifying clients before you work with them

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 2: Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  2. Episode 69: What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  3. Pre-Qualify Before You Buy Download
  4. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Today we’re going to talk about disclaimers. Do you need to read disclaimers out loud to clients during a session in order for them to count? Let’s discuss!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. When and where to use your disclaimer
  2. Nurturing the follower to client journey
  3. Pre-qualifying clients before you work with them

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 2: Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  2. Episode 69: What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  3. Pre-Qualify Before You Buy Download
  4. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f215d5ff-dad0-4f28-8b02-54f776f5992fThu, 11 May 2023 05:30:00 -040008:07falsefull118118Do you really need to read disclaimers out loud to clients? Let’s look at the legal implications and practical tips to stay compliant in this must-read guide for professionals.117. How I've Grown My Business During Tough Times117. How I've Grown My Business During Tough TimesStarting and growing a business is hard. And then, you still have to deal with all of the hard stuff that life regularly throws at you on top of all that. Over the years, I have experienced some of the most challenging times of my life, from brain surgery and caring for my father during his battle with cancer, to coping with the loss of my father and my mother's ongoing health struggles. So, we're breaking our usual routine to have a heart-to-heart conversation about how I’m coping and finding ways to keep (some of) it together.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Keeping it together when times get tough
  2. Prioritizing what really matters
  3. Recognizing when you’re not OK or you need help

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Emails
  2. Episode 14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!)
  3. Episode 3. Turning Pain & Hard Times Into Rocket Fuel for Your Business
  4. SEO Influencer
  5. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally legit™️ today!

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

Produced by Nova Media

]]>Starting and growing a business is hard. And then, you still have to deal with all of the hard stuff that life regularly throws at you on top of all that. Over the years, I have experienced some of the most challenging times of my life, from brain surgery and caring for my father during his battle with cancer, to coping with the loss of my father and my mother's ongoing health struggles. So, we're breaking our usual routine to have a heart-to-heart conversation about how I’m coping and finding ways to keep (some of) it together.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Keeping it together when times get tough
  2. Prioritizing what really matters
  3. Recognizing when you’re not OK or you need help

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Emails
  2. Episode 14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!)
  3. Episode 3. Turning Pain & Hard Times Into Rocket Fuel for Your Business
  4. SEO Influencer
  5. Join the Free Legal Workshop to learn how to get your business legally legit™️ today!

CONNECT:

  1. Sam on Instagram
  2. Sam on Facebook
  3. On Your Terms® on Instagram

DISCLAIMER

Produced by Nova Media

]]>277ef5f0-5312-4034-856c-cac05a915e43Mon, 08 May 2023 05:30:00 -040027:21falsefull117117Starting and growing a business is hard. And then, you still have to deal with all of the hard stuff that life regularly throws at you on top of all that. I share how I cope with it all, why it’s okay when you can’t, and tips for keeping it together.116. What's a Non-Compete Agreement & Can I Use One?116. What's a Non-Compete Agreement & Can I Use One?Let’s say you don’t want to spend time and money training an employee only to have them go work for a competitor or start their own business in your field. What can you do about it? In this episode, we’re discussing non-compete agreements, and whether or not they’re right for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What a non-compete agreement is
  2. Whether or not you would be able to enforce a non-compete
  3. Alternatives to non-competes that could serve you better

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 61. Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  2. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Let’s say you don’t want to spend time and money training an employee only to have them go work for a competitor or start their own business in your field. What can you do about it? In this episode, we’re discussing non-compete agreements, and whether or not they’re right for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What a non-compete agreement is
  2. Whether or not you would be able to enforce a non-compete
  3. Alternatives to non-competes that could serve you better

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 61. Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  2. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b61a614a-174b-412a-a164-2c2b7a6c1997Thu, 04 May 2023 05:30:00 -040008:05falsefull116116Can a non-compete agreement protect you from an employee going to work for a competitor and taking all your business secrets with them? I’ll answer that, as well as give some other potential options.115. My Book Update!115. My Book Update!Have you ever considered writing a book? There’s a stat floating around that says 81% of people hope to write a book one day, so chances are you’re one of them — and so am I! I’m going to share what my journey of writing a book proposal and querying agents has looked like so far, and what’s happening next. I’ll also give tips I’ve learned from my writing coach as well as naturally along the way.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I’ve always wanted to write a book
  2. Where I’m at in the writing and publishing process
  3. Tips I’ve learned for getting your book published

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Meet Richelle Fredson (Book Coach): https://richellefredson.com
  2. Get the Book Proposal Blueprint Course: https://richellefredson.com/training/
  3. Richelle's Podcast
  4. Easy Email List Sign Up - Get Sam's Emails
  5. Aimee Barr And Associates
  6. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever considered writing a book? There’s a stat floating around that says 81% of people hope to write a book one day, so chances are you’re one of them — and so am I! I’m going to share what my journey of writing a book proposal and querying agents has looked like so far, and what’s happening next. I’ll also give tips I’ve learned from my writing coach as well as naturally along the way.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why I’ve always wanted to write a book
  2. Where I’m at in the writing and publishing process
  3. Tips I’ve learned for getting your book published

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Meet Richelle Fredson (Book Coach): https://richellefredson.com
  2. Get the Book Proposal Blueprint Course: https://richellefredson.com/training/
  3. Richelle's Podcast
  4. Easy Email List Sign Up - Get Sam's Emails
  5. Aimee Barr And Associates
  6. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>449bed58-42e8-4490-9dfa-e91a83bcc506Mon, 01 May 2023 05:30:00 -040027:13falsefull115115Have you ever considered writing a book? I’m sharing my experience with the early stages of writing a book proposal and querying an agent, with tips of everything I’ve learned along the way!114. Are You Too Small For Copycats to Steal From You?114. Are You Too Small For Copycats to Steal From You?You know copycats are a big issue for online businesses, but that’s only a problem for big businesses, not ones just starting out — right? I’m going to address whether you need to worry about copycats even when very few people know about your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Are small businesses at risk of copycats
  2. What I’ve seen in my own business and others
  3. Why you should protect your business at any size

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Save over $400 on the Ultimate Bundle® for a limited time! Click here for details.
  2. Episode 113. How to Legally Protect Your Content [Copyright Registration 101]
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>You know copycats are a big issue for online businesses, but that’s only a problem for big businesses, not ones just starting out — right? I’m going to address whether you need to worry about copycats even when very few people know about your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Are small businesses at risk of copycats
  2. What I’ve seen in my own business and others
  3. Why you should protect your business at any size

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Save over $400 on the Ultimate Bundle® for a limited time! Click here for details.
  2. Episode 113. How to Legally Protect Your Content [Copyright Registration 101]
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a6790c56-5b29-4609-91d0-7d36f6624219Thu, 27 Apr 2023 05:30:00 -040009:28falsefull114114You know copycats are a big issue for online businesses, but that’s only a problem for big businesses, not ones just starting out — right? I’m going to address whether you need to worry about copycats even when very few people know about your business.113. How to Legally Protect Your Content [Copyright Registration 101]113. How to Legally Protect Your Content [Copyright Registration 101]Unsure about the difference between trademarks and copyrights in online business? In this episode, we dive into the essential aspects of trademarking and copyrighting for online businesses. While trademarks are valuable for safeguarding the outward-facing elements of your business like names and logos, copyrights play a vital role in protecting your product or course content. We discuss Ashley's real-life example — a content creator who faced legal challenges because she hadn't copyrighted her course material.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between contracts and copyright
  2. What to do if someone steals your content (before AND after)
  3. How to decide what content you need to register

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Copycats Training Sign Up: Save $25 off with code: Copycat25
  2. Save over $400 on the Ultimate Bundle® for a limited time! Click here for details.
  3. Join my email list
  4. Episode 108. Should You Copyright That?
  5. Episode 110. Can I Get Paid If Someone Steals My Content
  6. Episode 107. What to Do If Someone Steals Your Business' Content
  7. US Copyright Office
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Unsure about the difference between trademarks and copyrights in online business? In this episode, we dive into the essential aspects of trademarking and copyrighting for online businesses. While trademarks are valuable for safeguarding the outward-facing elements of your business like names and logos, copyrights play a vital role in protecting your product or course content. We discuss Ashley's real-life example — a content creator who faced legal challenges because she hadn't copyrighted her course material.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between contracts and copyright
  2. What to do if someone steals your content (before AND after)
  3. How to decide what content you need to register

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Copycats Training Sign Up: Save $25 off with code: Copycat25
  2. Save over $400 on the Ultimate Bundle® for a limited time! Click here for details.
  3. Join my email list
  4. Episode 108. Should You Copyright That?
  5. Episode 110. Can I Get Paid If Someone Steals My Content
  6. Episode 107. What to Do If Someone Steals Your Business' Content
  7. US Copyright Office
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>fa0b7e49-dca9-48ec-bc09-1a2e6d76f42dMon, 24 Apr 2023 05:30:00 -040025:30falsefull113113Unsure about the difference between trademarks and copyrights in online business? In this episode, we dive into their importance, the benefits of copyright registration, and how to protect your valuable content from infringement.112. Should You Trademark Your Business Name?112. Should You Trademark Your Business Name?If you’ve already registered as an LLC, do you need to trademark your business name? That’s what I’m going to discuss in this episode!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between a trademark and LLC
  2. What protections a trademark offers your business name
  3. Cases when you trademarking your business name may not be possible

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Copycats Training Sign Up: Save $25 off with code: Copycat25
  2. Episode 109. All Your Trademark Questions: Answered
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’ve already registered as an LLC, do you need to trademark your business name? That’s what I’m going to discuss in this episode!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between a trademark and LLC
  2. What protections a trademark offers your business name
  3. Cases when you trademarking your business name may not be possible

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Copycats Training Sign Up: Save $25 off with code: Copycat25
  2. Episode 109. All Your Trademark Questions: Answered
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>bea22bbd-31f9-4492-8361-bb86f069c784Thu, 20 Apr 2023 05:30:00 -040005:38falsefull112112If you’ve already registered as an LLC, do you need to trademark your business name? That’s what I’m going to discuss in this episode!111. Writing a Book, Online Business Changes & Discipline with Amy Porterfield111. Writing a Book, Online Business Changes & Discipline with Amy PorterfieldIf you’re in the online business world, you probably know the incredible Amy Porterfield. She’s recently published her first book, “Two Weeks Notice.” I had the privilege of chatting with Amy and picking her brain about everything from how she spends her day to the challenges she faces as a successful entrepreneur. I'll be sharing some of her insights and tips for building a business you love, as well as some exclusive behind-the-scenes information about her new book. So get ready to be inspired, learn some new skills, and take your business to the next level with Amy Porterfield.

In case you haven’t heard of her, Amy Porterfield is an ex–corporate girl turned online marketing expert and CEO of a multimillion-dollar business. Today Amy empowers people across the globe to take their futures into their own hands and find professional autonomy, independence, achievement, and success far beyond what a corporate glass ceiling would traditionally allow. Her action-by-action teaching style provides aspiring business owners with the tools they need to bypass the overwhelm and build a business they love.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why Amy decided to write a book, why this book, and what she learned about herself in the process
  2. Whether or not starting an online business will bring you happiness
  3. The common qualities of successful online business owners
  4. Behind the scenes of how Amy runs and organizes her business and life
  5. What’s working in the online marketing world

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Copycats Training Sign Up: Save $25 off with code: Copycat25
  2. Record quick videos for your team with Loom
  3. Amy Porterfield's website: amyporterfield.com
  4. More info about Amy's book, Two Weeks Notice: twoweeksnoticebook.com
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’re in the online business world, you probably know the incredible Amy Porterfield. She’s recently published her first book, “Two Weeks Notice.” I had the privilege of chatting with Amy and picking her brain about everything from how she spends her day to the challenges she faces as a successful entrepreneur. I'll be sharing some of her insights and tips for building a business you love, as well as some exclusive behind-the-scenes information about her new book. So get ready to be inspired, learn some new skills, and take your business to the next level with Amy Porterfield.

In case you haven’t heard of her, Amy Porterfield is an ex–corporate girl turned online marketing expert and CEO of a multimillion-dollar business. Today Amy empowers people across the globe to take their futures into their own hands and find professional autonomy, independence, achievement, and success far beyond what a corporate glass ceiling would traditionally allow. Her action-by-action teaching style provides aspiring business owners with the tools they need to bypass the overwhelm and build a business they love.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why Amy decided to write a book, why this book, and what she learned about herself in the process
  2. Whether or not starting an online business will bring you happiness
  3. The common qualities of successful online business owners
  4. Behind the scenes of how Amy runs and organizes her business and life
  5. What’s working in the online marketing world

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Copycats Training Sign Up: Save $25 off with code: Copycat25
  2. Record quick videos for your team with Loom
  3. Amy Porterfield's website: amyporterfield.com
  4. More info about Amy's book, Two Weeks Notice: twoweeksnoticebook.com
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>5af7a0f5-f320-4f4d-b0da-3313f305cfa4Mon, 17 Apr 2023 05:30:00 -040048:18falsefull111111Amy Porterfield shares some of her insights and tips for building a business you love, as well as some exclusive behind-the-scenes information about her new book.110. Can I Get Paid If Someone Steals My Content?110. Can I Get Paid If Someone Steals My Content?Today we get to talk all about copyright infringement — What can you do when you find a content thief, and can you get paid for damages?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What happens when someone steals your content
  2. Why you need to register your content to copyright it
  3. How to take action and protect your content

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. ● Copycats Training Sign Up: Save $25 off with code: Copycat25
  2. ● Episode 109. All Your Trademark Questions: Answered
  3. ● Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Today we get to talk all about copyright infringement — What can you do when you find a content thief, and can you get paid for damages?

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What happens when someone steals your content
  2. Why you need to register your content to copyright it
  3. How to take action and protect your content

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. ● Copycats Training Sign Up: Save $25 off with code: Copycat25
  2. ● Episode 109. All Your Trademark Questions: Answered
  3. ● Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>52944dc7-8e77-4e20-a507-f1f81a4ae920Thu, 13 Apr 2023 05:30:00 -040004:29falsefull110110Today we get to talk all about copyright infringement — What can you do when you find a content thief, and can you get paid for damages?109. All Your Trademark Questions: Answered109. All Your Trademark Questions: AnsweredI'm excited to share with you all the answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about trademarks. Whether you're a new business owner or just looking to learn more about trademarks, this episode has something for everyone.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What documents and information you need to get a trademark
  2. How long it takes to get a trademark approved
  3. The difference between state and federal registration
  4. How to police your trademark
  5. What happens in the case of conflicting trademark requests
  6. How trademarks operate across different industries

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 43: BTS: When My Website Got Stolen by Another Attorney
  2. What To Do if Someone Steals Your Content
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I'm excited to share with you all the answers to some of the most commonly asked questions about trademarks. Whether you're a new business owner or just looking to learn more about trademarks, this episode has something for everyone.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What documents and information you need to get a trademark
  2. How long it takes to get a trademark approved
  3. The difference between state and federal registration
  4. How to police your trademark
  5. What happens in the case of conflicting trademark requests
  6. How trademarks operate across different industries

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 43: BTS: When My Website Got Stolen by Another Attorney
  2. What To Do if Someone Steals Your Content
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>acf8aa4b-ab18-4e03-b35f-c110f21e06edMon, 10 Apr 2023 05:30:00 -040014:08falsefull109109I’m answering your questions around trademarks: When to get them, how to enforce them, and more!108. Should You Copyright That?108. Should You Copyright That?How do you copyright something? And when should you do it? That’s what we’re discussing in this week’s episode!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between copyright and trademark
  2. How to register a copyright
  3. What’s actually worth copyrighting

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit the online template shop
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>How do you copyright something? And when should you do it? That’s what we’re discussing in this week’s episode!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between copyright and trademark
  2. How to register a copyright
  3. What’s actually worth copyrighting

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit the online template shop
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8fab924b-4c60-4036-bd02-2a0ee7537f6bThu, 06 Apr 2023 05:30:00 -040006:55falsefull108108How do you copyright something? And when should you do it? That’s what we’re discussing in this week’s episode!107. What to Do If Someone Steals Your Business' Content107. What to Do If Someone Steals Your Business' ContentHave you ever found someone stealing your business's content, whether it's on social media, your products, or programs? It's a frustrating and disheartening experience, and it's essential to know what steps to take and how to react appropriately. I've been through this situation multiple times and have learned what works and what doesn't. In this episode, I'm going to break down the exact steps to take if someone steals your content, and share some valuable tips and strategies to protect your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What to do when you find out someone stole your content
  2. What NOT to do
  3. How to proactively protect yourself from content theft

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 43. BTS: When My Website Got Stolen by Another Attorney
  2. Episode 49. How to Legally Protect Your Online Course
  3. Episode 105. Stealing Content vs. Inspiration: When Does It Become Illegal?
  4. The Ultimate Guide To Taking Down Copycats
  5. Get My 5 Steps To a Legally Legit Business Checklist
  6. Get 2x weekly legal tips straight to your inbox by joining my email list
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever found someone stealing your business's content, whether it's on social media, your products, or programs? It's a frustrating and disheartening experience, and it's essential to know what steps to take and how to react appropriately. I've been through this situation multiple times and have learned what works and what doesn't. In this episode, I'm going to break down the exact steps to take if someone steals your content, and share some valuable tips and strategies to protect your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What to do when you find out someone stole your content
  2. What NOT to do
  3. How to proactively protect yourself from content theft

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 43. BTS: When My Website Got Stolen by Another Attorney
  2. Episode 49. How to Legally Protect Your Online Course
  3. Episode 105. Stealing Content vs. Inspiration: When Does It Become Illegal?
  4. The Ultimate Guide To Taking Down Copycats
  5. Get My 5 Steps To a Legally Legit Business Checklist
  6. Get 2x weekly legal tips straight to your inbox by joining my email list
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>696aa6ae-6f60-45bc-a6df-730c5aa83ee0Mon, 03 Apr 2023 05:30:00 -040019:32falsefull107107I'm going to break down the exact steps to take if someone steals your content, and share some valuable tips and strategies to protect your business.106. How Do You Make Your Contracts Enforceable?106. How Do You Make Your Contracts Enforceable?You might not know this, but it's not good enough to just have a contract. You want to make sure that that contract is enforceable so that it has some teeth and will actually legally protect you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to make sure a contract is properly written
  2. How to send and sign a contract correctly
  3. Making sure client information is accurate

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  2. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  3. Visit samvanderwielen.com/shop-templates to browse my entire DIY legal template shop
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>You might not know this, but it's not good enough to just have a contract. You want to make sure that that contract is enforceable so that it has some teeth and will actually legally protect you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to make sure a contract is properly written
  2. How to send and sign a contract correctly
  3. Making sure client information is accurate

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  2. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  3. Visit samvanderwielen.com/shop-templates to browse my entire DIY legal template shop
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b6d4f819-92f6-4cf0-9114-5bd73eb3c449Thu, 30 Mar 2023 05:30:00 -040004:46falsefull106106So you have a contract — now how do you make sure it’s enforceable? That’s what I’m discussing in this episode.105. Stealing Content vs. Inspiration: When Does It Become Illegal?105. Stealing Content vs. Inspiration: When Does It Become Illegal?Have you ever found your content being copied or mimicked by others? It can be a frustrating experience to see your hard work being stolen, whether it's through plagiarism or infringement. As an online business owner, it's crucial to understand the difference between stealing content and mimicking others. In this episode, I'll dive into these two concepts and explain how to protect your intellectual property.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between mimicking and stealing online content
  2. What to do if you find someone stealing your content
  3. How to protect your intellectual property

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 19. How to Legally Share Content (Don’t be a Copycat!)
  2. Episode 43. BTS: When My Website Got Stolen By Another Attorney
  3. Episode 107. What to do When Someone Steals Your Business' Content
  4. The Ultimate Guide to Taking Down Copycats
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever found your content being copied or mimicked by others? It can be a frustrating experience to see your hard work being stolen, whether it's through plagiarism or infringement. As an online business owner, it's crucial to understand the difference between stealing content and mimicking others. In this episode, I'll dive into these two concepts and explain how to protect your intellectual property.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The difference between mimicking and stealing online content
  2. What to do if you find someone stealing your content
  3. How to protect your intellectual property

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 19. How to Legally Share Content (Don’t be a Copycat!)
  2. Episode 43. BTS: When My Website Got Stolen By Another Attorney
  3. Episode 107. What to do When Someone Steals Your Business' Content
  4. The Ultimate Guide to Taking Down Copycats
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>39fa108d-d31e-4820-a0f6-56afd391ec86Mon, 27 Mar 2023 05:30:00 -040020:29falsefull105105As an online business owner, it's crucial to understand the difference between stealing content and mimicking others. In this episode, I'll dive into these two concepts and explain how to protect your intellectual property.104. Can You Put Business Expenses on Your Personal Card?104. Can You Put Business Expenses on Your Personal Card?Can you charge business expenses to your personal card... and still have it count? Will that get you in trouble? That’s what I’m answering in this episode. Let's dive in!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to set up a business bank account
  2. Where to charge your business expenses
  3. What to do if you make a charge to the wrong card or account

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Want to learn more about business taxes? Tune into my conversation with CPA Keila Hill-Trawick of Little Fish Accounting in Episode 77: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/episode-77
  2. Take a deep dive into business expenses in Episode 91: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/episode-91
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Can you charge business expenses to your personal card... and still have it count? Will that get you in trouble? That’s what I’m answering in this episode. Let's dive in!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to set up a business bank account
  2. Where to charge your business expenses
  3. What to do if you make a charge to the wrong card or account

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Want to learn more about business taxes? Tune into my conversation with CPA Keila Hill-Trawick of Little Fish Accounting in Episode 77: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/episode-77
  2. Take a deep dive into business expenses in Episode 91: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/episode-91
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f9bdfefe-3a98-4cb4-a395-a0c33b0695abThu, 23 Mar 2023 05:30:00 -040006:11falsefull104104Can you charge business expenses to your personal card... and still have it count? Will that get you in trouble? That’s what I’m answering in this episode!103. 3 Legal Nightmares & How to Avoid Them103. 3 Legal Nightmares & How to Avoid ThemAre you tired of losing sleep over legal nightmares in your online business? Well, fear not, because I've got you covered. I'm here to help you avoid those pesky legal scenarios that can keep you up at night. Join me as I walk you through the steps you need to take to protect yourself and your business from three legal nightmare scenarios.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The value in imagining the worst-case scenario
  2. Keeping customer relationships from going south
  3. What to do if someone steals your product
  4. How to legally protect yourself from getting sued
  5. Getting all your legal bases covered using my free checklist

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Download my free Pre-Qualify Before They Buy training
  2. Get my 5 Steps to a Legally Legit Business Checklist
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Episode 8: What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You’re Protected
  5. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  6. Episode 86. What can coaches legally do?
  7. Episode 94. My Program Taught Me X – Can I Teach It Now?
  8. How to Send and Sign Contracts
  9. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you tired of losing sleep over legal nightmares in your online business? Well, fear not, because I've got you covered. I'm here to help you avoid those pesky legal scenarios that can keep you up at night. Join me as I walk you through the steps you need to take to protect yourself and your business from three legal nightmare scenarios.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The value in imagining the worst-case scenario
  2. Keeping customer relationships from going south
  3. What to do if someone steals your product
  4. How to legally protect yourself from getting sued
  5. Getting all your legal bases covered using my free checklist

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Download my free Pre-Qualify Before They Buy training
  2. Get my 5 Steps to a Legally Legit Business Checklist
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Episode 8: What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You’re Protected
  5. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  6. Episode 86. What can coaches legally do?
  7. Episode 94. My Program Taught Me X – Can I Teach It Now?
  8. How to Send and Sign Contracts
  9. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e2616068-4156-46d0-a1f8-936f9d2d68d0Mon, 20 Mar 2023 05:30:00 -040021:38falsefull103103Sam talks about three legal nightmare scenarios that entrepreneurs should avoid. She shares practical tips and advice for pre-qualifying clients, establishing terms of use, and setting up an LLC to protect personal assets.102. Can Legally Protecting My Business Actually Grow It?102. Can Legally Protecting My Business Actually Grow It?Can legally protecting my business actually grow it? That’s what we’re tackling in this episode! We’ll discuss three ways legal protection can help your business grow.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How legal protection gives you visibility
  2. Gaining trust and professionalism
  3. Recouping (or protecting) your profit with legal protection

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Get my 5 Steps to a Legally Legit Business Checklist
  3. Episode 87. The Ultimate Bundle® IRL: How Real Customers Use it to Legally Protect Themselves
  4. Mya on Instagram: @myanichol
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Can legally protecting my business actually grow it? That’s what we’re tackling in this episode! We’ll discuss three ways legal protection can help your business grow.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How legal protection gives you visibility
  2. Gaining trust and professionalism
  3. Recouping (or protecting) your profit with legal protection

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Get my 5 Steps to a Legally Legit Business Checklist
  3. Episode 87. The Ultimate Bundle® IRL: How Real Customers Use it to Legally Protect Themselves
  4. Mya on Instagram: @myanichol
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1a251987-f1d7-4061-aba4-a869da37e2e1Thu, 16 Mar 2023 05:30:00 -040005:35falsefull102102Can legally protecting my business actually grow it? That’s what we’re tackling in this episode! We’ll discuss three ways legal protection can help your business grow.101. Real Talk: Why Some of the Biggest Online Business Owners Have Quit101. Real Talk: Why Some of the Biggest Online Business Owners Have QuitAre you curious why so many big names in the industry are announcing sabbaticals or even closing up shop altogether? In this episode, I dive deep into the underlying issues of the online business world, exploring the aspirational marketing techniques that are driving many entrepreneurs to burnout and disillusionment. Join me as I examine what's really behind the trend of successful entrepreneurs stepping back from the limelight and how we can learn from their experiences to build more sustainable businesses.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What’s causing so many online business owners to burn out
  2. The dangers of aspirational marketing for business owners and consumers
  3. Treating your business like a real business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you curious why so many big names in the industry are announcing sabbaticals or even closing up shop altogether? In this episode, I dive deep into the underlying issues of the online business world, exploring the aspirational marketing techniques that are driving many entrepreneurs to burnout and disillusionment. Join me as I examine what's really behind the trend of successful entrepreneurs stepping back from the limelight and how we can learn from their experiences to build more sustainable businesses.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What’s causing so many online business owners to burn out
  2. The dangers of aspirational marketing for business owners and consumers
  3. Treating your business like a real business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>82d276fe-6bff-4341-8da7-0a063e1b31b7Mon, 13 Mar 2023 05:30:00 -040030:40falsefull101101Why are so many big names in online business announcing sabbaticals or even closing up shop altogether? In this episode, I dive deep into the underlying issues of the online business world, exploring the aspirational marketing techniques that are driving many entrepreneurs to burnout and disillusionment.100. ALL MY BEST PODCAST TIPS (Q&A + MAJOR GIVEAWAY!)100. ALL MY BEST PODCAST TIPS (Q&A + MAJOR GIVEAWAY!)To commemorate my 100th episode, I'll be delving into one of my favorite topics - hosting a podcast! In this episode, I'll provide you with insights into my content planning process, the tools I use, software, editing, and much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Where to come up with episode ideas and how to stay inspired
  2. What tech and tools you need to start a podcast
  3. How I plan out and batch my podcast episodes
  4. What to do if your topic is already covered
  5. How to enter my PODCASTING GEAR GIVEAWAY!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. This giveaway has ended but, you can submit your legal question here: samvanderwielen.com/legalquestion
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>To commemorate my 100th episode, I'll be delving into one of my favorite topics - hosting a podcast! In this episode, I'll provide you with insights into my content planning process, the tools I use, software, editing, and much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Where to come up with episode ideas and how to stay inspired
  2. What tech and tools you need to start a podcast
  3. How I plan out and batch my podcast episodes
  4. What to do if your topic is already covered
  5. How to enter my PODCASTING GEAR GIVEAWAY!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. This giveaway has ended but, you can submit your legal question here: samvanderwielen.com/legalquestion
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a89b2548-b07e-4558-888a-5f64edb5d81aThu, 09 Mar 2023 05:30:00 -040029:22falsefull100100I’m giving my best tips for starting a podcast, including insights into my content planning process, the tools I use, software, editing, and much more.99. Let's Get Personal: Behind the Scenes of Running a 7-Figure Business, Grief + Mindset Work99. Let's Get Personal: Behind the Scenes of Running a 7-Figure Business, Grief + Mindset WorkWe're taking a break from legal topics to dive into a grab bag of things that have been on my mind.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The mindset shift I’m making to rethink what’s possible
  2. My home renovation progress
  3. The importance of prioritizing your health as an entrepreneur
  4. How I’m continuing to process my grief
  5. My updated approach to Instagram Stories (+ one quick bonus legal tip!)

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. SG23 Design: https://www.sg23design.com
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>We're taking a break from legal topics to dive into a grab bag of things that have been on my mind.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The mindset shift I’m making to rethink what’s possible
  2. My home renovation progress
  3. The importance of prioritizing your health as an entrepreneur
  4. How I’m continuing to process my grief
  5. My updated approach to Instagram Stories (+ one quick bonus legal tip!)

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. SG23 Design: https://www.sg23design.com
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>57a81456-3bbc-4679-b18b-cc062cc94ad1Mon, 06 Mar 2023 05:30:00 -040031:03falsefull9999Host Sam Vander Wielen gives us a personal update from behind the scenes of her business and life.98. When Should You Update Your Contracts?98. When Should You Update Your Contracts?How often do you need to update your contracts and when do you need a client to sign a new contract? Let’s dive in and find out!

In this episode, you’ll hear the 3 key times you need to update your contracts:

  1. After learning a lesson
  2. Incorporating law changes into your contracts
  3. Performing quarterly checkups to ensure you’re legally legit

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Get my 5 Steps to a Legally Legit Business Checklist
  3. Join my email list
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>How often do you need to update your contracts and when do you need a client to sign a new contract? Let’s dive in and find out!

In this episode, you’ll hear the 3 key times you need to update your contracts:

  1. After learning a lesson
  2. Incorporating law changes into your contracts
  3. Performing quarterly checkups to ensure you’re legally legit

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Get my 5 Steps to a Legally Legit Business Checklist
  3. Join my email list
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>c9a3508c-f86c-4a99-be7e-27de6a162927Thu, 02 Mar 2023 05:30:00 -040006:25falsefull9898How often do you need to update your contract and when do you need a client to sign a new contract? We’ll explore 3 reasons to update your client and program contracts, including when you notice something missing, when the law changes, or when performing a regular quarterly review.97. The Biz Pep Talk You Didn't Know You Needed97. The Biz Pep Talk You Didn't Know You NeededWhen you’re creating content, everyone’s going to have an opinion. In this episode inspired by an episode of Frasier, you’ll hear which opinions truly matter when it comes to creating content, expressing yourself in business, and establishing your brand and vibe.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What to pay attention to - and ignore as a business owner
  2. Why you can’t rely on external validation in your business
  3. Discovering what it means to build a business on your terms

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)
  2. Frasier Episode (S3 E23 - The Focus Group)
  3. The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When you’re creating content, everyone’s going to have an opinion. In this episode inspired by an episode of Frasier, you’ll hear which opinions truly matter when it comes to creating content, expressing yourself in business, and establishing your brand and vibe.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What to pay attention to - and ignore as a business owner
  2. Why you can’t rely on external validation in your business
  3. Discovering what it means to build a business on your terms

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)
  2. Frasier Episode (S3 E23 - The Focus Group)
  3. The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>e94dde65-8660-4f55-9b5a-b719c63656f8Mon, 27 Feb 2023 06:00:00 -040022:58falsefull9797I’m going to discuss whose opinions truly matter when it comes to creating content, expressing yourself in business, and establishing your brand and vibe.96. Can I Get Blamed for Clients' Results?96. Can I Get Blamed for Clients' Results?In this episode, you'll get legal tips all about how to use a disclaimer as a service provider.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Who needs a disclaimer
  2. How a (properly worded) disclaimer can protect you
  3. How to make sure your disclaimer is legally legit

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pick the legal template that works for your business: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/shop-templates/
  2. Join my email list: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/sidebar
  3. Download The Ultimate Legal Guide For Online Entrepreneurs
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, you'll get legal tips all about how to use a disclaimer as a service provider.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Who needs a disclaimer
  2. How a (properly worded) disclaimer can protect you
  3. How to make sure your disclaimer is legally legit

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pick the legal template that works for your business: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/shop-templates/
  2. Join my email list: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/sidebar
  3. Download The Ultimate Legal Guide For Online Entrepreneurs
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>aeaeac1a-1227-4052-a241-932e749f0209Thu, 23 Feb 2023 05:30:00 -040005:39falsefull9696In this episode, you'll get legal tips all about how to use a disclaimer as a service provider.95. "I Can Do It Better Myself" - What to Outsource + Do Yourself95. "I Can Do It Better Myself" - What to Outsource + Do YourselfDo you need to be a jack of all trades to run an online business? This episode explores the dilemma of having to wear multiple hats as a business owner. I share my personal experience and how I balanced my passions with the demands of running a business. Listen to learn how you can grow your business without sacrificing your sanity — and still indulge in your favorite business activities.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why some business owners struggle to hand off tasks and delegate
  2. The skills most business owners should take ownership of
  3. The first things you can outsource or hire out for
  4. Leaning into the things you enjoy most
  5. When to start handing things off in your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-Qualify Before They Buy: 3 Free Email Templates
  2. Easy Email Sign-Up
  3. Episode 15. What Used to Work vs. What Works Now in Marketing
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Do you need to be a jack of all trades to run an online business? This episode explores the dilemma of having to wear multiple hats as a business owner. I share my personal experience and how I balanced my passions with the demands of running a business. Listen to learn how you can grow your business without sacrificing your sanity — and still indulge in your favorite business activities.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why some business owners struggle to hand off tasks and delegate
  2. The skills most business owners should take ownership of
  3. The first things you can outsource or hire out for
  4. Leaning into the things you enjoy most
  5. When to start handing things off in your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Pre-Qualify Before They Buy: 3 Free Email Templates
  2. Easy Email Sign-Up
  3. Episode 15. What Used to Work vs. What Works Now in Marketing
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>5bd1d6c4-e1c7-4e47-a5ec-2ef0d07ff3d5Mon, 20 Feb 2023 06:00:00 -040033:46falsefull9595Knowing when to delegate or hire in your business is tricky. I share how to grow your business without sacrificing sanity and still indulge in your favorite activities.94. Can I Teach What I Learn in My Certification Program?94. Can I Teach What I Learn in My Certification Program?In this episode, I'm tackling a question about scope of practice in the health and wellness field. But don't tune out just yet, because this applies to all types of coaches, regardless of industry.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Understanding scope of practice
  2. What dictates what you’re allowed to teach in your business
  3. Doing your homework on what you can legally teach as a coach

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  4. Episode 86. What can coaches legally do?
  5. The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs
  6. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, I'm tackling a question about scope of practice in the health and wellness field. But don't tune out just yet, because this applies to all types of coaches, regardless of industry.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Understanding scope of practice
  2. What dictates what you’re allowed to teach in your business
  3. Doing your homework on what you can legally teach as a coach

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  4. Episode 86. What can coaches legally do?
  5. The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs
  6. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>c8087434-30c1-4709-9a3c-c8246e0ae17dThu, 16 Feb 2023 05:30:00 -040009:08falsefull9494Just because you learn something in a program or certification, doesn't mean you can legally teach it.93. Sustainable Scaling [ft. Business & Mindset Coach, Naomi Powell]93. Sustainable Scaling [ft. Business & Mindset Coach, Naomi Powell]Naomi Powell is the owner of The Lifestyle Edit, and she joins me to chat about business, money mindset, and how our childhood and experiences influence us as entrepreneurs. We discussed building a business on our own terms, designing it around our lives instead of the other way around.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to build a successful business while enjoying the process
  2. Healing your relationship with money
  3. Being adaptable to new trends
  4. Building a business geared towards your actual goals
  5. Finding a balance between short-term and long-term visions

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Naomi’s Website: thelifestyleedit.com
  2. Follow Naomi on Instagram: @thelifestyleedit
  3. My podcast interview with Naomi on her podcast, The Lifestyle Edit
  4. Naomi's Inner Circle All-Access Pass
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Naomi Powell is the owner of The Lifestyle Edit, and she joins me to chat about business, money mindset, and how our childhood and experiences influence us as entrepreneurs. We discussed building a business on our own terms, designing it around our lives instead of the other way around.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to build a successful business while enjoying the process
  2. Healing your relationship with money
  3. Being adaptable to new trends
  4. Building a business geared towards your actual goals
  5. Finding a balance between short-term and long-term visions

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Naomi’s Website: thelifestyleedit.com
  2. Follow Naomi on Instagram: @thelifestyleedit
  3. My podcast interview with Naomi on her podcast, The Lifestyle Edit
  4. Naomi's Inner Circle All-Access Pass
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b6af6512-3727-4926-a36f-ac34a8dbf6f4Mon, 13 Feb 2023 05:30:00 -040046:20falsefull9393Learn how business coach Naomi Powell built a profitable multiple six-figure business and how she can help you create a lifestyle that works for you!92. Which Legal Contract Do You Need?92. Which Legal Contract Do You Need?Do you know what contracts you need depending on what you offer? In this week’s “Sam’s Sidebar,” you'll learn about the contracts and policies you need for different business situations.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What contracts you need when working with clients
  2. The different contracts of agreements needed for websites, social media, and other content
  3. How the Ultimate Bundle® walks you through the process of filling out and using every contract template

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Visit the online template shop
  3. See me customize a template in real-time
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Do you know what contracts you need depending on what you offer? In this week’s “Sam’s Sidebar,” you'll learn about the contracts and policies you need for different business situations.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What contracts you need when working with clients
  2. The different contracts of agreements needed for websites, social media, and other content
  3. How the Ultimate Bundle® walks you through the process of filling out and using every contract template

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Visit the online template shop
  3. See me customize a template in real-time
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>2b99cdc4-43c7-4926-85dd-46d1264f2b15Thu, 09 Feb 2023 06:00:00 -040008:16falsefull9292Do you know what contracts you need depending on what you offer? In this week’s “Sam’s Sidebar,” you'll learn about the contracts and policies you need for different business situations.91. Business Expenses 10191. Business Expenses 101Are you unsure about what qualifies as a business expense? Confused about when you can start counting them or what happens to expenses incurred before registering your business? In this episode, we'll be diving into all of that and more. Learn about what business expenses you may be missing out on — and what things you may think are an expense but actually aren't. Let’s make sure you're not missing out on any deductions for your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What business expenses are and why they are so misunderstood
  2. Whether or not you can deduct expenses incurred before you register your business and which ones count
  3. Common write-offs many online business owners miss (and things you think you can write off but actually can’t)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Business Expenses | Internal Revenue Service
  3. Quickbooks // bookkeeping software. Organize and track your business expenses and income with this easy-to-use tool. Get 50% off with my link.
  4. Blog Post: Can I Charge Business Expenses to My Personal Card?
  5. Episode 77. Small Business Taxes 101 [Guest Interview with Little Fish Accounting]
  6. Episode 17. 6 Legal Must Haves for Online Businesses
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you unsure about what qualifies as a business expense? Confused about when you can start counting them or what happens to expenses incurred before registering your business? In this episode, we'll be diving into all of that and more. Learn about what business expenses you may be missing out on — and what things you may think are an expense but actually aren't. Let’s make sure you're not missing out on any deductions for your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What business expenses are and why they are so misunderstood
  2. Whether or not you can deduct expenses incurred before you register your business and which ones count
  3. Common write-offs many online business owners miss (and things you think you can write off but actually can’t)

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Business Expenses | Internal Revenue Service
  3. Quickbooks // bookkeeping software. Organize and track your business expenses and income with this easy-to-use tool. Get 50% off with my link.
  4. Blog Post: Can I Charge Business Expenses to My Personal Card?
  5. Episode 77. Small Business Taxes 101 [Guest Interview with Little Fish Accounting]
  6. Episode 17. 6 Legal Must Haves for Online Businesses
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1d498a9a-a80c-49ab-b7c6-6b745c53b534Mon, 06 Feb 2023 05:30:00 -040031:25falsefull9191We explore the ins and outs of what qualifies as a business expense, when you can start counting them, and what happens to expenses incurred before registering your business, and common write-offs you may be missing out on.90. The Ultimate Bundle® FAQs: Answered!90. The Ultimate Bundle® FAQs: Answered!Let’s dive into your most-asked questions about my signature program, the Ultimate Bundle®.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How the Ultimate Bundle® differs from what you get at big box legal stores
  2. Whether you should buy the Ultimate Bundle® before getting your first client
  3. What it looks like inside the Ultimate Bundle® and how long it takes to use

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get the Ultimate Bundle® right here
  2. Episode 88. What's in the Ultimate Bundle®?
  3. Episode 87. The Ultimate Bundle® IRL: How Real Customers Use it to Legally Protect
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Let’s dive into your most-asked questions about my signature program, the Ultimate Bundle®.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How the Ultimate Bundle® differs from what you get at big box legal stores
  2. Whether you should buy the Ultimate Bundle® before getting your first client
  3. What it looks like inside the Ultimate Bundle® and how long it takes to use

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get the Ultimate Bundle® right here
  2. Episode 88. What's in the Ultimate Bundle®?
  3. Episode 87. The Ultimate Bundle® IRL: How Real Customers Use it to Legally Protect
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>6d4df0a6-fa75-4c9d-a7fa-8f4db7692105Thu, 02 Feb 2023 05:30:00 -040008:19falsefull9090I'm diving into your most-asked questions about my Ultimate Bundle™ program. You’ll hear about why it’s different from what you can get at those big box legal stores, when it’s the right time to buy, and how long it takes to use the Ultimate Bundle™.89. How to Legally Protect Your Online Business89. How to Legally Protect Your Online BusinessFor the first-time ever, you can now access my full-length live legal training via podcast format!

You’re busy. There’s a lot going on. At the end of a long work day, the last thing you want to do is sit at your computer for another hour. Even if that hour is spent learning how to legally protect your online business. That’s why I’m offering my newest live training – How to Legally Protect Your Online Business: Five Simple Steps That Every Entrepreneur Must Take (before it's too late) – here. Take me on your commute, walk the dog, cook up an amazing meal – and let’s get to it.

In this episode, you’ll hear how to ditch the fear of doing something illegal by…

  1. Picking the right business entity so your personal liability is limited
  2. Knowing what you need to form your business so it’s done right the first time
  3. Choosing the right business insurance so your money is protected
  4. Using legitimate contracts and policies so you’re protected with clear boundaries
  5. Creating a scope of practice so you can (hopefully) avoid getting sued

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here for a full tour & BTS of the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Get the best financial deal I’ve ever offered on the Ultimate Bundle® right here
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>For the first-time ever, you can now access my full-length live legal training via podcast format!

You’re busy. There’s a lot going on. At the end of a long work day, the last thing you want to do is sit at your computer for another hour. Even if that hour is spent learning how to legally protect your online business. That’s why I’m offering my newest live training – How to Legally Protect Your Online Business: Five Simple Steps That Every Entrepreneur Must Take (before it's too late) – here. Take me on your commute, walk the dog, cook up an amazing meal – and let’s get to it.

In this episode, you’ll hear how to ditch the fear of doing something illegal by…

  1. Picking the right business entity so your personal liability is limited
  2. Knowing what you need to form your business so it’s done right the first time
  3. Choosing the right business insurance so your money is protected
  4. Using legitimate contracts and policies so you’re protected with clear boundaries
  5. Creating a scope of practice so you can (hopefully) avoid getting sued

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here for a full tour & BTS of the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Get the best financial deal I’ve ever offered on the Ultimate Bundle® right here
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>84f15af0-6387-4867-b466-70c945009c78Mon, 30 Jan 2023 05:30:00 -040059:18falsefull8989I’m offering this podcast-format replay of my brand new training called How to Legally Protect Your Online Business: Five Simple Steps That Every Entrepreneur Must Take Before It's Too Late, where I share the five things you must do to ensure your business is legally legit.88. What's in the Ultimate Bundle®?88. What's in the Ultimate Bundle®?This week, you’re going to hear all about what’s inside of my signature program, the Ultimate Bundle®! If you’re new to the Bundle - or have been eyeing it for a while - you might be wondering: What exactly is included? How do I use it? Is it a course? That’s why I’m peeling back the curtain to give you the full 411.

In this episode, you’ll hear about…

  1. The 10 legal templates included in the Bundle
  2. The best approach for using the 35+ on-demand video training resource
  3. Community support, ongoing updates, and lifetime access

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Save your seat at my legal training, “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business"
  2. Hear Bundle members’ experience: Episode 87. The Ultimate Bundle® IRL: How Real Customers Use it to Legally Protect Themselves
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This week, you’re going to hear all about what’s inside of my signature program, the Ultimate Bundle®! If you’re new to the Bundle - or have been eyeing it for a while - you might be wondering: What exactly is included? How do I use it? Is it a course? That’s why I’m peeling back the curtain to give you the full 411.

In this episode, you’ll hear about…

  1. The 10 legal templates included in the Bundle
  2. The best approach for using the 35+ on-demand video training resource
  3. Community support, ongoing updates, and lifetime access

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Save your seat at my legal training, “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business"
  2. Hear Bundle members’ experience: Episode 87. The Ultimate Bundle® IRL: How Real Customers Use it to Legally Protect Themselves
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>cb241818-4d2f-49eb-a61d-5c81dee8645fThu, 26 Jan 2023 06:00:00 -040014:23falsefull8888If you’ve wanted to get the lowdown on what’s included in my signature program, the Ultimate Bundle™️, look no further. I’m peeling back the curtain to give you the full picture of what to expect inside and how you can use it in your online business!87. The Ultimate Bundle® IRL: How Real Customers Use it to Legally Protect Themselves87. The Ultimate Bundle® IRL: How Real Customers Use it to Legally Protect ThemselvesYou’ve heard me describe the Ultimate Bundle®, but nothing gives you a better picture than hearing from people who use it daily in their business.

You’ll hear from four members of my Ultimate Bundle® that represent a variety of different businesses, industries, and stages of growth to give you an idea of what you could expect out of the program.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What brought everyone to the Ultimate Bundle® in the first place
  2. Early wins after putting their learnings into place
  3. How they feel about their business after using what they’ve learned
  4. Practical uses for the Bundle components: templates, training, and community

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here for a full tour & BTS of the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Save your seat at my live legal training, “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business"
  3. Karin: Change Academy PRO membership
  4. Mya: Upgrade Your Instagram Account In Less Than 10 Minutes Checklist
  5. Chris: Free Career Training Workshop
  6. Athena: Free Legit Fit planning Checklist
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>You’ve heard me describe the Ultimate Bundle®, but nothing gives you a better picture than hearing from people who use it daily in their business.

You’ll hear from four members of my Ultimate Bundle® that represent a variety of different businesses, industries, and stages of growth to give you an idea of what you could expect out of the program.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What brought everyone to the Ultimate Bundle® in the first place
  2. Early wins after putting their learnings into place
  3. How they feel about their business after using what they’ve learned
  4. Practical uses for the Bundle components: templates, training, and community

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here for a full tour & BTS of the Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Save your seat at my live legal training, “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business"
  3. Karin: Change Academy PRO membership
  4. Mya: Upgrade Your Instagram Account In Less Than 10 Minutes Checklist
  5. Chris: Free Career Training Workshop
  6. Athena: Free Legit Fit planning Checklist
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>33693670-f8bb-4cef-9b2a-0dcc5ab25cf8Mon, 23 Jan 2023 05:30:00 -040001:06:22falsefull8787Are you feeling overwhelmed and confused when it comes to legally protecting your business and unsure of where to start? You’re not alone. Listen to this podcast to hear first-hand experiences from people who’ve used the Ultimate Bundle™ to protect their business and learn how it gave them confidence, pointed them in the right direction, saved them money, and more.86. What can coaches legally do?86. What can coaches legally do?In this episode, I dive into the legal boundaries of what coaches can and cannot do. I explain what scope of practice is and why it is important for coaches and other professionals in the industry to be aware of it. I also offer information on how coaches can better educate, empower, and encourage their clients while staying within the confines of the law.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What scope of practice is and why it matters
  2. What coaches can legally do for their clients
  3. How to ensure you stay within your scope of practice
  4. Ways to legally grow your coaching business within the confines of your scope

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Save your seat at my legal training “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business": https://www.samvanderwielen.com/oyt-workshop/
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  5. Episode 8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  6. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, I dive into the legal boundaries of what coaches can and cannot do. I explain what scope of practice is and why it is important for coaches and other professionals in the industry to be aware of it. I also offer information on how coaches can better educate, empower, and encourage their clients while staying within the confines of the law.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What scope of practice is and why it matters
  2. What coaches can legally do for their clients
  3. How to ensure you stay within your scope of practice
  4. Ways to legally grow your coaching business within the confines of your scope

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms®
  2. Save your seat at my legal training “How to Legally Protect Your Online Business": https://www.samvanderwielen.com/oyt-workshop/
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  5. Episode 8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  6. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>16ad3888-ab1d-466f-8efb-a9d9bacf2e0cThu, 19 Jan 2023 06:00:00 -040010:24falsefull8686In this episode, I dive into the legal boundaries of what coaches can and cannot do.85. The Worst Online Business Myths: Busted85. The Worst Online Business Myths: BustedHave you ever heard advice that sounded too good to be true? You're not alone! In this episode, I'm sharing the real truth behind some of the most common online business myths.

I asked people on Instagram what was the biggest myth they believed about starting an online business and the answers were enlightening. From people who believed starting an online business would be easy to those who thought starting a business would be hard, the range of responses was fascinating. I'm also discussing legal myths such as LLCs, business insurance, scope of practice, and contracts. We'll be taking a look at why people believe myths, the truth behind them, and how to protect yourself and your online business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The danger of believing and spreading online business myths
  2. Myth: You don’t need business insurance AND an LLC
  3. Myth: You NEED a website for your online business (or you don’t)
  4. Myth: It’s best to register your business in another state for tax purposes
  5. … and more!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. What's inside the Bundle video walkthrough: https://www.loom.com/embed/ad4bbbb112ec48f49a013e269f565230
  3. Episode 81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)
  4. Episode 83. Legally Protect Your Online Biz: The Bare Minimum that Produces Results
  5. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails/
  6. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  7. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever heard advice that sounded too good to be true? You're not alone! In this episode, I'm sharing the real truth behind some of the most common online business myths.

I asked people on Instagram what was the biggest myth they believed about starting an online business and the answers were enlightening. From people who believed starting an online business would be easy to those who thought starting a business would be hard, the range of responses was fascinating. I'm also discussing legal myths such as LLCs, business insurance, scope of practice, and contracts. We'll be taking a look at why people believe myths, the truth behind them, and how to protect yourself and your online business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The danger of believing and spreading online business myths
  2. Myth: You don’t need business insurance AND an LLC
  3. Myth: You NEED a website for your online business (or you don’t)
  4. Myth: It’s best to register your business in another state for tax purposes
  5. … and more!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  2. What's inside the Bundle video walkthrough: https://www.loom.com/embed/ad4bbbb112ec48f49a013e269f565230
  3. Episode 81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)
  4. Episode 83. Legally Protect Your Online Biz: The Bare Minimum that Produces Results
  5. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails/
  6. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  7. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>38d7414e-e7d6-481a-bc70-cb73683f27c7Mon, 16 Jan 2023 06:00:00 -040039:42falsefull8585Have you ever heard advice that sounded too good to be true? You're not alone! In this episode, I'm sharing the real truth behind some of the most common online business myths.84. Is business insurance worth it?84. Is business insurance worth it?In this episode, we’re talking about whether or not business insurance is really worth it — and why.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Whether business insurance is worth it
  2. The kinds of business insurance available
  3. How to pick the type of insurance right for you
  4. Why it’s so worthwhile

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, we’re talking about whether or not business insurance is really worth it — and why.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Whether business insurance is worth it
  2. The kinds of business insurance available
  3. How to pick the type of insurance right for you
  4. Why it’s so worthwhile

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>4a34785a-65a0-4fb7-a456-1ec4e8bfe9f5Thu, 12 Jan 2023 06:00:00 -040006:16falsefull8484In this episode, we’re talking about whether or not business insurance is really worth it — and why.83. Legally Protect Your Online Biz: The Bare Minimum that Produces Results83. Legally Protect Your Online Biz: The Bare Minimum that Produces ResultsWhen we don’t know what we don’t know, we tend to build stuff up in our head. That’s especially true when it comes to legally protecting your online business. Let’s slow down the conversation and stop the overwhelm. Whether you’re concerned you haven’t done enough or you simply don’t know what to do first, I’m going to break things down and share my layered legal approach to getting your basics covered.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The three foundations of legal protection
  2. How to get out of analysis paralysis and start moving forward
  3. Layering on legal protection as your business grows

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails/
  2. What's inside the Bundle video walkthrough
  3. Episode 81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)
  4. The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When we don’t know what we don’t know, we tend to build stuff up in our head. That’s especially true when it comes to legally protecting your online business. Let’s slow down the conversation and stop the overwhelm. Whether you’re concerned you haven’t done enough or you simply don’t know what to do first, I’m going to break things down and share my layered legal approach to getting your basics covered.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The three foundations of legal protection
  2. How to get out of analysis paralysis and start moving forward
  3. Layering on legal protection as your business grows

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails/
  2. What's inside the Bundle video walkthrough
  3. Episode 81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)
  4. The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1078b042-909d-4a1f-b799-612fdd2c3979Mon, 09 Jan 2023 06:00:00 -040018:40falsefull8383Are you overwhelmed with all the things you think you need to do to legally protect your online business? I’m going to break things down and share my layered legal approach to getting your basics covered.82. Is my biz legally protected enough?82. Is my biz legally protected enough?In this episode, we’re talking all about what you need to do — at least officially — to legally protect your online business so you have the peace of mind you need to move forward.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to know when your business has enough legal protection
  2. The basic foundations of legit legal protection
  3. Addressing new legal opportunities as they come up

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, we’re talking all about what you need to do — at least officially — to legally protect your online business so you have the peace of mind you need to move forward.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to know when your business has enough legal protection
  2. The basic foundations of legit legal protection
  3. Addressing new legal opportunities as they come up

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Legal Guide for Online Entrepreneurs
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b85990df-7aad-4370-9d66-1f8f5731814fThu, 05 Jan 2023 05:30:00 -040008:05falsefull8282How do you know when you’ve done enough to legally protect your online business? We’re talking all about how to legally protect your business so you have peace of mind as you move forward.81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)81. Do You Really Believe In Your Business? (You're Not Alone)We could all use a bit of a pep talk now and then, right? Running your own business is hard, especially as a woman. People will often belittle your business or won’t take it seriously. We can’t wait for other people to buy into our dream — we must believe in our own businesses before we expect anyone else to. I’ve never talked about entrepreneurship in this way before – and it’s absolutely essential to do so.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to stop downplaying your own businesses when you talk about it
  2. Why the general public doesn’t really understand the online business industry — and why they don’t have to
  3. When to start buying into your business – especially if others doubt you
  4. The real reason why so many online business owners never legally protect their business – and why that limits their potential

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 72. What Else Does Your Biz Need Besides an LLC?
  2. Episode 74. What happens to my business if I die?
  3. Episode 76. Can I use the © without registering?
  4. Episode 78. Can I Work With Clients Overseas?
  5. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails/
  6. DM Sam on Instagram: @samvanderwielen
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>We could all use a bit of a pep talk now and then, right? Running your own business is hard, especially as a woman. People will often belittle your business or won’t take it seriously. We can’t wait for other people to buy into our dream — we must believe in our own businesses before we expect anyone else to. I’ve never talked about entrepreneurship in this way before – and it’s absolutely essential to do so.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. How to stop downplaying your own businesses when you talk about it
  2. Why the general public doesn’t really understand the online business industry — and why they don’t have to
  3. When to start buying into your business – especially if others doubt you
  4. The real reason why so many online business owners never legally protect their business – and why that limits their potential

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 72. What Else Does Your Biz Need Besides an LLC?
  2. Episode 74. What happens to my business if I die?
  3. Episode 76. Can I use the © without registering?
  4. Episode 78. Can I Work With Clients Overseas?
  5. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails/
  6. DM Sam on Instagram: @samvanderwielen
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f7d56274-247c-4998-8dfb-e0a79d0d2444Mon, 02 Jan 2023 05:30:00 -040023:52falsefull8181Running your own business is hard, especially as a woman. People will often belittle your business or won’t take it seriously. We can’t wait for other people to buy into our dream — we must believe in our own businesses before we expect anyone else to.80. What Can You Do Legally if Your Client Quits?80. What Can You Do Legally if Your Client Quits?In this episode, we’re talking about what to do if a client quits — or if you want to fire them.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why it’s important to normalize negative client interactions
  2. What to do if a client quits
  3. How things are different if you fire a client

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, we’re talking about what to do if a client quits — or if you want to fire them.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why it’s important to normalize negative client interactions
  2. What to do if a client quits
  3. How things are different if you fire a client

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>54daa494-9e69-4bcb-85c6-669e28acfce9Thu, 29 Dec 2022 05:30:00 -040007:52falsefull8080What happens when a client quits in the middle of a payment plan? Are they still required to pay in full, or do you refund them for their remaining time? That’s what we’re going to answer in this episode.79. Feeling Business Burnout? Honor Your Energy79. Feeling Business Burnout? Honor Your EnergyNobody wants to be burnt out from their business. But it often feels inevitable, and so many business owners approach entrepreneurship as “all or nothing.” Maybe you can relate to this? I know I can.

Perhaps you’re posting content and showing up all the time, pushing yourself as hard as you can, until suddenly it feels like you can’t show up at all. Or maybe you’re like me, where you have an outgoing side, but you also have a quiet, introspective side to you as well. You need to balance both sides if you want to avoid burning out — and that’s what I’m going to teach you how to do.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What it means to be an ambivert and how to balance your energy
  2. Why you should do an energy assessment
  3. What it looks like to plan rest periods & take advantage of downtimes
  4. How to manage peaks and valleys of your energy
  5. Ways to protect your energy

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 68. Permission to Slow Down & Do Things On Your Terms
  2. Episode 56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [with Guest: Jen Diaz]
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Nobody wants to be burnt out from their business. But it often feels inevitable, and so many business owners approach entrepreneurship as “all or nothing.” Maybe you can relate to this? I know I can.

Perhaps you’re posting content and showing up all the time, pushing yourself as hard as you can, until suddenly it feels like you can’t show up at all. Or maybe you’re like me, where you have an outgoing side, but you also have a quiet, introspective side to you as well. You need to balance both sides if you want to avoid burning out — and that’s what I’m going to teach you how to do.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What it means to be an ambivert and how to balance your energy
  2. Why you should do an energy assessment
  3. What it looks like to plan rest periods & take advantage of downtimes
  4. How to manage peaks and valleys of your energy
  5. Ways to protect your energy

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 68. Permission to Slow Down & Do Things On Your Terms
  2. Episode 56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [with Guest: Jen Diaz]
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>cdf2c9d9-3efe-44f3-8d86-e06f064b7ad3Mon, 26 Dec 2022 06:00:00 -040029:28falsefull7979Nobody wants to feel burnt out from their business. I’m going to share some ways you can work to prevent and repair burnout in both your business and your personal life.78. Can I Work With Clients Overseas?78. Can I Work With Clients Overseas?This week, we’re talking all about working with clients overseas. We’re going to touch on something that we don’t talk about enough when it comes to legally protecting your business: Enforcement.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. One thing you must include in your contracts - no matter where you or your clients live
  2. Establishing what state’s laws apply to your business + contracts
  3. Enforcing your contract overseas
  4. Understanding the risks involved in business + how to reduce them
  5. How to pre-qualify clients before they sign

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Free email templates: Pre-Quality Before They Buy
  2. Browse my Legal Contract & Policy: Template Shop
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This week, we’re talking all about working with clients overseas. We’re going to touch on something that we don’t talk about enough when it comes to legally protecting your business: Enforcement.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. One thing you must include in your contracts - no matter where you or your clients live
  2. Establishing what state’s laws apply to your business + contracts
  3. Enforcing your contract overseas
  4. Understanding the risks involved in business + how to reduce them
  5. How to pre-qualify clients before they sign

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Free email templates: Pre-Quality Before They Buy
  2. Browse my Legal Contract & Policy: Template Shop
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>d602832d-b849-42fa-b789-fea3ff480456Thu, 22 Dec 2022 06:00:00 -040009:46falsefull7878What laws apply to your business when dealing with a client who lives overseas? That’s what we’re discussing in this episode, including how to legally enforce your contract depending on where your client is from and how to mitigate risk when possible.77. Small Business Taxes 101 [ft. CPA, Keila Hill-Trawick, Little Fish Accounting]77. Small Business Taxes 101 [ft. CPA, Keila Hill-Trawick, Little Fish Accounting]Let’s talk small business taxes. It’s a confusing, occasionally frightening, topic for many business owners — and rightly so! I have Keila of Little Fish Accounting here to break down all the basics:

  1. Why taxes are so confusing
  2. How you can track your expenses
  3. When to hire a bookkeeper
  4. How to pay yourself from your business

By the end of this conversation, you’ll have a better grasp of what you need to know, and what you can leave to the experts.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more at littlefishaccounting.com
  2. Outsource Guide from Keila
  3. How to Find an Accountant for Your Online Business: My Top 5 Qualities to Look For
  4. Episode 58. Paying Yourself 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  5. Follow Little Fish Accounting on Instagram: @littlefishaccounting
  6. Tax Prep Suite from Little Fish: littlefishaccounting.com/tax-prep-suite
  7. Free Resource: Yearly Planning & Reflections Guide
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Let’s talk small business taxes. It’s a confusing, occasionally frightening, topic for many business owners — and rightly so! I have Keila of Little Fish Accounting here to break down all the basics:

  1. Why taxes are so confusing
  2. How you can track your expenses
  3. When to hire a bookkeeper
  4. How to pay yourself from your business

By the end of this conversation, you’ll have a better grasp of what you need to know, and what you can leave to the experts.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Learn more at littlefishaccounting.com
  2. Outsource Guide from Keila
  3. How to Find an Accountant for Your Online Business: My Top 5 Qualities to Look For
  4. Episode 58. Paying Yourself 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  5. Follow Little Fish Accounting on Instagram: @littlefishaccounting
  6. Tax Prep Suite from Little Fish: littlefishaccounting.com/tax-prep-suite
  7. Free Resource: Yearly Planning & Reflections Guide
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f98ed87e-2792-4bbd-a9a3-567585ec3916Mon, 19 Dec 2022 06:00:00 -040053:31falsefull7777Taxes can be tricky when you run a small business, but they don’t have to be! Keila of Little Fish Accounting joins us to break down all the basics: Why taxes are so confusing, how you can track your expenses, when to hire a bookkeeper, and how to go about paying yourself from your business.76. Can I use the © without registering?76. Can I use the © without registering?This week, we’re talking all about if you can legally use the © symbol, known as the copyright symbol, and whether or not you have anything registered.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. When you can (and can’t) use the © symbol
  2. What the © symbol does
  3. What to do when it’s not practical to copyright everything
  4. My © Copyright Formula for content protection

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms® right here: https://samvanderwielen.typeform.com/to/UiUT1dEA
  2. Download my free Legally Legit Checklist so you can self-assess how to legally protect your business
  3. Episode 44: What's the Deal with ™️ © ® Symbols and Can I Use Them?
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This week, we’re talking all about if you can legally use the © symbol, known as the copyright symbol, and whether or not you have anything registered.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. When you can (and can’t) use the © symbol
  2. What the © symbol does
  3. What to do when it’s not practical to copyright everything
  4. My © Copyright Formula for content protection

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms® right here: https://samvanderwielen.typeform.com/to/UiUT1dEA
  2. Download my free Legally Legit Checklist so you can self-assess how to legally protect your business
  3. Episode 44: What's the Deal with ™️ © ® Symbols and Can I Use Them?
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>875b0742-e565-4783-aed8-12b148bdf484Thu, 15 Dec 2022 06:00:00 -040007:14falsefull7676We’re talking all about if you can legally use the © symbol, known as the copyright symbol, whether or not you have anything registered. We also discuss what protections it provides and what you can do to legally protect your content.75. How to Plan Your Business Year [free guide!]75. How to Plan Your Business Year [free guide!]Planning out the next year of business in advance has been a game-changer for me — and it can be for you, too! This year, despite a number of personal challenges, I was able to hit every goal I set for myself at the end of last year. I’m even prouder of my new, updated planning process incorporating everything I’ve learned this year. And I’m going to share it all with you, along with a free Annual Planning Guide downloadable!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The upside to planning your year
  2. How I go about planning my year in advance [my personal planning process!]
  3. Incorporating your personal goals into your yearly planning process

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Download our Annual Planning Guide
  2. Episode 73. What 2022 Was Actually Like For Me (+ Free Annual Planning Guide for You!)
  3. Episode 22. How to Plan Your Business Year (free guide!)
  4. Asana - Get a free 30-day trial today
  5. Louise Henry's 'Uplevel with Asana' course - Get $100 off through this link!
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Planning out the next year of business in advance has been a game-changer for me — and it can be for you, too! This year, despite a number of personal challenges, I was able to hit every goal I set for myself at the end of last year. I’m even prouder of my new, updated planning process incorporating everything I’ve learned this year. And I’m going to share it all with you, along with a free Annual Planning Guide downloadable!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The upside to planning your year
  2. How I go about planning my year in advance [my personal planning process!]
  3. Incorporating your personal goals into your yearly planning process

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Download our Annual Planning Guide
  2. Episode 73. What 2022 Was Actually Like For Me (+ Free Annual Planning Guide for You!)
  3. Episode 22. How to Plan Your Business Year (free guide!)
  4. Asana - Get a free 30-day trial today
  5. Louise Henry's 'Uplevel with Asana' course - Get $100 off through this link!
  6. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>2be633a1-4bea-48f4-9933-c4de0d5101d0Mon, 12 Dec 2022 06:00:00 -040030:15falsefull7575Annual planning for your business makes such a difference in what you’re able to get done. I’m going to share my personal planning process with you, as well as how you can do the same in your business.74. What happens to my business if I die?74. What happens to my business if I die?This week, we’re answering questions about who owns your business if you pass away — and why it’s super important to start thinking about that now.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Who gets control of your business if you pass
  2. What happens if you don’t have a written will
  3. How to get a legal will in place

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. If this season has you feeling like you want to slow down, but you're not sure how to grow your biz at the same time — OYT episode 68 is for you.
  2. I did a 2-part series on how to setup + build your email list (Part 1 is episode 65) and followed it up with what to email your list to keep them engaged + buying (Part 2 is episode 67)
  3. Learn how to hire contractors legally — get ready to grow your team in 2023 in episode 64
  4. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms® right here: https://samvanderwielen.typeform.com/to/UiUT1dEA
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This week, we’re answering questions about who owns your business if you pass away — and why it’s super important to start thinking about that now.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Who gets control of your business if you pass
  2. What happens if you don’t have a written will
  3. How to get a legal will in place

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. If this season has you feeling like you want to slow down, but you're not sure how to grow your biz at the same time — OYT episode 68 is for you.
  2. I did a 2-part series on how to setup + build your email list (Part 1 is episode 65) and followed it up with what to email your list to keep them engaged + buying (Part 2 is episode 67)
  3. Learn how to hire contractors legally — get ready to grow your team in 2023 in episode 64
  4. Submit your legal question for an upcoming episode of On Your Terms® right here: https://samvanderwielen.typeform.com/to/UiUT1dEA
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>5440c29e-f66f-4ad6-b32f-f5e0b2fbb161Thu, 08 Dec 2022 06:00:00 -040008:45falsefull7474What happens to your business when you pass away? It’s not fun to think about, but it is important to have this sorted out. I answer this question and explain what to do to make sure you’re covered in the event of the worst case scenario.73. What 2022 Was Actually Like For Me (+ Free Annual Planning Guide for You!)73. What 2022 Was Actually Like For Me (+ Free Annual Planning Guide for You!)At the end of every year, I take the time to reflect on the past 12 months, both personally and professionally, and how the two played together. In this episode, I share my reflection process so you can join me in thinking about what went well, what didn’t, what you might change, and how to carry those reflections forward into planning out the next year.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you need to take time to reflect and celebrate the wins
  2. What happened in my business and life in 2022
  3. How to use what you learned this year to plan for the next year

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Download our Annual Planning Guide
  2. Episode 47. Losing My Dad, Emergency Plans & Push/Rest
  3. Episode 54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>At the end of every year, I take the time to reflect on the past 12 months, both personally and professionally, and how the two played together. In this episode, I share my reflection process so you can join me in thinking about what went well, what didn’t, what you might change, and how to carry those reflections forward into planning out the next year.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you need to take time to reflect and celebrate the wins
  2. What happened in my business and life in 2022
  3. How to use what you learned this year to plan for the next year

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Download our Annual Planning Guide
  2. Episode 47. Losing My Dad, Emergency Plans & Push/Rest
  3. Episode 54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b245d938-7643-4209-a173-3a01facca896Mon, 05 Dec 2022 06:00:00 -040032:43falsefull7373It’s important to look back and think about what went well, what didn’t, and what you might change, and carry all of that learning forward into planning out the next year. I share what 2022 looked like for me, and how I’m going to use that information to plan for 2023.72. What Else Does Your Biz Need Besides an LLC?72. What Else Does Your Biz Need Besides an LLC?This week, we’re answering questions about liabilities beyond LLCs.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What liability is — and why it matters to you
  2. The difference between in-person and online liabilities
  3. How to legally protect yourself from liability

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 9. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal Assets
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  4. Pre-quality video training + 3 email templates: samvanderwielen.com/prequalify
  5. Legal Workshop: 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business (+ save $400 off the price of the Ultimate Bundle®): samvanderwielen.com/oyt-workshop
  6. Episode 42. Business Insurance Mistakes That Could Cost You BIG
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This week, we’re answering questions about liabilities beyond LLCs.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. What liability is — and why it matters to you
  2. The difference between in-person and online liabilities
  3. How to legally protect yourself from liability

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 9. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal Assets
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Episode 69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)
  4. Pre-quality video training + 3 email templates: samvanderwielen.com/prequalify
  5. Legal Workshop: 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business (+ save $400 off the price of the Ultimate Bundle®): samvanderwielen.com/oyt-workshop
  6. Episode 42. Business Insurance Mistakes That Could Cost You BIG
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0e8c8d9a-ddeb-4152-a198-ec305e44de91Thu, 01 Dec 2022 06:00:00 -040007:59falsefull7272We’re answering questions about liabilities beyond LLCs and how liability insurance extends from in-person to online services and programs.71. Legal Tips for Speaking Engagements71. Legal Tips for Speaking EngagementsFor many business owners, speaking can be a huge way to make some money and gain awareness for your work. Whether you’re looking to start getting into public speaking as an arm of your business or you’re already doing it, you may have wondered: What am I supposed to do if any legal issues come up while speaking? And if you haven’t wondered that, even better!

I’m going to share how to own your material, why you need to be thorough about your payment when signing a contract, what to do if something gets canceled, and what happens if you or the event get sued based on something that came up during your talk.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you may want to consider speaking as a business opportunity
  2. How speaking engagements can get legally wonky
  3. How to define payment details and what’s included
  4. What happens if an event gets canceled or you have to cancel

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. DIY Speaker Agreement Contract
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>For many business owners, speaking can be a huge way to make some money and gain awareness for your work. Whether you’re looking to start getting into public speaking as an arm of your business or you’re already doing it, you may have wondered: What am I supposed to do if any legal issues come up while speaking? And if you haven’t wondered that, even better!

I’m going to share how to own your material, why you need to be thorough about your payment when signing a contract, what to do if something gets canceled, and what happens if you or the event get sued based on something that came up during your talk.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Why you may want to consider speaking as a business opportunity
  2. How speaking engagements can get legally wonky
  3. How to define payment details and what’s included
  4. What happens if an event gets canceled or you have to cancel

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. DIY Speaker Agreement Contract
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>17edc6b2-ff2b-4254-bd4d-8ac01159d8b3Mon, 28 Nov 2022 06:00:00 -040026:45falsefull7171share how to own your material, why you need to be thorough about your payment when signing a contract, what to do if something gets canceled, and what happens if you or the event get sued based on something that came up during your talk.70. Ask Me Anything Q&A [business, grief, legal & behind the scenes!]70. Ask Me Anything Q&A [business, grief, legal & behind the scenes!]Have you ever wanted to have your business, legal, or even personal questions answered directly by me? That’s what we’re doing here, where I opened up my Instagram to your burning questions. I was asked about HIPAA, the differences between business entities, how I repurpose my email content, branding tips, and more!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Do you need HIPAA for a coaching or consulting business?
  2. What’s the difference between consulting and coaching, and how does that relate to legal or contracts?
  3. The top 3 differences between the most popular entities
  4. How I repurpose my email content
  5. What to do if you know a business is operating outside of its scope of practice

Thank you to Sharon R. for leaving a review for On Your Terms®! Sharon wrote: "I'm new to Sam. The calm & clear manner in which Sam shares your "to do" list makes it feel very easy. Like a really good friend holding you accountable!"

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Weekly Legal Q&A Emails: samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails
  2. Ginger Apple Moscow Mule: halfbakedharvest.com/ginger-apple-moscow-mule
  3. Episode 10. What Your Website Needs to Be Legally Legit
  4. Episode 65. How to Build an Email List (with & without freebies!)
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Have you ever wanted to have your business, legal, or even personal questions answered directly by me? That’s what we’re doing here, where I opened up my Instagram to your burning questions. I was asked about HIPAA, the differences between business entities, how I repurpose my email content, branding tips, and more!

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. Do you need HIPAA for a coaching or consulting business?
  2. What’s the difference between consulting and coaching, and how does that relate to legal or contracts?
  3. The top 3 differences between the most popular entities
  4. How I repurpose my email content
  5. What to do if you know a business is operating outside of its scope of practice

Thank you to Sharon R. for leaving a review for On Your Terms®! Sharon wrote: "I'm new to Sam. The calm & clear manner in which Sam shares your "to do" list makes it feel very easy. Like a really good friend holding you accountable!"

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Weekly Legal Q&A Emails: samvanderwielen.com/easy-emails
  2. Ginger Apple Moscow Mule: halfbakedharvest.com/ginger-apple-moscow-mule
  3. Episode 10. What Your Website Needs to Be Legally Legit
  4. Episode 65. How to Build an Email List (with & without freebies!)
  5. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>28819520-95a5-4fcd-b229-edecc091c561Mon, 21 Nov 2022 06:00:00 -040048:32falsefull7070In this AMA Q&A episode, I answer your questions about HIPAA, the differences between business entities, how I repurpose my email content, branding tips, and more!69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)69. What Coaches Can Legally Do (Scope of Practice Part 2)Scope of practice couldn’t be more important in coaching and advisor-type careers. Understanding what you’re actually legally allowed to do and not do is not only smart but could help prevent you from breaking the law!

In this “part 2” episode, we’ll go over my best tips to help you figure out your scope of practice. I’ll teach you…

  1. how to know if you’re stepping over the legal line (even though a coach or certification told you otherwise)
  2. why those in the healthcare space may want to listen extra closely
  3. why you should ignore those that say “everybody does it” when talking about skirting the legal limits of what’s allowed
  4. how to make sure you’ve got what you need to feel secure in what you’re providing to your clients

If you’re asking yourself, “how do I know what I can legally do as a coach?” – this episode will help clear up your scope of practice questions.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The two biggest systemic issues when talking about scope of practice
  2. Programs that mislead you about the actual qualifications they provide
  3. Why the world of online businesses has bred a culture of “if they can do it, why can’t I?”
  4. Signing a contract doesn’t get you out of the scope of practice conversation
  5. The actual purpose of certifications and programs
  6. “FOMO” and why you don’t need to put yourself at risk to build a successful business.
  7. Why just doing something doesn’t qualify you to teach that thing
  8. Q&A

Thank you Sindy Warren for leaving a review! Sindy wrote: “I discovered this podcast a few weeks ago and can't stop binging it!”

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Scope of practice couldn’t be more important in coaching and advisor-type careers. Understanding what you’re actually legally allowed to do and not do is not only smart but could help prevent you from breaking the law!

In this “part 2” episode, we’ll go over my best tips to help you figure out your scope of practice. I’ll teach you…

  1. how to know if you’re stepping over the legal line (even though a coach or certification told you otherwise)
  2. why those in the healthcare space may want to listen extra closely
  3. why you should ignore those that say “everybody does it” when talking about skirting the legal limits of what’s allowed
  4. how to make sure you’ve got what you need to feel secure in what you’re providing to your clients

If you’re asking yourself, “how do I know what I can legally do as a coach?” – this episode will help clear up your scope of practice questions.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. The two biggest systemic issues when talking about scope of practice
  2. Programs that mislead you about the actual qualifications they provide
  3. Why the world of online businesses has bred a culture of “if they can do it, why can’t I?”
  4. Signing a contract doesn’t get you out of the scope of practice conversation
  5. The actual purpose of certifications and programs
  6. “FOMO” and why you don’t need to put yourself at risk to build a successful business.
  7. Why just doing something doesn’t qualify you to teach that thing
  8. Q&A

Thank you Sindy Warren for leaving a review! Sindy wrote: “I discovered this podcast a few weeks ago and can't stop binging it!”

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f4a4b1b1-9f64-4d61-94e5-d4fc1f643b8eMon, 14 Nov 2022 06:00:00 -040041:21falsefull6969You don’t want to accidentally break the law, much less put your entire business on the line. I’ll help you understand that scope of practice is a completely vital thing to understand to keep you and your business legal.68. Permission to Slow Down & Do Things On Your Terms68. Permission to Slow Down & Do Things On Your TermsOut of everything I’ve learned over the years of running a business, there’s one thing I wish I could go back and give myself the permission to do when I first started: Not turning everything I learn immediately into content for my business.

Once I gave myself this permission, not only did it impact my business success and my bottom line, my mental health improved. I didn’t realize how exhausting it was, but once I took a step back and slowed things down, it was clear to me that this isn’t a good approach to business. I’m going to share why I think this is such a bad idea, why it’s important to give yourself permission to do something different, and what you can do instead.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 01:34 - The cycle of learning and teaching
  2. 05:04 - Giving yourself permission to not teach everything you learn
  3. 07:57 - Learning and growing in parallel
  4. 10:52 - Sharing information with purpose
  5. 13:27 - Fighting the race to cheapen content

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Out of everything I’ve learned over the years of running a business, there’s one thing I wish I could go back and give myself the permission to do when I first started: Not turning everything I learn immediately into content for my business.

Once I gave myself this permission, not only did it impact my business success and my bottom line, my mental health improved. I didn’t realize how exhausting it was, but once I took a step back and slowed things down, it was clear to me that this isn’t a good approach to business. I’m going to share why I think this is such a bad idea, why it’s important to give yourself permission to do something different, and what you can do instead.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 01:34 - The cycle of learning and teaching
  2. 05:04 - Giving yourself permission to not teach everything you learn
  3. 07:57 - Learning and growing in parallel
  4. 10:52 - Sharing information with purpose
  5. 13:27 - Fighting the race to cheapen content

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>5161a05b-3d4d-40ec-9c33-f893a2bfd198Mon, 07 Nov 2022 06:00:00 -040018:45falsefull6868You don’t have to turn every new thing you learn immediately into content for your business. I’m going to share why I think this is such a bad idea, why it’s important to give yourself permission to do something different, and what you can do instead.67. The Online Coach's Guide to What to Email Your List67. The Online Coach's Guide to What to Email Your ListWe’re back to talk all about email lists! In the first part of our series on email lists, we talked all about list-building strategies—with or without the freebies. But once you’ve built that list… what are you supposed to actually send them? Let’s dive into what you can email your list to keep them engaged, how important consistency is, and the different ways you can nurture your audience.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:21 - Approaching your email list with strategy, no matter the size
  2. 10:19 - Looking at the big picture in your business
  3. 15:14 - The cycle of promotion and nurturing
  4. 22:31 - Approaches to the nurturing phase
  5. 34:02 - Tips for content and copywriting
  6. 41:48 - Ending emails with a question

Thank you FFB7 for your review! They wrote: “Sam was recommended in an online business group and I’m so glad I clicked on her link! She brings so much value in a simple way, and helped me keep building an online program without getting stuck on the legal policies. After watching her webinar/workshop, I bought the Bundle and have been very pleased! Looking forward to Sam’s next training offers!"

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 65. How to Build an Email List (with & without freebies!)
  2. Liz Wilcox - What to Email Your List membership
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>We’re back to talk all about email lists! In the first part of our series on email lists, we talked all about list-building strategies—with or without the freebies. But once you’ve built that list… what are you supposed to actually send them? Let’s dive into what you can email your list to keep them engaged, how important consistency is, and the different ways you can nurture your audience.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:21 - Approaching your email list with strategy, no matter the size
  2. 10:19 - Looking at the big picture in your business
  3. 15:14 - The cycle of promotion and nurturing
  4. 22:31 - Approaches to the nurturing phase
  5. 34:02 - Tips for content and copywriting
  6. 41:48 - Ending emails with a question

Thank you FFB7 for your review! They wrote: “Sam was recommended in an online business group and I’m so glad I clicked on her link! She brings so much value in a simple way, and helped me keep building an online program without getting stuck on the legal policies. After watching her webinar/workshop, I bought the Bundle and have been very pleased! Looking forward to Sam’s next training offers!"

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 65. How to Build an Email List (with & without freebies!)
  2. Liz Wilcox - What to Email Your List membership
  3. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>53cf28db-e21a-435f-9357-0a3bf7df7817Mon, 31 Oct 2022 06:00:00 -040045:59falsefull6767In the first part of our series on email lists, we talked about list-building strategies. In part two, we’re going to dive into what you can email your list to keep them engaged, the importance of consistency, and the different ways you can nurture your audience.66. Hiring, Leadership & Team Building 101 [ft. HR Expert, Kira La Forgia of Paradigm Consulting]66. Hiring, Leadership & Team Building 101 [ft. HR Expert, Kira La Forgia of Paradigm Consulting]Kira La Forgia of Paradigm Consulting is a friend of mine as well as a colleague I’ve hired to help in my own business. I’m bringing her onto the show to talk all about hiring: Working with contractors, hiring employees, compliance issues you need to know about, growing your team, and more. Building a team isn’t just about scaling your business—it can also be a way to support your lifestyle and make your life easier.

After hiring, managing, and leading hundreds of employees in the small business space for over a decade, Kira began helping other women with remote teams prepare for growth and team support. Paradigm People Operations Consulting is on a mission to empower women to lead lean teams while building authentic relationships and staying compliant along the way. She believes female business owners can impact not only the lives of their teams, but the landscape of work for all women, creating a more equal playing field and earning more women a seat at the table once and for all.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 02:59 - Kira’s background and why she founded Paradigm
  2. 06:13 - The difference between a contractor and an employee
  3. 12:24 - Who most businesses should hire first (and why)
  4. 15:15 - Getting clarity on what you’re hiring for
  5. 20:15 - When to hire help in your business and how to assign roles
  6. 39:03 - Hiring responsibly
  7. 42:08 - What to have in place before hiring
  8. 52:02 - How hiring the right people helps to grow your business
  9. 01:00:13 - When to start thinking about company culture

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Weekly Legal Q&A Emails: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/sidebar/
  2. Watch Paradigm's "How to Start a Team" (free) workshop: samvanderwielen--paradigmconsulting.thrivecart.com/workshop
  3. Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  4. Independent Contractor Template: samvanderwielen.com/shop/independent-contractor-agreement/
  5. Read Paradigm's Biggest New Boss Mistakes Article: the-paradigm.com/3-biggest-mistakes-new-bosses-make/
  6. Employee Classification article: the-paradigm.com/employee-classification
  7. Follow Paradigm on Instagram: @theparadigmm
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Kira La Forgia of Paradigm Consulting is a friend of mine as well as a colleague I’ve hired to help in my own business. I’m bringing her onto the show to talk all about hiring: Working with contractors, hiring employees, compliance issues you need to know about, growing your team, and more. Building a team isn’t just about scaling your business—it can also be a way to support your lifestyle and make your life easier.

After hiring, managing, and leading hundreds of employees in the small business space for over a decade, Kira began helping other women with remote teams prepare for growth and team support. Paradigm People Operations Consulting is on a mission to empower women to lead lean teams while building authentic relationships and staying compliant along the way. She believes female business owners can impact not only the lives of their teams, but the landscape of work for all women, creating a more equal playing field and earning more women a seat at the table once and for all.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 02:59 - Kira’s background and why she founded Paradigm
  2. 06:13 - The difference between a contractor and an employee
  3. 12:24 - Who most businesses should hire first (and why)
  4. 15:15 - Getting clarity on what you’re hiring for
  5. 20:15 - When to hire help in your business and how to assign roles
  6. 39:03 - Hiring responsibly
  7. 42:08 - What to have in place before hiring
  8. 52:02 - How hiring the right people helps to grow your business
  9. 01:00:13 - When to start thinking about company culture

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Weekly Legal Q&A Emails: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/sidebar/
  2. Watch Paradigm's "How to Start a Team" (free) workshop: samvanderwielen--paradigmconsulting.thrivecart.com/workshop
  3. Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]
  4. Independent Contractor Template: samvanderwielen.com/shop/independent-contractor-agreement/
  5. Read Paradigm's Biggest New Boss Mistakes Article: the-paradigm.com/3-biggest-mistakes-new-bosses-make/
  6. Employee Classification article: the-paradigm.com/employee-classification
  7. Follow Paradigm on Instagram: @theparadigmm
  8. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>39e4ba6e-5aae-4896-8fb4-1f47b3b0b649Mon, 24 Oct 2022 06:00:00 -040001:16:59falsefull6666Kira La Forgia of Paradigm Consulting is a friend of mine as well as a colleague I’ve hired to help in my own business. I’m bringing her onto the show to talk all about hiring: Working with contractors, hiring employees, compliance issues you need to know about, growing your team, and more.65. How to Build an Email List (with & without freebies!)65. How to Build an Email List (with & without freebies!)List building advice is everywhere these days—from putting pop-ups on your website to creating “opt-ins” that give people a reason to sign up—but most of them don’t actually help you figure out how to get people to give you their email address. People often give us these individually dialed-in tactics without providing the actual high-level strategies necessary to make email marketing work for your business.

In the first of a two-part series on email lists, we’re going to talk all about easy email list-building strategies that I’ve personally tried or seen with many others. The next part will be all about what to do once you have those emails and what you should send them.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:38 - Considering whether email is right for your business
  2. 11:04 - How my email list journey started
  3. 17:59 - The two roads to collect emails for your list
  4. 20:41 - How to position your email newsletter as inherently valuable
  5. 28:20 - Using freebies to attract newsletter subscribers
  6. 37:21 - Where people go wrong with freebies
  7. 41:08 - Actually getting people to your list
  8. 43:06 - Q&A from Ultimate Bundle® members

Thank you to ReadingBard for leaving a review on Apple Podcasts! This is what they had to say: "I just found you on YouTube & followed your podcast… and after just one episode, I know this will become a regular listening indulgence. Thank you for your practical, down-to-earth approach to the legal aspects of running a small business, while somehow managing to make it fun to listen to!"

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Emails
  2. Pre Qualify Before they buy email templates: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/prequalify
  3. Episode 60. My Secret Success Strategy: Taking the 30000 ft View of Your Business
  4. Karsen Murray: 5 Enticing Freebies to Grow Your Email List
  5. Copyhackers: How to Grow Your Email List
  6. Copyhackers: Definitive Guide to Email Marketing
  7. Build your Launch-Ready Email List blog post by Content Bistro
  8. E-commerce Email Marketing: The Ultimate Guide by Chris Orzechowski
  9. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>List building advice is everywhere these days—from putting pop-ups on your website to creating “opt-ins” that give people a reason to sign up—but most of them don’t actually help you figure out how to get people to give you their email address. People often give us these individually dialed-in tactics without providing the actual high-level strategies necessary to make email marketing work for your business.

In the first of a two-part series on email lists, we’re going to talk all about easy email list-building strategies that I’ve personally tried or seen with many others. The next part will be all about what to do once you have those emails and what you should send them.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:38 - Considering whether email is right for your business
  2. 11:04 - How my email list journey started
  3. 17:59 - The two roads to collect emails for your list
  4. 20:41 - How to position your email newsletter as inherently valuable
  5. 28:20 - Using freebies to attract newsletter subscribers
  6. 37:21 - Where people go wrong with freebies
  7. 41:08 - Actually getting people to your list
  8. 43:06 - Q&A from Ultimate Bundle® members

Thank you to ReadingBard for leaving a review on Apple Podcasts! This is what they had to say: "I just found you on YouTube & followed your podcast… and after just one episode, I know this will become a regular listening indulgence. Thank you for your practical, down-to-earth approach to the legal aspects of running a small business, while somehow managing to make it fun to listen to!"

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's Emails
  2. Pre Qualify Before they buy email templates: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/prequalify
  3. Episode 60. My Secret Success Strategy: Taking the 30000 ft View of Your Business
  4. Karsen Murray: 5 Enticing Freebies to Grow Your Email List
  5. Copyhackers: How to Grow Your Email List
  6. Copyhackers: Definitive Guide to Email Marketing
  7. Build your Launch-Ready Email List blog post by Content Bistro
  8. E-commerce Email Marketing: The Ultimate Guide by Chris Orzechowski
  9. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>46f231f1-0fb1-41ce-849f-b4887346dd40Mon, 17 Oct 2022 06:00:00 -040056:34truefull6565In the first of a two-part series on email lists, we’re going to talk all about easy email list-building strategies that I’ve personally tried or seen with many others. The next part will be all about what to do once you have those emails and what you should send them.64. Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]64. Hiring Contractors 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]You might be getting ready to hire, you might even have some contractors or employees working for you. Wherever you are in that process, you’ll want to start laying the groundwork for this now and not just when you need it. It’s important that you get it right—a wrong move can really land you in legal hot water.

We’ll talk about the difference between an independent contractor and an employee legally, how some of the different states define them, and the steps to find and hire an independent contractor who will stick with you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 09:20 - Using the Common-Law Test to determine whether someone is an independent contractor or employee
  2. 16:27 - The ABC Test and how that is used
  3. 22:41 - How to hire a contractor
  4. 28:28 - What work for hire is
  5. 30:39 - My biggest tip for onboarding

A special thank you to Linda Camacho for leaving a review on Apple Podcasts! She wrote: “I’m preparing to launch my creative coaching business in the next few months and am I ever glad I found this podcast before I actually did! I’m a literary agent, so as someone who deals with contracts in my day job, I thought it curious that there’s barely any talk of the legalities of launching an online business, at least on the coaching side. I’m devouring these episodes like whoa and don’t plan on stopping. Sam, keep doing the good work!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/sidebar/s/
  2. DIY INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT TEMPLATE
  3. HelloSign (Affiliate Link)
  4. W9 Form (IRS)
  5. Cali IC / E test: Independent contractor versus employee
  6. IRS Contractor or Employee Test: Independent Contractor (Self-Employed) or Employee? | Internal Revenue Service
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>You might be getting ready to hire, you might even have some contractors or employees working for you. Wherever you are in that process, you’ll want to start laying the groundwork for this now and not just when you need it. It’s important that you get it right—a wrong move can really land you in legal hot water.

We’ll talk about the difference between an independent contractor and an employee legally, how some of the different states define them, and the steps to find and hire an independent contractor who will stick with you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 09:20 - Using the Common-Law Test to determine whether someone is an independent contractor or employee
  2. 16:27 - The ABC Test and how that is used
  3. 22:41 - How to hire a contractor
  4. 28:28 - What work for hire is
  5. 30:39 - My biggest tip for onboarding

A special thank you to Linda Camacho for leaving a review on Apple Podcasts! She wrote: “I’m preparing to launch my creative coaching business in the next few months and am I ever glad I found this podcast before I actually did! I’m a literary agent, so as someone who deals with contracts in my day job, I thought it curious that there’s barely any talk of the legalities of launching an online business, at least on the coaching side. I’m devouring these episodes like whoa and don’t plan on stopping. Sam, keep doing the good work!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Easy Email List Sign-Up: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/sidebar/s/
  2. DIY INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR AGREEMENT TEMPLATE
  3. HelloSign (Affiliate Link)
  4. W9 Form (IRS)
  5. Cali IC / E test: Independent contractor versus employee
  6. IRS Contractor or Employee Test: Independent Contractor (Self-Employed) or Employee? | Internal Revenue Service
  7. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>c26caf4d-5b82-42d8-a12e-eb750cdac663Mon, 10 Oct 2022 06:00:00 -040035:59truefull6464I talk about the difference between an independent contractor and an employee legally, how some of the different states define them, and the steps to find and hire an independent contractor who will stick with you.63. Cooking, Overcoming Obstacles & Building an Empire [Guest Interview with Chef Mike Solomonov]63. Cooking, Overcoming Obstacles & Building an Empire [Guest Interview with Chef Mike Solomonov]I’m all about getting outside of your industry for ideas and inspiration. Thinking outside the box has played a big part in the success of my business, and part of that has been incorporating the lessons I learn from all over and applying them to my business. You may also know that I love cooking. To that end, we’re going to be speaking with Chef Mike Solomonov! We talk about what success looks like for him, balancing all the different roles that come with being a chef, dealing with criticism and complaints, and—of course—some of his favorite meals.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:20 - How Chef Solomonov balances his different roles
  2. 05:49 - How COVID changed Mike as a business owner
  3. 10:43 - Where Mike gets his inspiration for business and meal ideas
  4. 20:18 - Dealing with the pressure to make more money versus staying authentic
  5. 29:30 - Becoming a resource for addiction support and starting a business during a difficult time
  6. 35:33 - Not letting the awards or the critics get to your head
  7. 41:26 - What success looks like to Mike
  8. 44:04 - Q&A: The food Mike eats at home, new restaurants, and more

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Follow Mike on Instagram: @mikesolomonov
  2. Visit Laser Wolf
  3. Visit Zahav
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I’m all about getting outside of your industry for ideas and inspiration. Thinking outside the box has played a big part in the success of my business, and part of that has been incorporating the lessons I learn from all over and applying them to my business. You may also know that I love cooking. To that end, we’re going to be speaking with Chef Mike Solomonov! We talk about what success looks like for him, balancing all the different roles that come with being a chef, dealing with criticism and complaints, and—of course—some of his favorite meals.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:20 - How Chef Solomonov balances his different roles
  2. 05:49 - How COVID changed Mike as a business owner
  3. 10:43 - Where Mike gets his inspiration for business and meal ideas
  4. 20:18 - Dealing with the pressure to make more money versus staying authentic
  5. 29:30 - Becoming a resource for addiction support and starting a business during a difficult time
  6. 35:33 - Not letting the awards or the critics get to your head
  7. 41:26 - What success looks like to Mike
  8. 44:04 - Q&A: The food Mike eats at home, new restaurants, and more

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Follow Mike on Instagram: @mikesolomonov
  2. Visit Laser Wolf
  3. Visit Zahav
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a8fc39ec-b96e-4b54-9acb-54f659245de3Mon, 03 Oct 2022 06:00:00 -040054:46truefull6363I’m all about getting outside of your industry for ideas and inspiration. To that end, we’re going to be speaking with Chef Mike Solomonov! We talk about what success looks like for him, balancing all the different roles that come with being a chef, dealing with criticism and complaints, and—of course—some of his favorite meals.62. How I Plan My Week for My 7-Figure Business62. How I Plan My Week for My 7-Figure BusinessBusiness owners have a lot on their plate—trust me, I get it! Over the years I’ve found a helpful way to structure my weeks so that I can get a ton of stuff done without driving myself crazy. I’ve managed to build a 7-figure business without working like a maniac, and I want you to be able to take some of the methods I’ve used to get there and apply them to your business. I’m going to break down for you how I plan my days and weeks, how that’s evolved for me over time, and what I’ve tried that hasn’t worked for me.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:38 - How I used to approach my days
  2. 08:39 - Why I theme my days and weeks
  3. 10:24 - Breaking down my weeks and days by energy level
  4. 19:58 - Making time for high-level tasks and creative expression
  5. 23:01 - Setting realistic expectations

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Business owners have a lot on their plate—trust me, I get it! Over the years I’ve found a helpful way to structure my weeks so that I can get a ton of stuff done without driving myself crazy. I’ve managed to build a 7-figure business without working like a maniac, and I want you to be able to take some of the methods I’ve used to get there and apply them to your business. I’m going to break down for you how I plan my days and weeks, how that’s evolved for me over time, and what I’ve tried that hasn’t worked for me.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:38 - How I used to approach my days
  2. 08:39 - Why I theme my days and weeks
  3. 10:24 - Breaking down my weeks and days by energy level
  4. 19:58 - Making time for high-level tasks and creative expression
  5. 23:01 - Setting realistic expectations

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>fc67fe98-3cd9-4cab-9c15-63435921fc7eMon, 26 Sep 2022 06:00:00 -040026:22truefull6262Business owners have a lot on their plate—trust me, I get it! I’m going to break down for you how I plan my days and weeks, how that’s evolved for me over time, and what I’ve tried that hasn’t worked for me.61. Behind the Scenes of the Ultimate Bundle®61. Behind the Scenes of the Ultimate Bundle®In this episode, I’m sharing with you the backstory behind my signature product, the Ultimate Bundle®! I want you to experience it from the perspective of someone who has been passionately tinkering and perfecting this product until it’s the best it can be—AKA me! You’ll hear me dive into all the details, including what is included, what you can expect inside the bundle, whether you’re the right person or it’s the right time for it, and many more questions I get all the time.

This bundle rarely ever goes on sale, and I am so proud of everything that comes with it. If you’re interested and want to get in on my best offer at the best price possible, click here.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:07 - How the Ultimate Bundle® was born
  2. 17:23 - What the Ultimate Bundle® is
  3. 19:00 - Who the Ultimate Bundle® is for
  4. 20:51 - When you should consider buying the bundle
  5. 24:50 - What you get when you buy the Ultimate Bundle® and how to use it
  6. 33:01 - Other questions people have asked me

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Sneak Peak behind the scenes video of what the Ultimate Bundle® looks like inside
  3. Episode 29. 10 Reasons Why My First Business Was an Epic Failure
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>In this episode, I’m sharing with you the backstory behind my signature product, the Ultimate Bundle®! I want you to experience it from the perspective of someone who has been passionately tinkering and perfecting this product until it’s the best it can be—AKA me! You’ll hear me dive into all the details, including what is included, what you can expect inside the bundle, whether you’re the right person or it’s the right time for it, and many more questions I get all the time.

This bundle rarely ever goes on sale, and I am so proud of everything that comes with it. If you’re interested and want to get in on my best offer at the best price possible, click here.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:07 - How the Ultimate Bundle® was born
  2. 17:23 - What the Ultimate Bundle® is
  3. 19:00 - Who the Ultimate Bundle® is for
  4. 20:51 - When you should consider buying the bundle
  5. 24:50 - What you get when you buy the Ultimate Bundle® and how to use it
  6. 33:01 - Other questions people have asked me

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Sneak Peak behind the scenes video of what the Ultimate Bundle® looks like inside
  3. Episode 29. 10 Reasons Why My First Business Was an Epic Failure
  4. Click here to be notified when new episodes of On Your Terms® come out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>69344d3c-19b9-4abe-b38f-6d362309cc57Mon, 19 Sep 2022 06:00:00 -040037:50truefull6161The Ultimate Bundle™️ is my signature program, and today I’m going to take you behind the scenes of what you get inside, who it’s right for, and how I created it in the first place.60. My Secret Success Strategy: Taking the 30,000 ft View of Your Business60. My Secret Success Strategy: Taking the 30,000 ft View of Your BusinessWhen we’re in the weeds it can be hard to see what the big picture is. Sometimes in business, we need to zoom out and see the whole thing from above ground in order to see the plan and how it all fits together. I’m going to share how I integrate this practice of high-level observation into my own business and the ways it benefits me—as well as how I make a flow chart to direct my marketing and business decisions.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 06:01 - The danger of getting into the weeds and losing the big picture
  2. 12:37 - Practicing the idea of zooming out and looking toward the future
  3. 20:09 - What to look for in your business
  4. 23:28 - Putting your plan to paper
  5. 28:33 - How to avoid focusing on the wrong things

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When we’re in the weeds it can be hard to see what the big picture is. Sometimes in business, we need to zoom out and see the whole thing from above ground in order to see the plan and how it all fits together. I’m going to share how I integrate this practice of high-level observation into my own business and the ways it benefits me—as well as how I make a flow chart to direct my marketing and business decisions.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 06:01 - The danger of getting into the weeds and losing the big picture
  2. 12:37 - Practicing the idea of zooming out and looking toward the future
  3. 20:09 - What to look for in your business
  4. 23:28 - Putting your plan to paper
  5. 28:33 - How to avoid focusing on the wrong things

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>71366f05-0cc4-41f4-a9ab-67c233aa1763Mon, 12 Sep 2022 06:00:00 -040041:01truefull6060When we’re in the weeds it can be hard to see what the big picture is. Sometimes in business, we need to zoom out and see the whole thing from above ground in order to see the plan and how it all fits together. I’m going to share how I integrate this practice of high-level observation into my own business and the ways it benefits me—as well as how I make a flow chart to direct my marketing and business decisions.59. How to Be a Great Stage Speaker (+ speaking tips from Guest Mike Pacchione!)59. How to Be a Great Stage Speaker (+ speaking tips from Guest Mike Pacchione!)At the ConvertKit Craft + Commerce conference—which was full of mind-blowing moments for me—I attended a workshop hosted by the mega-talented speaking coach Mike Pacchione and it was so helpful. Public speaking is such an important skill to learn, and it can be a huge advantage in your business if you do it well. He gave tips and tactics I’ve never heard before such as using your body language effectively, pausing between sentences to let the audience absorb what you said, and being strategic about where you stand on stage. We talk about why speaking well is important, what makes a speaker good or bad, and whether it’s possible for a bad speaker to become great. We also talked about the areas most speakers need to improve upon (and how they can do it), three tangible things to make your speaking more entertaining, and so much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 08:58 - How Mike got into speaking
  2. 17:43 - Why public speaking is so important
  3. 24:29 - The qualities that make a good speaker—and a bad one
  4. 34:38 - Three areas that most speakers need to improve upon
  5. 41:18 - Tips for using your physical presence
  6. 51:06 - How to get speaking opportunities
  7. 01:00:20 - The minivan test
  8. 01:04:36 - Mike answers your questions

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. miketalks.co
  2. bestspeech.co
  3. Adam Driver’s TED Talk
  4. Episode 54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER


]]>At the ConvertKit Craft + Commerce conference—which was full of mind-blowing moments for me—I attended a workshop hosted by the mega-talented speaking coach Mike Pacchione and it was so helpful. Public speaking is such an important skill to learn, and it can be a huge advantage in your business if you do it well. He gave tips and tactics I’ve never heard before such as using your body language effectively, pausing between sentences to let the audience absorb what you said, and being strategic about where you stand on stage. We talk about why speaking well is important, what makes a speaker good or bad, and whether it’s possible for a bad speaker to become great. We also talked about the areas most speakers need to improve upon (and how they can do it), three tangible things to make your speaking more entertaining, and so much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 08:58 - How Mike got into speaking
  2. 17:43 - Why public speaking is so important
  3. 24:29 - The qualities that make a good speaker—and a bad one
  4. 34:38 - Three areas that most speakers need to improve upon
  5. 41:18 - Tips for using your physical presence
  6. 51:06 - How to get speaking opportunities
  7. 01:00:20 - The minivan test
  8. 01:04:36 - Mike answers your questions

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. miketalks.co
  2. bestspeech.co
  3. Adam Driver’s TED Talk
  4. Episode 54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER


]]>08b8c838-ab4a-46b5-8acf-bba20693765cMon, 05 Sep 2022 06:00:00 -040001:21:50truefull5959Mike Pacchione is a public speaking coach who specializes in helping executives, athletes, and entrepreneurs deliver impactful messages to audiences of all sizes. We talk about why speaking well is important, what makes a speaker good or bad, and whether it’s possible for a bad speaker to become great. We also talked about the areas most speakers need to improve upon (and how they can do it), three tangible things to make your speaking more entertaining, and so much more.58. Paying Yourself 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]58. Paying Yourself 101 [Everything Business Owners Need to Know]Congratulations: Your Business, LLC has just made a sale! Time to go shopping—right? Hold up! That money actually belongs to your business, not to you. So how do you get paid? And how do you do it in a legally legit way? That’s what we’re going to talk about today. I’m going to share how I paid myself in the beginning, the step-by-step process I recommend for setting yourself a financial cushion, and how to get to a place where you can pay yourself consistently.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 02:58 - How I started my business and handled money early on
  2. 07:40 - How I paid myself when I started
  3. 10:05 - Making an owner’s draw (actually paying yourself)
  4. 15:13 - Paying yourself is not a business expense
  5. 18:21 - Being responsible with money
  6. 19:24 - Putting yourself on payroll

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Megan Naasz
  2. Little Fish Accounting
  3. Visit ADP for payroll support (affiliate link)
  4. Episode 53. The Millionaire Myth in Online Business
  5. Episode 7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)
  6. YouTube Video: This Will Save You Money on Your Taxes
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Congratulations: Your Business, LLC has just made a sale! Time to go shopping—right? Hold up! That money actually belongs to your business, not to you. So how do you get paid? And how do you do it in a legally legit way? That’s what we’re going to talk about today. I’m going to share how I paid myself in the beginning, the step-by-step process I recommend for setting yourself a financial cushion, and how to get to a place where you can pay yourself consistently.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 02:58 - How I started my business and handled money early on
  2. 07:40 - How I paid myself when I started
  3. 10:05 - Making an owner’s draw (actually paying yourself)
  4. 15:13 - Paying yourself is not a business expense
  5. 18:21 - Being responsible with money
  6. 19:24 - Putting yourself on payroll

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Megan Naasz
  2. Little Fish Accounting
  3. Visit ADP for payroll support (affiliate link)
  4. Episode 53. The Millionaire Myth in Online Business
  5. Episode 7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)
  6. YouTube Video: This Will Save You Money on Your Taxes
  7. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>9e3061a0-2471-451b-a60d-3755945a8cc5Mon, 29 Aug 2022 06:00:00 -040027:13truefull5858Your business may be making money—but is that the same thing as you making money? I’m going to share how I paid myself in the beginning, the step-by-step process I recommend for setting yourself a financial cushion, and how to get to a place where you can pay yourself consistently.57. Moving? What You Need to do to Register Your Business in Another State57. Moving? What You Need to do to Register Your Business in Another StateDo you run a business and you’re thinking of moving? The moving process can already be enough of a hassle before you even consider the legal ramifications of it. Whether you’re already registered or holding off because you don’t know what to do, there are really just two options—and I’m going to break them both down so you can decide which is right for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:44 - Whether you need to register your business when you know you’re moving soon
  2. 05:30 - Where you need to register your business
  3. 08:52 - What to do when you’re already registered and moving
  4. 14:52 - Registering your business as a foreign entity
  5. 19:20 - Three questions to ask yourself before you move
  6. 20:12 - What to do if you’re moving overseas

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Do you run a business and you’re thinking of moving? The moving process can already be enough of a hassle before you even consider the legal ramifications of it. Whether you’re already registered or holding off because you don’t know what to do, there are really just two options—and I’m going to break them both down so you can decide which is right for you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:44 - Whether you need to register your business when you know you’re moving soon
  2. 05:30 - Where you need to register your business
  3. 08:52 - What to do when you’re already registered and moving
  4. 14:52 - Registering your business as a foreign entity
  5. 19:20 - Three questions to ask yourself before you move
  6. 20:12 - What to do if you’re moving overseas

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>d6847eef-6699-4d3e-86f0-6508fed6acdaMon, 22 Aug 2022 06:00:00 -040023:12truefull5757Do you run a business and you’re thinking of moving? The moving process can already be enough of a hassle before you even consider the legal ramifications of it. Whether you’re already registered or holding off because you don’t know what to do, there are really just two options—and I’m going to break them both down so you can decide which is right for you.56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [ft. Mindset Coach, Jen Diaz]56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [ft. Mindset Coach, Jen Diaz]Jen Diaz is the real deal when it comes to coaching. She’s a mindset and success coach who I personally work with and she knows her stuff when it comes to overcoming the beliefs that are holding you back.

We talk about everything from mindset to Jen’s JAVA method (journaling, affirmations, visualization, action) and how you go about implementing it, how visualization actually works, how to improve your confidence when you’re just starting out, and so much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:04 - Why entrepreneurship pushes people to pursue personal development
  2. 08:14 - The JAVA Method
  3. 14:44 - The importance of understanding why you want what you want
  4. 19:19 - The benefits of visualization in entrepreneurship
  5. 23:57 - Using a journal to support yourself
  6. 30:15 - Finding your confidence
  7. 40:30 - How to overcome the fear of failure when you first start
  8. 51:47 - What to look for in a mindset and business coach
  9. 01:04:39 - Designing your dream life
  10. 01:10:10 - Tips on starting an email list

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's weekly legal & marketing emails: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/sidebar/
  2. Learn more about the JAVA Method (Jen's Membership): thejavamethod.com
  3. 1-1 coaching with Jen
  4. Sign up for Jen's Newsletter
  5. Read The Rise by Sarah Lewis
  6. Read How to Do the Work by Dr. Nicole LePera
  7. Read The Source by Dr. Tara Swart
  8. Read Fear Less by Dr. Pippa Grange
  9. Read Women and Desire by Polly Young-Eisendrath
  10. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Jen Diaz is the real deal when it comes to coaching. She’s a mindset and success coach who I personally work with and she knows her stuff when it comes to overcoming the beliefs that are holding you back.

We talk about everything from mindset to Jen’s JAVA method (journaling, affirmations, visualization, action) and how you go about implementing it, how visualization actually works, how to improve your confidence when you’re just starting out, and so much more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:04 - Why entrepreneurship pushes people to pursue personal development
  2. 08:14 - The JAVA Method
  3. 14:44 - The importance of understanding why you want what you want
  4. 19:19 - The benefits of visualization in entrepreneurship
  5. 23:57 - Using a journal to support yourself
  6. 30:15 - Finding your confidence
  7. 40:30 - How to overcome the fear of failure when you first start
  8. 51:47 - What to look for in a mindset and business coach
  9. 01:04:39 - Designing your dream life
  10. 01:10:10 - Tips on starting an email list

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get Sam's weekly legal & marketing emails: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/sidebar/
  2. Learn more about the JAVA Method (Jen's Membership): thejavamethod.com
  3. 1-1 coaching with Jen
  4. Sign up for Jen's Newsletter
  5. Read The Rise by Sarah Lewis
  6. Read How to Do the Work by Dr. Nicole LePera
  7. Read The Source by Dr. Tara Swart
  8. Read Fear Less by Dr. Pippa Grange
  9. Read Women and Desire by Polly Young-Eisendrath
  10. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>ea15ea88-d6f8-46ec-b049-5e281a066593Mon, 15 Aug 2022 06:00:00 -040001:24:47truefull5656Jen Diaz is a mindset and success coach who helps entrepreneurs overcome their limiting beliefs. We talk about Jen’s JAVA method (journaling, affirmations, visualization, action) and how you go about implementing it, how visualization actually works, how to improve your confidence when you’re just starting out, and so much more.55. Blowing the Lid on the Biggest Online Coaching Secrets55. Blowing the Lid on the Biggest Online Coaching SecretsI’ve seen a lot of nonsense in the online business industry—both during my time in it and well before then. I want to pull back the curtain a bit and show you some of the marketing tactics being used to get you to buy into courses and programs so that you can make better decisions. I also talk about the fear that we’re creating a coaching micro-economy—where we coach future coaches in order to make money to hire more coaches—and the importance of getting outside of your business bubble. This is a conversation many people in this space want to have but they don’t know how it will be received, so I hope it resonates with you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 02:26 - Becoming a better consumer
  2. 06:32 - The rinse and repeat
  3. 09:29 - The coaching micro-economy
  4. 12:36 - Looking outside the coaching industry for advice *
  5. 19:31 - Niching down vs demographic limitations *
  6. 28:43 - Looking into the context of metrics and promises
  7. 34:28 - The manipulating mindset trick

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [with Guest: Jen Diaz]
  2. Episode 48. Do You Need a Business Coach?
  3. Who Doesn’t Like Pizza?
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I’ve seen a lot of nonsense in the online business industry—both during my time in it and well before then. I want to pull back the curtain a bit and show you some of the marketing tactics being used to get you to buy into courses and programs so that you can make better decisions. I also talk about the fear that we’re creating a coaching micro-economy—where we coach future coaches in order to make money to hire more coaches—and the importance of getting outside of your business bubble. This is a conversation many people in this space want to have but they don’t know how it will be received, so I hope it resonates with you.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 02:26 - Becoming a better consumer
  2. 06:32 - The rinse and repeat
  3. 09:29 - The coaching micro-economy
  4. 12:36 - Looking outside the coaching industry for advice *
  5. 19:31 - Niching down vs demographic limitations *
  6. 28:43 - Looking into the context of metrics and promises
  7. 34:28 - The manipulating mindset trick

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 56. Mindset, Limiting Beliefs & Visualization [with Guest: Jen Diaz]
  2. Episode 48. Do You Need a Business Coach?
  3. Who Doesn’t Like Pizza?
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>4ae75a2d-cc14-48b3-ad5f-3270200d4287Mon, 08 Aug 2022 06:00:00 -040042:16truefull5555There’s a lot of nonsense out there about the coaching industry—both the advice given out as well as the tactics used to get you interested. I’m going to pull back the curtain and show you exactly what tricks they’re using, why they expect them to work, and how you can be better.54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)54. Everything I Learned at ConvertKit's Craft + Commerce Conference (mind blown!)I recently got back from ConvertKit’s Craft + Commerce Conference in Boise, Idaho and my mind was BLOWN!

The online business world is changing and we all need to adapt. This conference brought together some of the biggest names in the industry, but also the up-and-comers who are trying new things and finding out what works.

I’m going to share some of my biggest takeaways, why I went, what I had hoped to get out of it, and what people are missing out on when they don’t go to conferences. I’ll also give you the one takeaway that, if you were to only take one thing from this conference, will make a huge difference in your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:12 - Why I chose to attend Craft + Commerce (and why I almost changed my mind)
  2. 17:35 - Blogging isn’t dead
  3. 19:22 - The importance of diversifying your marketing strategy
  4. 22:58 - Focusing on the big stuff and less on the trends
  5. 35:02 - Getting down with your numbers
  6. 37:00 - Titles are so important
  7. 40:36 - Public speaking tips
  8. 43:07 - Investing in your future self
  9. 45:35 - Being high value*
  10. 48:47 - Getting clear on what success means to you
  11. 50:22 - Doing $10k work

In our review of the week, TadaSrah writes: "Sam is so knowledgeable and down to earth. I love listening to On Your Terms! Sam is incredibly knowledgeable and is an outstanding teacher! She makes the “less fun” legal parts of running a business actually interesting and enjoyable to learn. I’m also an Ultimate Bundle® member which has helped me tremendously in my business, so I was stoked when she started a podcast because I love learning from her! I listen while I’m doing chores around the house and I always feel like she’s right there talking directly to me. I can’t recommend it enough to anyone who is starting or running an online business. Thanks for all that you do Sam!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Tickets to next year's conference are on sale here: conference.convertkit.com
  2. ConvertKit (affiliate link)
  3. Goal Setting, Productivity & Evergreen Content (Guest Episode with Louise Henry)
  4. Khe Hy
  5. Mike Pacchione
  6. Cara Chace
  7. Dr. Ben Hardy
  8. Glo Atanmo
  9. Chloe Weaver
  10. Tim Urban
  11. Sam Parr (The Hustle)
  12. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I recently got back from ConvertKit’s Craft + Commerce Conference in Boise, Idaho and my mind was BLOWN!

The online business world is changing and we all need to adapt. This conference brought together some of the biggest names in the industry, but also the up-and-comers who are trying new things and finding out what works.

I’m going to share some of my biggest takeaways, why I went, what I had hoped to get out of it, and what people are missing out on when they don’t go to conferences. I’ll also give you the one takeaway that, if you were to only take one thing from this conference, will make a huge difference in your business.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:12 - Why I chose to attend Craft + Commerce (and why I almost changed my mind)
  2. 17:35 - Blogging isn’t dead
  3. 19:22 - The importance of diversifying your marketing strategy
  4. 22:58 - Focusing on the big stuff and less on the trends
  5. 35:02 - Getting down with your numbers
  6. 37:00 - Titles are so important
  7. 40:36 - Public speaking tips
  8. 43:07 - Investing in your future self
  9. 45:35 - Being high value*
  10. 48:47 - Getting clear on what success means to you
  11. 50:22 - Doing $10k work

In our review of the week, TadaSrah writes: "Sam is so knowledgeable and down to earth. I love listening to On Your Terms! Sam is incredibly knowledgeable and is an outstanding teacher! She makes the “less fun” legal parts of running a business actually interesting and enjoyable to learn. I’m also an Ultimate Bundle® member which has helped me tremendously in my business, so I was stoked when she started a podcast because I love learning from her! I listen while I’m doing chores around the house and I always feel like she’s right there talking directly to me. I can’t recommend it enough to anyone who is starting or running an online business. Thanks for all that you do Sam!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Tickets to next year's conference are on sale here: conference.convertkit.com
  2. ConvertKit (affiliate link)
  3. Goal Setting, Productivity & Evergreen Content (Guest Episode with Louise Henry)
  4. Khe Hy
  5. Mike Pacchione
  6. Cara Chace
  7. Dr. Ben Hardy
  8. Glo Atanmo
  9. Chloe Weaver
  10. Tim Urban
  11. Sam Parr (The Hustle)
  12. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8e022c44-6241-4ecf-a69f-58e71171005aMon, 01 Aug 2022 06:00:00 -040001:00:12truefull5454I recently attended the Craft + Commerce Conference held by ConvertKit and had so many incredible takeaways for my business. I’m going to share my top 10 tips from some of my favorite speakers, as well as why you may want to consider attending conferences in your industry.53. The Millionaire Myth in Online Business53. The Millionaire Myth in Online BusinessA lot of people throw around the word “millionaire” but when you look at the numbers it’s clear they are using a different definition of millionaire. My goal isn’t to trash talk business owners who call themselves millionaires, but to encourage you to be a savvy consumer—of both businesses and content—and to be aware of this when you’re looking at your own numbers and feeling like you’re behind.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 02:07 - Why this industry needs a reality check
  2. 11:29 - The difference between revenue and income
  3. 13:04 - Understanding net worth
  4. 17:17 - Not focusing solely on revenue
  5. 18:47 - Why you should hold your industry to a higher standard

In our review of the week, Karly Wannos says: “The BEST no fluff, step-by-step podcast for Entrepreneurs. Sam Vander Wielen’s podcast, On Your Terms, is an absolute must for all entrepreneurs. The episodes are not only interesting and inspiring but will walk you through step-by-step on what you need to know to operate as a small business owner or entrepreneur. This podcast and Sam’s Ultimate Bundle® takes all the guess work and stress away from protecting your online business. This podcast is a total game-changer for anyone looking to start, grow or scale a business in 2022."

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 48. Do You Need a Business Coach?
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>A lot of people throw around the word “millionaire” but when you look at the numbers it’s clear they are using a different definition of millionaire. My goal isn’t to trash talk business owners who call themselves millionaires, but to encourage you to be a savvy consumer—of both businesses and content—and to be aware of this when you’re looking at your own numbers and feeling like you’re behind.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 02:07 - Why this industry needs a reality check
  2. 11:29 - The difference between revenue and income
  3. 13:04 - Understanding net worth
  4. 17:17 - Not focusing solely on revenue
  5. 18:47 - Why you should hold your industry to a higher standard

In our review of the week, Karly Wannos says: “The BEST no fluff, step-by-step podcast for Entrepreneurs. Sam Vander Wielen’s podcast, On Your Terms, is an absolute must for all entrepreneurs. The episodes are not only interesting and inspiring but will walk you through step-by-step on what you need to know to operate as a small business owner or entrepreneur. This podcast and Sam’s Ultimate Bundle® takes all the guess work and stress away from protecting your online business. This podcast is a total game-changer for anyone looking to start, grow or scale a business in 2022."

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 48. Do You Need a Business Coach?
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>48eb8edf-e881-49e9-a81d-861e69301829Mon, 25 Jul 2022 06:00:00 -040025:06truefull5353Many entrepreneurs call themselves millionaires, but when you look at their numbers you see they’re not being completely honest. I’m going to point out what it actually means to be a millionaire, what most people mean when they say it, and why it might not matter as much as you think anyway.52. What's a D/B/A and Do I Need One?52. What's a D/B/A and Do I Need One?What is a d/b/a? You may have heard the term d/b/a before, but you don’t really understand what it is or whether or not you need one. Maybe you’ve already registered a d/b/a but you haven’t registered your business—is this out of order? Don’t worry, because I’ve got you covered! I’m going to teach you exactly what a d/b/a is, when you really need one, and how to go about getting one.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:51 - Common misconceptions about d/b/a
  2. 05:31 - The problem with not having a d/b/a
  3. 09:42 - What a d/b/a is and how it’s different from registration
  4. 15:52 - How to know if you need a d/b/a
  5. 20:06 - How to get a d/b/a

In this week’s review, Back_Around wrote: "Just what I needed! I'm so glad I found your podcast. I've learned so much! Thanks Sam!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 9. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal Assets
  2. Episode 17. 6 Legal Must Haves for Online Businesses
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>What is a d/b/a? You may have heard the term d/b/a before, but you don’t really understand what it is or whether or not you need one. Maybe you’ve already registered a d/b/a but you haven’t registered your business—is this out of order? Don’t worry, because I’ve got you covered! I’m going to teach you exactly what a d/b/a is, when you really need one, and how to go about getting one.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:51 - Common misconceptions about d/b/a
  2. 05:31 - The problem with not having a d/b/a
  3. 09:42 - What a d/b/a is and how it’s different from registration
  4. 15:52 - How to know if you need a d/b/a
  5. 20:06 - How to get a d/b/a

In this week’s review, Back_Around wrote: "Just what I needed! I'm so glad I found your podcast. I've learned so much! Thanks Sam!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 9. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal Assets
  2. Episode 17. 6 Legal Must Haves for Online Businesses
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>addf4f2e-a085-4864-9496-2bd9ab26b64dMon, 18 Jul 2022 06:00:00 -040029:49truefull5252What is a d/b/a? You may have heard the term d/b/a before, but you don’t really understand what it is or whether or not you need one. Maybe you’ve already registered a d/b/a but you haven’t registered your business—is this out of order? Don’t worry, because I’ve got you covered! I’m going to teach you exactly what a d/b/a is, when you really need one, and how to go about getting one.51. Goal Setting, Productivity & Evergreen Content [ft. Online Business Strategist, Louise Henry]51. Goal Setting, Productivity & Evergreen Content [ft. Online Business Strategist, Louise Henry]Do you ever get to the end of the day and feel exhausted—but you can’t quite pinpoint what you actually did that day? It can feel overwhelming running an online business and trying to get all of your tools in order: Should you use Asana or ClickUp? Should you journal? How do you set reasonable goals? Where do you create content? It’s a lot to deal with!

Thankfully, Louise Henry is joining me today to break it all down for you. We talk all about productivity, setting goals, and finding the content platform that works best for you. You can actually become a more productive entrepreneur while working less when you have organized systems and clarity around your daily priorities.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:18 - Who Louise Henry is and how she serves people
  2. 13:53 - The unexpected parts of building an online business
  3. 19:24 - Three tips when you’re starting your business
  4. 23:59 - Getting started on YouTube
  5. 29:52 - Seeing business results from social media
  6. 33:35 - Why having organized systems is so important
  7. 37:34 - Picking a productivity system
  8. 45:40 - Setting goals for your online business
  9. 53:07 - Using challenges to grow your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join Uplevel with Asana and save $500 off your enrollment: samvanderwielen.com/uplevel
  2. Use Sam's email marketing system (ConvertKit): https://convertkit.com/?lmref=SiAv4Q
  3. Get Your Free 30-day Asana trial: https://asana.grsm.io/jl6zx0q14eml (affiliate link)
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Do you ever get to the end of the day and feel exhausted—but you can’t quite pinpoint what you actually did that day? It can feel overwhelming running an online business and trying to get all of your tools in order: Should you use Asana or ClickUp? Should you journal? How do you set reasonable goals? Where do you create content? It’s a lot to deal with!

Thankfully, Louise Henry is joining me today to break it all down for you. We talk all about productivity, setting goals, and finding the content platform that works best for you. You can actually become a more productive entrepreneur while working less when you have organized systems and clarity around your daily priorities.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:18 - Who Louise Henry is and how she serves people
  2. 13:53 - The unexpected parts of building an online business
  3. 19:24 - Three tips when you’re starting your business
  4. 23:59 - Getting started on YouTube
  5. 29:52 - Seeing business results from social media
  6. 33:35 - Why having organized systems is so important
  7. 37:34 - Picking a productivity system
  8. 45:40 - Setting goals for your online business
  9. 53:07 - Using challenges to grow your business

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Join Uplevel with Asana and save $500 off your enrollment: samvanderwielen.com/uplevel
  2. Use Sam's email marketing system (ConvertKit): https://convertkit.com/?lmref=SiAv4Q
  3. Get Your Free 30-day Asana trial: https://asana.grsm.io/jl6zx0q14eml (affiliate link)
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>2d6177fd-4443-476b-bc86-2150143c225bMon, 11 Jul 2022 06:00:00 -040001:01:10truefull5151Do you ever get to the end of the day and feel exhausted—but you can’t quite pinpoint what you actually did that day? Louise Henry is joining me today to break down all the overwhelm that comes with running an online business. We talk all about productivity, setting goals, and finding the content platform that works best for you.50. What I've Learned From Starting a PodcastWhat I've Learned From Starting a PodcastIt seems like just yesterday I started this podcast—and at the same time like I’ve been thinking about starting one forever. It’s been a great connection point with my audience, and I’ve already seen direct results in my business. If you’re in the same boat as me, thinking of starting a podcast for too long but unsure of where to start, I’m going to share everything I’ve learned along the way that you can apply to your own podcast, whether you’re thinking of starting one or already have one running. I also share how to position your podcast to grow your listeners and your business, podcasting social media strategies, and more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:15 - Having the right expectations for your podcast
  2. 06:50 - Giving your audience what they want
  3. 10:34 - Setting up your podcast and business to support each other
  4. 12:40 - What to do when you’re thinking of starting a podcast
  5. 17:54 - Having a business plan for your podcast
  6. 21:01 - Things to keep in mind when starting your podcast
  7. 28:28 - How to make your social media and podcast work together
  8. 32:52 - Leading people into your business
  9. 33:29 - Having a review strategy
  10. 35:22 - Batch recording your podcast

In our review of the week, amandathecoach said: "I purchased Sam’s Ultimate Bundle® in Fall 2021 as my very first step in starting my brand new company and then I started listening to her podcast. In addition to being a legal expert who somehow always answers my questions before I’ve asked them, she is a successful businesswoman who does not hold back on sharing great advice to start and run a growing business with a solid foundation. Everything she offers is super high quality and worth my time and energy. I love that she continues to connect me with other experts too through her podcast and other offers!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Follow Jen Diaz on Instagram: @jenmdiaz
  2. Episode 38. How to Start a Podcast or YouTube Channel with Katie Steckly
  3. Episode 36. How to Grow Your Business on Instagram (Guest Episode with Natasha Samuel)
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>It seems like just yesterday I started this podcast—and at the same time like I’ve been thinking about starting one forever. It’s been a great connection point with my audience, and I’ve already seen direct results in my business. If you’re in the same boat as me, thinking of starting a podcast for too long but unsure of where to start, I’m going to share everything I’ve learned along the way that you can apply to your own podcast, whether you’re thinking of starting one or already have one running. I also share how to position your podcast to grow your listeners and your business, podcasting social media strategies, and more.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 04:15 - Having the right expectations for your podcast
  2. 06:50 - Giving your audience what they want
  3. 10:34 - Setting up your podcast and business to support each other
  4. 12:40 - What to do when you’re thinking of starting a podcast
  5. 17:54 - Having a business plan for your podcast
  6. 21:01 - Things to keep in mind when starting your podcast
  7. 28:28 - How to make your social media and podcast work together
  8. 32:52 - Leading people into your business
  9. 33:29 - Having a review strategy
  10. 35:22 - Batch recording your podcast

In our review of the week, amandathecoach said: "I purchased Sam’s Ultimate Bundle® in Fall 2021 as my very first step in starting my brand new company and then I started listening to her podcast. In addition to being a legal expert who somehow always answers my questions before I’ve asked them, she is a successful businesswoman who does not hold back on sharing great advice to start and run a growing business with a solid foundation. Everything she offers is super high quality and worth my time and energy. I love that she continues to connect me with other experts too through her podcast and other offers!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Follow Jen Diaz on Instagram: @jenmdiaz
  2. Episode 38. How to Start a Podcast or YouTube Channel with Katie Steckly
  3. Episode 36. How to Grow Your Business on Instagram (Guest Episode with Natasha Samuel)
  4. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>cdbe09ba-3166-469f-ba7f-b20e3a1970caMon, 04 Jul 2022 06:00:00 -040040:45truefull5050I’m going to share everything I’ve learned along the way that you can apply to your own podcast, whether you’re thinking of starting one or already have one running. I also share how to position your podcast to grow your listeners and your business, podcasting social media strategies, and more.49. How to Legally Protect Your Online Course49. How to Legally Protect Your Online CourseCourses are the backbone of my business, and I’ve helped thousands of other people run and sell legally legit courses in their businesses.

Even if you aren’t offering courses, much of the advice I give here is going to apply to memberships or other passively-purchased products. We’re going to talk about what course contracts you need, how you can protect your content, and how scope of practice applies to courses. I’ll also go over the most common PITA problems you might come up against so you can avoid them completely.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 08:05 - What makes courses unique legally
  2. 09:15 - Keeping up with changing legal considerations
  3. 12:29 - Having the right contract
  4. 19:52 - Using your contract to protect you
  5. 26:05 - How to protect your course content
  6. 29:46 - Applying scope of practice to your course
  7. 31:22 - Common legal issues with courses—and how to avoid them

And here’s our review of the week! sarahhhsss writes: “Incredibly useful and packed with value!! Hands down the best resource I’ve found as I’ve thought about starting my own business!! I follow so many people but this has been the most valuable resource yet!! She does a great job of providing exactly the info you need, no more and no less! I am feeling much more confident about starting a business! I also feel much closer to pulling the trigger as she answers all of my most pressing business questions in one easily digestible forum! Would absolutely recommend!!!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  2. Episode 12. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!)
  3. Episode 13. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself
  4. Episode 14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!)
  5. Episode 27. The Tech Tools That Helped Me Grow My Business (& What I've Ditched!)
  6. SamCart (affiliate link)
  7. ConvertKit (affiliate link)
  8. Kajabi (affiliate link)
  9. Asana (affiliate link)
  10. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Courses are the backbone of my business, and I’ve helped thousands of other people run and sell legally legit courses in their businesses.

Even if you aren’t offering courses, much of the advice I give here is going to apply to memberships or other passively-purchased products. We’re going to talk about what course contracts you need, how you can protect your content, and how scope of practice applies to courses. I’ll also go over the most common PITA problems you might come up against so you can avoid them completely.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 08:05 - What makes courses unique legally
  2. 09:15 - Keeping up with changing legal considerations
  3. 12:29 - Having the right contract
  4. 19:52 - Using your contract to protect you
  5. 26:05 - How to protect your course content
  6. 29:46 - Applying scope of practice to your course
  7. 31:22 - Common legal issues with courses—and how to avoid them

And here’s our review of the week! sarahhhsss writes: “Incredibly useful and packed with value!! Hands down the best resource I’ve found as I’ve thought about starting my own business!! I follow so many people but this has been the most valuable resource yet!! She does a great job of providing exactly the info you need, no more and no less! I am feeling much more confident about starting a business! I also feel much closer to pulling the trigger as she answers all of my most pressing business questions in one easily digestible forum! Would absolutely recommend!!!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  2. Episode 12. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!)
  3. Episode 13. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself
  4. Episode 14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!)
  5. Episode 27. The Tech Tools That Helped Me Grow My Business (& What I've Ditched!)
  6. SamCart (affiliate link)
  7. ConvertKit (affiliate link)
  8. Kajabi (affiliate link)
  9. Asana (affiliate link)
  10. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>9935d05e-a80a-44b8-91af-26b9e3ade7f2Mon, 27 Jun 2022 06:00:00 -040043:26truefull4949Courses are a huge part of online business, but there are some legal quirks that make them different from other coaching offers. We’re going to talk about what course contracts you need, how you can protect your content, and how scope of practice applies to courses.48. Do You Need a Business Coach?48. Do You Need a Business Coach?People ask me all the time: “Do I really need a business coach?” And my answer usually surprises people. There are plenty of great business coaches out there—but there are also a lot of bad ones. This is more my thoughts on the industry rather than individual coaches. It’s important to be discerning about who you get help from in your business and have clarity on what you actually need.

I’m going to share tips on when you should and shouldn’t have a business coach, what to look for, my personal experience working with business coaches, and what I thought was worth it or a total waste.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:01 - The problem with business coaching
  2. 08:08 - A story about learning along the way
  3. 13:14 - When business coaching is helpful
  4. 17:50 - Why I don’t work with coaches and what I do instead

Now let’s share our review of the week! Kelseyanne13 wrote: "Great resource!

Sam is real and honest, which I love. This podcast has been a helpful resource to me as I begin building my nutrition coaching business. She talks about relevant topics to me and doesn’t embrace the hustle culture which I so appreciate!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. shinewithnatasha.com
  2. Episode 36. How to Grow Your Business on Instagram (Guest Episode with Natasha Samuel)
  3. creatorlymedia.com
  4. Episode 38. How to Start a Podcast or YouTube Channel with Katie Steckly
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER



]]>People ask me all the time: “Do I really need a business coach?” And my answer usually surprises people. There are plenty of great business coaches out there—but there are also a lot of bad ones. This is more my thoughts on the industry rather than individual coaches. It’s important to be discerning about who you get help from in your business and have clarity on what you actually need.

I’m going to share tips on when you should and shouldn’t have a business coach, what to look for, my personal experience working with business coaches, and what I thought was worth it or a total waste.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:01 - The problem with business coaching
  2. 08:08 - A story about learning along the way
  3. 13:14 - When business coaching is helpful
  4. 17:50 - Why I don’t work with coaches and what I do instead

Now let’s share our review of the week! Kelseyanne13 wrote: "Great resource!

Sam is real and honest, which I love. This podcast has been a helpful resource to me as I begin building my nutrition coaching business. She talks about relevant topics to me and doesn’t embrace the hustle culture which I so appreciate!"

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. shinewithnatasha.com
  2. Episode 36. How to Grow Your Business on Instagram (Guest Episode with Natasha Samuel)
  3. creatorlymedia.com
  4. Episode 38. How to Start a Podcast or YouTube Channel with Katie Steckly
  5. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER



]]>ded20b87-c541-482b-ae1f-b945dd662976Mon, 20 Jun 2022 06:00:00 -040025:49truefull4848When do you need a business coach? Do you need one at all? I’m going to share tips on when you should and shouldn’t have a business coach, what to look for, my personal experience working with business coaches, and what I thought was worth it or a total waste.47. Losing My Dad, Emergency Plans & Push/Rest47. Losing My Dad, Emergency Plans & Push/RestTrigger warning: This episode talks about cancer, loss, and grief.

When you’re running a business, you still have to manage to live your life alongside it. And when things happen in your life that demand your attention, you want to be able to give it the attention it needs. This came up personally for me when I had to take a sudden leave from work. Thankfully, I have systems in place that allow me to do this and still keep the business running smoothly.

I share what happened in my life to prompt my break, tips for setting up the systems I had in place to allow for a seamless and sudden period of leave, and the push/rest concept that I have been thinking about for quite some time.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:41 - A life update from Sam
  2. 28:56 - Having people behind you to support you
  3. 31:04 - Giving yourself time to rest
  4. 36:04 - Creating a system to give yourself time off
  5. 48:36 - Times to push and times to rest

And now our review of the week! Jenna_RD writes: “I have been listening to Sam for a while now, and have enjoyed every single one of her podcast episodes. I love the natural, down-to-earth way she presents information, and I really appreciate her consistent reminders that growing my business can be done on MY terms. I've used her Ultimate Bundle® of legal templates to get my business up and running, and it has relieved so much stress knowing I'm set up from a legal standpoint. Thanks Sam!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out my Emergency SOP Instagram Post and Reel
  2. Blog Post: 6 New Streams of Revenue to Add to Your Business Right Now
  3. Episode 12. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!)
  4. Episode 13. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself
  5. Episode 14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!)
  6. Episode 32. Should We Always Be in Growth Mode in Our Biz?
  7. Episode 38. How to Start a Podcast or YouTube Channel with Katie Steckly
  8. Episode 45. Four Tips for Sending Legally Legit Emails
  9. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Trigger warning: This episode talks about cancer, loss, and grief.

When you’re running a business, you still have to manage to live your life alongside it. And when things happen in your life that demand your attention, you want to be able to give it the attention it needs. This came up personally for me when I had to take a sudden leave from work. Thankfully, I have systems in place that allow me to do this and still keep the business running smoothly.

I share what happened in my life to prompt my break, tips for setting up the systems I had in place to allow for a seamless and sudden period of leave, and the push/rest concept that I have been thinking about for quite some time.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:41 - A life update from Sam
  2. 28:56 - Having people behind you to support you
  3. 31:04 - Giving yourself time to rest
  4. 36:04 - Creating a system to give yourself time off
  5. 48:36 - Times to push and times to rest

And now our review of the week! Jenna_RD writes: “I have been listening to Sam for a while now, and have enjoyed every single one of her podcast episodes. I love the natural, down-to-earth way she presents information, and I really appreciate her consistent reminders that growing my business can be done on MY terms. I've used her Ultimate Bundle® of legal templates to get my business up and running, and it has relieved so much stress knowing I'm set up from a legal standpoint. Thanks Sam!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Check out my Emergency SOP Instagram Post and Reel
  2. Blog Post: 6 New Streams of Revenue to Add to Your Business Right Now
  3. Episode 12. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!)
  4. Episode 13. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself
  5. Episode 14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!)
  6. Episode 32. Should We Always Be in Growth Mode in Our Biz?
  7. Episode 38. How to Start a Podcast or YouTube Channel with Katie Steckly
  8. Episode 45. Four Tips for Sending Legally Legit Emails
  9. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>d0dba826-cb5d-447c-bf63-646d6cff12f3Mon, 13 Jun 2022 06:00:00 -040058:53truefull4747When you’re running a business, you still have to manage to live your life alongside it. And when things happen in your life that demand your attention, you want to be able to give it the attention it needs. In this episode, I share what happened in my life to prompt my own break, tips for setting up the systems I had in place to allow for a seamless and sudden period of leave, and the push/rest concept that I have been thinking about for quite some time.46. Your business’ growth is bigger than you (From the archives)46. Your business’ growth is bigger than you (From the archives)A while back on Instagram, I posted about something I do to save money at the grocery store and someone commented: “Why do you care about saving money? Doesn’t your business make a ton of money?” There are a lot of misconceptions baked into that comment that relates to building an online business and that’s what I want to dig into today.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 00:43 - You are not your revenue
  2. 03:01 - The fiduciary duty of any business owner
  3. 04:45 - Why saving money is villainized
  4. 06:32 - Growth vs. lifestyle businesses
  5. 16:34 - The privilege baked into online business advice

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>A while back on Instagram, I posted about something I do to save money at the grocery store and someone commented: “Why do you care about saving money? Doesn’t your business make a ton of money?” There are a lot of misconceptions baked into that comment that relates to building an online business and that’s what I want to dig into today.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 00:43 - You are not your revenue
  2. 03:01 - The fiduciary duty of any business owner
  3. 04:45 - Why saving money is villainized
  4. 06:32 - Growth vs. lifestyle businesses
  5. 16:34 - The privilege baked into online business advice

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>4964eb72-44c5-48c8-88f0-f0373f1c58e4Mon, 06 Jun 2022 06:00:00 -040021:34truefull4646A while back on Instagram, I posted about something I do to save money at the grocery store and someone commented: “Why do you care about saving money? Doesn’t your business make a ton of money?” There are a lot of misconceptions baked into that comment that relates to building an online business and that’s what I want to dig into today.45. Four Tips for Sending Legally Protected Emails45. Four Tips for Sending Legally Protected EmailsWhen you’re used to sending emails person to person, nothing could be more straightforward. But when you’re representing a business – even if that business is just you – things get a bit trickier. In this short episode, I’m going to share with you four tips you can implement right away in order to ensure the emails you’re sending on behalf of your business are legally protected.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 00:39 - Why you need to send emails legally
  2. 02:14 - Making sure you have an unsubscribe link
  3. 05:59 - Having a mailing address for your business
  4. 06:57 - Including your business name
  5. 08:14 - Only sending emails to people that want them

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When you’re used to sending emails person to person, nothing could be more straightforward. But when you’re representing a business – even if that business is just you – things get a bit trickier. In this short episode, I’m going to share with you four tips you can implement right away in order to ensure the emails you’re sending on behalf of your business are legally protected.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 00:39 - Why you need to send emails legally
  2. 02:14 - Making sure you have an unsubscribe link
  3. 05:59 - Having a mailing address for your business
  4. 06:57 - Including your business name
  5. 08:14 - Only sending emails to people that want them

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. The Ultimate Bundle®
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>7d33e02e-1efa-4a6f-8715-3633b58628d5Mon, 30 May 2022 06:00:00 -040012:16truefull4545When you’re used to sending emails person to person, nothing could be more straightforward. But when you’re representing a business – even if that business is just you – things get a bit trickier. In this short episode, I’m going to share with you four tips you can implement right away in order to ensure the emails you’re sending on behalf of your business are legally legit.44. What's the Deal with ™️ © ® Symbols and Can I Use Them?44. What's the Deal with ™️ © ® Symbols and Can I Use Them?Legalese can sometimes feel like a different language altogether, and let’s be real, all of the symbols you see everywhere don’t help! What's the deal with ™️, ©, ® symbols? What do they mean, what do they do, and can you use them in your business? We’re going to break it all down and translate these strange glyphs into a language that you can understand.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:01 - Getting your symbols straight (and why it matters)
  2. 04:54 - The copyright (©) symbol
  3. 13:12 - The trademark (™️) symbol
  4. 17:34 - The registered trademark symbol (®)

This week’s review of the week comes from Bethica83 who wrote: “These podcasts have been perfect for me as I work through the multitude of angles, starting Honeybee Health Coach PLLC, and protecting myself as I provide diabetes education and help patients navigate the complicated world of health care and realize their full health potential. This is a great tool to accompany her legit legal package.”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Go to copycatschecklist.com to get my free PDF guide on keeping content thieves off your back!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Legalese can sometimes feel like a different language altogether, and let’s be real, all of the symbols you see everywhere don’t help! What's the deal with ™️, ©, ® symbols? What do they mean, what do they do, and can you use them in your business? We’re going to break it all down and translate these strange glyphs into a language that you can understand.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:01 - Getting your symbols straight (and why it matters)
  2. 04:54 - The copyright (©) symbol
  3. 13:12 - The trademark (™️) symbol
  4. 17:34 - The registered trademark symbol (®)

This week’s review of the week comes from Bethica83 who wrote: “These podcasts have been perfect for me as I work through the multitude of angles, starting Honeybee Health Coach PLLC, and protecting myself as I provide diabetes education and help patients navigate the complicated world of health care and realize their full health potential. This is a great tool to accompany her legit legal package.”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Go to copycatschecklist.com to get my free PDF guide on keeping content thieves off your back!
  2. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>6a5589cd-ee48-4622-ad0d-75f0e231aeccMon, 23 May 2022 06:00:00 -040021:35truefull4444Legalese can sometimes feel like a different language altogether, and let’s be real, all of the symbols you see everywhere don’t help! What's the deal with ™️, ©, ® symbols? What do they mean, what do they do, and can you use them in your business? We’re going to break it all down and translate these strange glyphs into a language that you can understand.43. BTS: When My Website Got Stolen by Another Attorney43. BTS: When My Website Got Stolen by Another AttorneyAs business owners, we work hard to make our businesses run, from our websites to our social media content to our copy. But what if someone else saw your work and thought, “Wow, this is great! Nobody will notice if I use it for my business, right?” What would you do?

I’m going to tell a juicy story that I’ve never shared in full before, about when I had my entire website stolen by another attorney a few years ago. It’s a wild story, and parts of it are hard to believe, but it’s completely true – which means it could happen to anyone. I’m sharing this story to show you how these situations play out in real time, and what steps you can take to get through it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 06:25 - Why business theft seems to be so prevalent
  2. 08:24 - The two problems that always come up when you protect your content
  3. 10:17 - That time I got my whole website stolen by another attorney
  4. 23:56 - The importance of memorializing agreements

In our listener review of the week, Samantha Burmeister said: Perfect for the next-level entrepreneur. This podcast has been a godsend for me as I seek resources that are for someone that’s already established in their business. It’s beyond entry-level info, but not too over my head. As Goldilocks said, “This podcast is juuuust right.”!

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Go to copycatschecklist.com to get my free PDF guide on keeping content thieves off your back!
  2. Episode 19. How to Legally Share Content (Don't be a Copycat!)
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>As business owners, we work hard to make our businesses run, from our websites to our social media content to our copy. But what if someone else saw your work and thought, “Wow, this is great! Nobody will notice if I use it for my business, right?” What would you do?

I’m going to tell a juicy story that I’ve never shared in full before, about when I had my entire website stolen by another attorney a few years ago. It’s a wild story, and parts of it are hard to believe, but it’s completely true – which means it could happen to anyone. I’m sharing this story to show you how these situations play out in real time, and what steps you can take to get through it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 06:25 - Why business theft seems to be so prevalent
  2. 08:24 - The two problems that always come up when you protect your content
  3. 10:17 - That time I got my whole website stolen by another attorney
  4. 23:56 - The importance of memorializing agreements

In our listener review of the week, Samantha Burmeister said: Perfect for the next-level entrepreneur. This podcast has been a godsend for me as I seek resources that are for someone that’s already established in their business. It’s beyond entry-level info, but not too over my head. As Goldilocks said, “This podcast is juuuust right.”!

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Go to copycatschecklist.com to get my free PDF guide on keeping content thieves off your back!
  2. Episode 19. How to Legally Share Content (Don't be a Copycat!)
  3. Get notified when each episode of On Your Terms® comes out

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>fe67f2e7-97ad-4b2b-b7c7-e41552c84243Mon, 16 May 2022 06:00:00 -040031:25truefull4343What would you do if someone stole your content and tried to pass it off as their own? I’m going to tell a juicy story that I’ve never shared in full before, about when I had my entire website stolen by another attorney a few years ago. Here’s what I did about it, and what you can learn from my situation.42. Business Insurance Mistakes That Could Cost You BIG42. Business Insurance Mistakes That Could Cost You BIGI get so many questions (and hear so much bad advice floating around) relating to business insurance. One of the worst things that could happen is thinking you’re fine, only to find out your coverage won’t do anything for you. That’s not what I want happening to you! Let’s break down the myths, teach you what business insurance really is, how it works, and what some of the most common mistakes are for people who already have it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:17 - What business insurance actually is
  2. 06:40 - The different kinds
  3. 13:44 - Why not having business insurance is a mistake
  4. 16:10 - Making sure you get the right kind
  5. 17:27 - Not being fully covered
  6. 20:12 - Knowing your business insurance exclusions
  7. 22:00 - Looking at your declarations page

In our review of the week, DiamondA2021 says: “Oh my goodness, I am a new fan of Sam’s podcast 100%!! Sam is so down to earth while being so knowledgeable and wise at the same time. Many of her episodes speak directly to my heart and help me to become more confident as a Gospel fitness trainer and business owner. The episode: “What Other People Think Of Your Business- Does It Really Matter?” especially spoke to me!! For the longest I obsessed over unfollowers!! But Sam is right in encouraging us all to celebrate our wins and make a difference in our own ways.”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 33: What Other People Think of Your Business – Does it Really Matter?
  2. Episode 35: What to Do if Your Business Gets Sued
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I get so many questions (and hear so much bad advice floating around) relating to business insurance. One of the worst things that could happen is thinking you’re fine, only to find out your coverage won’t do anything for you. That’s not what I want happening to you! Let’s break down the myths, teach you what business insurance really is, how it works, and what some of the most common mistakes are for people who already have it.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:17 - What business insurance actually is
  2. 06:40 - The different kinds
  3. 13:44 - Why not having business insurance is a mistake
  4. 16:10 - Making sure you get the right kind
  5. 17:27 - Not being fully covered
  6. 20:12 - Knowing your business insurance exclusions
  7. 22:00 - Looking at your declarations page

In our review of the week, DiamondA2021 says: “Oh my goodness, I am a new fan of Sam’s podcast 100%!! Sam is so down to earth while being so knowledgeable and wise at the same time. Many of her episodes speak directly to my heart and help me to become more confident as a Gospel fitness trainer and business owner. The episode: “What Other People Think Of Your Business- Does It Really Matter?” especially spoke to me!! For the longest I obsessed over unfollowers!! But Sam is right in encouraging us all to celebrate our wins and make a difference in our own ways.”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 33: What Other People Think of Your Business – Does it Really Matter?
  2. Episode 35: What to Do if Your Business Gets Sued
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8d4ca7cd-bd1f-4344-9c0f-3fab709c08feMon, 09 May 2022 06:00:00 -040025:58truefull4242Business insurance is not that complicated, but you do need to have a few key things sorted out to make sure you’re legally covered. I’m going to break down the myths, teach you what business insurance really is, how it works, and what some of the most common mistakes are for people who already have it.41. Feel behind in biz? Listen to this.41. Feel behind in biz? Listen to this.Are you not where you want to be in business? Either you feel like you’re not making as much money as you should be, your social media isn’t getting the attention you’d like, or you just don’t have as many clients as you’d like? We’ve all been there – including me.

I’m going to help you learn how you can process those feelings and what to do with them. I have six tips to adjust your outlook and overcome this business-blocking mindset.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:15 - Two things that make us feel off track
  2. 09:41 - The hard side of feeling behind
  3. 14:23 - Why you need to focus on what’s going right instead of what’s going wrong
  4. 20:14 - Creating your own rubric for success
  5. 23:43 - Expanding your definition of success
  6. 26:32 - Comparing where you are to where you were
  7. 30:49 - Producing more than you’re consuming
  8. 32:19 - Don’t chase; attract
  9. 34:55 - Letting the pizza dough rest

Here’s our listener review of the week! claireflip13 says: “I listened to Sam’s podcast on caring about what people think about your business & I loved it! I don’t have a business but I’m a content creator so I could relate to a lot of what she was saying. She had a great perspective on internal validation vs external validation, and she reminds me to keep doing what I love because we aren’t going to make everyone happy.”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Amy Porterfield "Mantras" episode: https://www.amyporterfield.com/2022/04/448
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you not where you want to be in business? Either you feel like you’re not making as much money as you should be, your social media isn’t getting the attention you’d like, or you just don’t have as many clients as you’d like? We’ve all been there – including me.

I’m going to help you learn how you can process those feelings and what to do with them. I have six tips to adjust your outlook and overcome this business-blocking mindset.

In this episode, you’ll hear…

  1. 03:15 - Two things that make us feel off track
  2. 09:41 - The hard side of feeling behind
  3. 14:23 - Why you need to focus on what’s going right instead of what’s going wrong
  4. 20:14 - Creating your own rubric for success
  5. 23:43 - Expanding your definition of success
  6. 26:32 - Comparing where you are to where you were
  7. 30:49 - Producing more than you’re consuming
  8. 32:19 - Don’t chase; attract
  9. 34:55 - Letting the pizza dough rest

Here’s our listener review of the week! claireflip13 says: “I listened to Sam’s podcast on caring about what people think about your business & I loved it! I don’t have a business but I’m a content creator so I could relate to a lot of what she was saying. She had a great perspective on internal validation vs external validation, and she reminds me to keep doing what I love because we aren’t going to make everyone happy.”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Amy Porterfield "Mantras" episode: https://www.amyporterfield.com/2022/04/448
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8b8d3299-f951-4b97-9743-36698d9b745eMon, 02 May 2022 06:00:00 -040039:42truefull4141We’ve all felt like we’re not as far along in our business as we’d like to or think we should be. I’m going to give you six tips to adjust your outlook and overcome this business-blocking mindset.40. Facebook Ads 101: The MUST Know Info on How Ads Can Help Your Business Grow40. Facebook Ads 101: The MUST Know Info on How Ads Can Help Your Business GrowRounding out my three-part series on marketing your business with evergreen content, I wanted to address the elephant in the room: Facebook ads. Helping me with that is my friend and personal ads expert, Frannie, owner and creator of Elevate Her Marketing. If you want to grow your business without the need to be working in your business 24/7, ads are the secret sauce. We’re going to address some of the misconceptions people have about ads, who should or shouldn’t run ads, and the importance of taking the long haul approach.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:46 - What Elevate Her Marketing does
  2. 10:08 - When to start running Facebook ads in your business
  3. 27:33 - Why Facebook ads are vilified
  4. 37:21 - Common advertising mistakes people make
  5. 48:13 - Debunking common ad myths

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. elevatehermarketing.com
  2. Instagram: @elevatehermarketing

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Rounding out my three-part series on marketing your business with evergreen content, I wanted to address the elephant in the room: Facebook ads. Helping me with that is my friend and personal ads expert, Frannie, owner and creator of Elevate Her Marketing. If you want to grow your business without the need to be working in your business 24/7, ads are the secret sauce. We’re going to address some of the misconceptions people have about ads, who should or shouldn’t run ads, and the importance of taking the long haul approach.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:46 - What Elevate Her Marketing does
  2. 10:08 - When to start running Facebook ads in your business
  3. 27:33 - Why Facebook ads are vilified
  4. 37:21 - Common advertising mistakes people make
  5. 48:13 - Debunking common ad myths

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. elevatehermarketing.com
  2. Instagram: @elevatehermarketing

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1b073c67-2d91-4eb1-8153-51ae311272d1Mon, 25 Apr 2022 06:00:00 -040001:14:41truefull4040If you want to grow your business without the need to be working in your business 24/7, ads are the secret sauce. We’re going to address some of the misconceptions people have, who should or shouldn’t run ads, and the importance of taking the long-haul approach.39. How to Price Your Offers39. How to Price Your OffersOne question haunts entrepreneurs and business owners around the world: how am I supposed to price my product? Whether it’s feeling uncomfortable pricing what you’re worth, worrying about scaring customers away, or any of the other obstacles in your way, setting prices is hard. I’m going to share (and debunk) the pricing myths many of us fall for while giving seven concrete tips on how to price what you offer. I also share how to increase your prices whenever you're ready – which could be now!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:41 - The issues I see around pricing
  2. 09:32 - The value of your time and your impact
  3. 17:16 - How pricing relates to quality
  4. 21:03 - Factoring in your experience
  5. 23:03 - Focusing on scalability and profitability
  6. 24:19 - Pricing for who you’re selling to
  7. 27:55 - Recognizing economies of scale
  8. 30:16 - Giving options for your offers
  9. 33:16 - How to bump your prices

Shoutout to our listener of the month, Dr. Maria. She said: “I enjoy Sam’s podcast during my morning treadmill walks. The length is perfect for my workout. Because I’m new to the Ultimate Bundle® I select a different episode each day. I get a tour of all the topics and a peek into Sam’s mind. The podcasts are well-produced and well-delivered, informative, and easy to listen to.

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>One question haunts entrepreneurs and business owners around the world: how am I supposed to price my product? Whether it’s feeling uncomfortable pricing what you’re worth, worrying about scaring customers away, or any of the other obstacles in your way, setting prices is hard. I’m going to share (and debunk) the pricing myths many of us fall for while giving seven concrete tips on how to price what you offer. I also share how to increase your prices whenever you're ready – which could be now!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:41 - The issues I see around pricing
  2. 09:32 - The value of your time and your impact
  3. 17:16 - How pricing relates to quality
  4. 21:03 - Factoring in your experience
  5. 23:03 - Focusing on scalability and profitability
  6. 24:19 - Pricing for who you’re selling to
  7. 27:55 - Recognizing economies of scale
  8. 30:16 - Giving options for your offers
  9. 33:16 - How to bump your prices

Shoutout to our listener of the month, Dr. Maria. She said: “I enjoy Sam’s podcast during my morning treadmill walks. The length is perfect for my workout. Because I’m new to the Ultimate Bundle® I select a different episode each day. I get a tour of all the topics and a peek into Sam’s mind. The podcasts are well-produced and well-delivered, informative, and easy to listen to.

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>099c21d3-b0ad-444d-8e85-ff6501aff80cMon, 18 Apr 2022 06:00:00 -040040:15truefull3939Setting prices is hard. I’m going to share (and debunk) the pricing myths many of us fall for while giving seven concrete tips on how to price what you offer. I also share how to increase your prices whenever you’re ready – which could be now!38. How to Start a Podcast or YouTube Channel with Katie Steckly38. How to Start a Podcast or YouTube Channel with Katie StecklyNone of us want our businesses beholden to the latest algorithm change or social media platforms, right? That’s why we’re focusing on creating evergreen content with Katie Steckly, an expert in all things evergreen content and social media. We discuss picking the right platform for you, how to plan content, what you need to get started, and more.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:58 - Where to start creating content
  2. 14:04 - How to choose what platforms to be on
  3. 17:36 - How to look past fears that hold you back
  4. 24:27 - Coming up with content ideas
  5. 28:19 - The way your platform can dictate your content
  6. 33:43 - Three tips for starting a YouTube channel or podcast
  7. 39:03 - The equipment to start with
  8. 40:20 - Creating a content calendar

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. www.creatorlymedia.com
  2. Creatorly Media is always happy to take on new clients. All the info about our services can be found at www.creatorlymedia.com/services
  3. Katie Steckly - YouTube
  4. Follow Katie on Instagram: @katiesteckly
  5. Follow Creatorly on Instagram: @creatorlymedia
  6. How to Start a Podcast From Scratch - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_-PGsYoWuE0
  7. Katie’s recommended content creation equipment
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>None of us want our businesses beholden to the latest algorithm change or social media platforms, right? That’s why we’re focusing on creating evergreen content with Katie Steckly, an expert in all things evergreen content and social media. We discuss picking the right platform for you, how to plan content, what you need to get started, and more.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:58 - Where to start creating content
  2. 14:04 - How to choose what platforms to be on
  3. 17:36 - How to look past fears that hold you back
  4. 24:27 - Coming up with content ideas
  5. 28:19 - The way your platform can dictate your content
  6. 33:43 - Three tips for starting a YouTube channel or podcast
  7. 39:03 - The equipment to start with
  8. 40:20 - Creating a content calendar

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. www.creatorlymedia.com
  2. Creatorly Media is always happy to take on new clients. All the info about our services can be found at www.creatorlymedia.com/services
  3. Katie Steckly - YouTube
  4. Follow Katie on Instagram: @katiesteckly
  5. Follow Creatorly on Instagram: @creatorlymedia
  6. How to Start a Podcast From Scratch - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_-PGsYoWuE0
  7. Katie’s recommended content creation equipment
  8. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b64bda3b-fca1-4348-946f-66a033c06130Mon, 11 Apr 2022 06:00:00 -040049:35truefull3838Katie Steckly, Founder and CEO of Creatorly Media and expert in all things evergreen content and social media, joins me to discuss picking the right platform for you, how to plan content, what you need to get started, and more.37. My Biggest Launch Yet: Behind the Scenes & Takeaways!37. My Biggest Launch Yet: Behind the Scenes & Takeaways!My recent Ultimate Bundle® launch was my biggest ever, and I want to take you behind the scenes and share what I did differently, what I learned, and – most importantly – what you can take away from it. What I’m most proud of, beyond the success of this launch, is that I managed to keep it all as stress-free as possible. If you’re planning on running your own promotions or launches in the future, I have five actionable takeaways, so stick around for those!

Listener shoutout – in her review, erineatscarrots wrote: Sam has a story and a message that really resonates with me and that entrepreneurs in the health and wellness space really need to hear! I am so excited for this podcast as a way to continue to learn from her experience and glean valuable tips and ideas for my own nutrition practice. Can’t wait!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:37 - What you’ll take away from this episode
  2. 03:55 - How I approached my promotion
  3. 12:26 - The two pre-launch phases
  4. 14:25 - Nurturing
  5. 19:35 - Pre-launch planning
  6. 26:46 - Switching up your social media approach
  7. 33:03 - Tinkering with bonuses and live events
  8. 34:56 - Being in it for the long haul

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 36. How to Grow Your Business on Instagram (Guest Episode with Natasha Samuel)
  2. Episode 34. 2021 Recap: What It's Really Been Like to Grow a 7-Figure Business
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>My recent Ultimate Bundle® launch was my biggest ever, and I want to take you behind the scenes and share what I did differently, what I learned, and – most importantly – what you can take away from it. What I’m most proud of, beyond the success of this launch, is that I managed to keep it all as stress-free as possible. If you’re planning on running your own promotions or launches in the future, I have five actionable takeaways, so stick around for those!

Listener shoutout – in her review, erineatscarrots wrote: Sam has a story and a message that really resonates with me and that entrepreneurs in the health and wellness space really need to hear! I am so excited for this podcast as a way to continue to learn from her experience and glean valuable tips and ideas for my own nutrition practice. Can’t wait!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:37 - What you’ll take away from this episode
  2. 03:55 - How I approached my promotion
  3. 12:26 - The two pre-launch phases
  4. 14:25 - Nurturing
  5. 19:35 - Pre-launch planning
  6. 26:46 - Switching up your social media approach
  7. 33:03 - Tinkering with bonuses and live events
  8. 34:56 - Being in it for the long haul

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 36. How to Grow Your Business on Instagram (Guest Episode with Natasha Samuel)
  2. Episode 34. 2021 Recap: What It's Really Been Like to Grow a 7-Figure Business
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f33e8f92-4aa0-49d5-a08c-85e5d2881b6bMon, 04 Apr 2022 06:00:00 -040041:49truefull3737I’m taking you behind the scenes of my latest and greatest launch to tell you what I learned, and what you can take away from it and apply to your business.36. How to Grow Your Business on Instagram (Guest Episode with Natasha Samuel)36. How to Grow Your Business on Instagram (Guest Episode with Natasha Samuel)Natasha Samuel is the host of The Shine Online Podcast and an Instagram strategist that helps small businesses… well, shine online. Through intensive strategy days, digital resources, and education, Natasha helps you build your brand on the ‘gram with a video strategy that is fulfilling and fun – without the overwhelm.

Natasha is a social media genius. She breaks down Instagram in such a refreshing, relatable way. Her whole approach is about finding the social media strategy that’s actually sustainable for you, no matter how busy your work or life can get. She also believes social media should reflect your personal values, and doesn’t advise compromising any of that for quick growth. We talk about overwhelm, content batching, nailing your Instagram bio, and her three-part follower journey (which is going to blow your mind)!

Listener shoutout – in her review, abbyfitzzz wrote: Thank you Sam! Love this podcast! Sam provides so much value with each episode & I love that she speaks on a variety of topics, from tangible legal / business tips to mindset. Her takes are unique & refreshing, because she is down to earth & she makes it feel like I am listening to a friend that knows exactly what I’m going through. I look forward to listening every time she puts out a new episode. Thanks Sam!

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 06:21 - Why Instagram is a great place to market your business
  2. 09:05 - Growing a community on Instagram
  3. 15:03 - Struggling to balance personal and business content
  4. 18:41 - The various surfaces of Instagram and what to post there
  5. 24:37 - Tips for writing captions
  6. 28:22 - Using Instagram to direct people to other platforms
  7. 33:11 - The 3-step follower journey
  8. 39:16 - Tips for batching and consistency
  9. 42:39 - How to iterate on your strategy
  10. 45:37 - Tips for people burnt out on social media
  11. 47:44 - Navigating social media during hard times

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. shinewithnatasha.com/video
  2. Natasha's podcast, "The Shine Online Podcast"
  3. Shine with Natasha on YouTube
  4. Instagram: @shinewithnatasha
  5. Episode 24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does
  6. Episode 25. Creating Brand Loyalists & Future Buyers
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Natasha Samuel is the host of The Shine Online Podcast and an Instagram strategist that helps small businesses… well, shine online. Through intensive strategy days, digital resources, and education, Natasha helps you build your brand on the ‘gram with a video strategy that is fulfilling and fun – without the overwhelm.

Natasha is a social media genius. She breaks down Instagram in such a refreshing, relatable way. Her whole approach is about finding the social media strategy that’s actually sustainable for you, no matter how busy your work or life can get. She also believes social media should reflect your personal values, and doesn’t advise compromising any of that for quick growth. We talk about overwhelm, content batching, nailing your Instagram bio, and her three-part follower journey (which is going to blow your mind)!

Listener shoutout – in her review, abbyfitzzz wrote: Thank you Sam! Love this podcast! Sam provides so much value with each episode & I love that she speaks on a variety of topics, from tangible legal / business tips to mindset. Her takes are unique & refreshing, because she is down to earth & she makes it feel like I am listening to a friend that knows exactly what I’m going through. I look forward to listening every time she puts out a new episode. Thanks Sam!

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 06:21 - Why Instagram is a great place to market your business
  2. 09:05 - Growing a community on Instagram
  3. 15:03 - Struggling to balance personal and business content
  4. 18:41 - The various surfaces of Instagram and what to post there
  5. 24:37 - Tips for writing captions
  6. 28:22 - Using Instagram to direct people to other platforms
  7. 33:11 - The 3-step follower journey
  8. 39:16 - Tips for batching and consistency
  9. 42:39 - How to iterate on your strategy
  10. 45:37 - Tips for people burnt out on social media
  11. 47:44 - Navigating social media during hard times

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. shinewithnatasha.com/video
  2. Natasha's podcast, "The Shine Online Podcast"
  3. Shine with Natasha on YouTube
  4. Instagram: @shinewithnatasha
  5. Episode 24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does
  6. Episode 25. Creating Brand Loyalists & Future Buyers
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0067091c-ab45-401e-b908-feb9441a9f6bMon, 28 Mar 2022 06:00:00 -040058:26truefull3636Instagram expert Natasha Samuel talks about dealing with overwhelm on Instagram, content batching, nailing your bio, and her three-part follower journey.35. What to Do if Your Business Gets Sued35. What to Do if Your Business Gets SuedIt’s probably everyone’s worst business fear: getting a nastygram from a lawyer letting you know you’re being sued. You probably don’t even want to think about it. But wait! Instead of burying that fear deep down, here are the exact steps to take so that, if the worst does happen, you’ll know exactly what to do. I’m even going to give you some preventative tips as well. Doesn’t that feel better? Let’s get through this!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 01:52 - Why it’s important to know what to do if you get sued
  2. 03:44 - The importance of taking timely action
  3. 06:24 - Misconceptions about getting sued
  4. 12:06 - How to respond when you get notified
  5. 15:19 - Reaching out to your business insurance
  6. 16:58 - Providing relevant information to your attorney
  7. 17:38 - What to do if you don’t have business insurance
  8. 18:48 - How to prevent getting sued in the first place

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  2. Episode 7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)
  3. Episode 4. The 5 Most Dangerous Legal Myths I See Online
  4. Pre-Qualify Before They Buy Email Templates
  5. Asana
  6. Watch my YouTube video on "What to Do If You Get Sued"
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>It’s probably everyone’s worst business fear: getting a nastygram from a lawyer letting you know you’re being sued. You probably don’t even want to think about it. But wait! Instead of burying that fear deep down, here are the exact steps to take so that, if the worst does happen, you’ll know exactly what to do. I’m even going to give you some preventative tips as well. Doesn’t that feel better? Let’s get through this!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 01:52 - Why it’s important to know what to do if you get sued
  2. 03:44 - The importance of taking timely action
  3. 06:24 - Misconceptions about getting sued
  4. 12:06 - How to respond when you get notified
  5. 15:19 - Reaching out to your business insurance
  6. 16:58 - Providing relevant information to your attorney
  7. 17:38 - What to do if you don’t have business insurance
  8. 18:48 - How to prevent getting sued in the first place

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  2. Episode 7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)
  3. Episode 4. The 5 Most Dangerous Legal Myths I See Online
  4. Pre-Qualify Before They Buy Email Templates
  5. Asana
  6. Watch my YouTube video on "What to Do If You Get Sued"
  7. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>77308a02-e26e-4b03-88b2-7c948688d4acMon, 21 Mar 2022 06:00:00 -040025:27truefull3535Nobody wants to think about getting sued, but what’s worse would be getting sued without having a plan in place. I’m going to share some simple prep you should find the time to do in order to make sure you don’t make any mistakes should the worst case scenario happen.34. Personal Catch-Up (Take a Peek Behind the Scenes!)34. Personal Catch-Up (Take a Peek Behind the Scenes!)We’ve been dropping all sorts of high-quality legal and business knowledge on the regular, so I thought it might be fun to take a step back and catch up personally. I’ve just wrapped up my Ultimate Bundle® promotional event, and now I’m starting to unwind and look at the year ahead – both personally and professionally. So grab a coffee and pretend we’re having a chat together. I’ll share what’s getting me excited for the future.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 01:18 - Unwinding from my massive promo event
  2. 08:32 - Dealing with my own legal tax hurdles
  3. 10:19 - Getting on a health kick
  4. 18:58 - Working on my new project behind the scenes
  5. 19:32 - Getting the travel bug
  6. 21:52 - Two personal commitments that I’ve made

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Julia Turshen's cooking classes: https://www.juliaturshen.com/classes
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>We’ve been dropping all sorts of high-quality legal and business knowledge on the regular, so I thought it might be fun to take a step back and catch up personally. I’ve just wrapped up my Ultimate Bundle® promotional event, and now I’m starting to unwind and look at the year ahead – both personally and professionally. So grab a coffee and pretend we’re having a chat together. I’ll share what’s getting me excited for the future.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 01:18 - Unwinding from my massive promo event
  2. 08:32 - Dealing with my own legal tax hurdles
  3. 10:19 - Getting on a health kick
  4. 18:58 - Working on my new project behind the scenes
  5. 19:32 - Getting the travel bug
  6. 21:52 - Two personal commitments that I’ve made

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. Julia Turshen's cooking classes: https://www.juliaturshen.com/classes
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>148a13fe-b95f-4538-a24a-c0c695209c79Mon, 14 Mar 2022 06:00:00 -040025:36truefull3434We’ve been dropping all sorts of high-quality legal and business knowledge on the regular, so I thought it might be fun to take a step back and catch up personally. I’m going to share what I’ve been up to and what I have planned for the year.33. What Other People Think of Your Business – Does it Really Matter?33. What Other People Think of Your Business – Does it Really Matter?We have it totally mixed up when we think of who’s to blame for why our business isn’t growing, why we don’t feel confident, or why we struggle to show up on camera. We point at our customers, at our parents and how they raised us, or at the economy, but often the truth is: you are the person standing in the way of your business success. I’m going to share how your mindset is holding you back and how you can change it or – more realistically – accept it.

Listener shoutout: in her review, amandathecoach wrote, “I purchased Sam’s Ultimate Bundle® in Fall 2021 as my very first step in starting my brand new company and then I started listening to her podcast. In addition to being a legal expert who somehow always answers my questions before I’ve asked them, she is a successful businesswoman who does not hold back on sharing great advice to start and run a growing business with a solid foundation. Everything she offers is super high quality and worth my time and energy. I love that she continues to connect me with other experts too through her podcast and other offers!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:09 - Why worrying what other people think of you is holding you back
  2. 07:06 - The importance of acknowledging your success
  3. 13:41 - How you’re getting in your own way

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. smartless.com
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>We have it totally mixed up when we think of who’s to blame for why our business isn’t growing, why we don’t feel confident, or why we struggle to show up on camera. We point at our customers, at our parents and how they raised us, or at the economy, but often the truth is: you are the person standing in the way of your business success. I’m going to share how your mindset is holding you back and how you can change it or – more realistically – accept it.

Listener shoutout: in her review, amandathecoach wrote, “I purchased Sam’s Ultimate Bundle® in Fall 2021 as my very first step in starting my brand new company and then I started listening to her podcast. In addition to being a legal expert who somehow always answers my questions before I’ve asked them, she is a successful businesswoman who does not hold back on sharing great advice to start and run a growing business with a solid foundation. Everything she offers is super high quality and worth my time and energy. I love that she continues to connect me with other experts too through her podcast and other offers!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:09 - Why worrying what other people think of you is holding you back
  2. 07:06 - The importance of acknowledging your success
  3. 13:41 - How you’re getting in your own way

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. smartless.com
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>cd5a59e7-69d2-45fe-a074-a75c95353dd8Mon, 07 Mar 2022 06:00:00 -040019:49truefull3333Most business owners put too much focus on external metrics of success. Here’s why this is holding you back from growing your business, and why it’s harming your mental health and your chances of long-term success.32. Should We Always Be in Growth Mode in Our Biz?32. Should We Always Be in Growth Mode in Our Biz?You may have heard the term “In business, if you’re not growing you’re dying” – but how true is it? In the online business industry particularly, there’s this idea that if you’re not constantly growing and becoming more profitable, there must be something wrong with what you’re doing. Let’s look at how true (or false) this really is.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review, Coach Courtney wrote, “I am so excited that Sam decided to start a podcast! Her knowledge of all things legal and building a biz has been so helpful for me. The legal side of things is never something I thought about when first starting a biz and I’m so grateful to have Sam as a resource for that. I can’t wait to learn more from her through podcasts!”

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:01 - Whether or not you should always be growing your business
  2. 04:43 - The personal cost of business growth
  3. 15:28 - Growing vs building

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>You may have heard the term “In business, if you’re not growing you’re dying” – but how true is it? In the online business industry particularly, there’s this idea that if you’re not constantly growing and becoming more profitable, there must be something wrong with what you’re doing. Let’s look at how true (or false) this really is.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review, Coach Courtney wrote, “I am so excited that Sam decided to start a podcast! Her knowledge of all things legal and building a biz has been so helpful for me. The legal side of things is never something I thought about when first starting a biz and I’m so grateful to have Sam as a resource for that. I can’t wait to learn more from her through podcasts!”

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:01 - Whether or not you should always be growing your business
  2. 04:43 - The personal cost of business growth
  3. 15:28 - Growing vs building

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b5b78ee3-1ba7-47fd-aa90-ab84df49c2b4Mon, 28 Feb 2022 06:00:00 -040019:52truefull3232Particularly In the online business industry, there’s this idea that if you’re not constantly growing and becoming more profitable, there must be something wrong with what you’re doing. Let’s look at how true (or false) this really is.31. Don't Know if You Need to Legally Protect Your Business Yet? Hear These Stories First31. Don't Know if You Need to Legally Protect Your Business Yet? Hear These Stories FirstWhen do you know it’s time to legally protect your business?

Today I’m bringing you conversations with three incredible and varied entrepreneurs – each of them members of my Ultimate Bundle® program. They offer real-world examples of running businesses, what their concerns were when they started, and their experience seeking out legal training and protection for their businesses. If you’re not sure if your business is quite there yet, or you’re feeling vulnerable and unprotected, you’re going to get a lot out of their stories.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 01:53 - Finding out when you need to be legally protected
  2. 03:43 - How Kathryn Blaze helps busy women get stronger
  3. 39:26 - How Kim Manes decided to make the leap into entrepreneurship
  4. 01:16:15 - How Aimee Cerka found her legal and financial confidence

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

If you’re ready to take the leap like our guests did and get your business legally legit™️ today, click here to join the Ultimate Bundle® NOW before our special offer ends at midnight on February 24th!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. A Beginner’s Guide to Kettlebells: https://tinyurl.com/begbells
  2. Wordy Birds: wordy-birds.com
  3. Money Mindset Mastery: aimeecerka.com/mindset

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When do you know it’s time to legally protect your business?

Today I’m bringing you conversations with three incredible and varied entrepreneurs – each of them members of my Ultimate Bundle® program. They offer real-world examples of running businesses, what their concerns were when they started, and their experience seeking out legal training and protection for their businesses. If you’re not sure if your business is quite there yet, or you’re feeling vulnerable and unprotected, you’re going to get a lot out of their stories.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 01:53 - Finding out when you need to be legally protected
  2. 03:43 - How Kathryn Blaze helps busy women get stronger
  3. 39:26 - How Kim Manes decided to make the leap into entrepreneurship
  4. 01:16:15 - How Aimee Cerka found her legal and financial confidence

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

If you’re ready to take the leap like our guests did and get your business legally legit™️ today, click here to join the Ultimate Bundle® NOW before our special offer ends at midnight on February 24th!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

RESOURCES:

  1. A Beginner’s Guide to Kettlebells: https://tinyurl.com/begbells
  2. Wordy Birds: wordy-birds.com
  3. Money Mindset Mastery: aimeecerka.com/mindset

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>3860a30b-9803-4a31-b421-79d9381e3260Mon, 21 Feb 2022 06:00:00 -040001:41:01truefull3131You’re going to hear three conversations with three incredible and varied entrepreneurs who have been in your shoes. This is how they managed the legal side of their business.30. The 5 Best Investments I've Made in My Business30. The 5 Best Investments I've Made in My BusinessOne of the most common pieces of advice you hear when starting a business is to “invest in yourself” or “invest in your business.” I completely agree, but not all investments are equal. I’ve made some investments that have massively improved my business, but I’ve also made some investments that bombed. It’s hard to know upfront what’s going to get you a return on your investment, grow your business, or improve your skills. I’m going to share the five best investments I’ve ever made in my business to give you an idea of what you can try yourself.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review, Aimee Cerka wrote, “Sam is amazing! I’ve been following her for years and it’s AMAZING to be able to listen on the go. She shares real, important info in a way that doesn’t put you to sleep—which legal can definitely do. Thank you for your training and insights Sam! I can run my business with peace now, knowing I’m covered on the legal front.”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:55 - How to sift through personal investment opportunities
  2. 10.26 - The benefit of group business coaching programs
  3. 18:30 - Why you should invest in a copywriter (or learn to write copy yourself)
  4. 26:31 - The best tech investments I’ve made
  5. 31:55 - What Facebook ads did for my business
  6. 35:13 - Investing in relationships

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 26. Should You Really Run Facebook Ads? (Yes, But Here's When)
  2. “Social Posts That Sell” Copywriting Course (affiliate link): https://samvanderwielen--christineblubaugh.thrivecart.com/social-posts-that-sell-samv/
  3. Free Copywriting Tips & Articles: https://copyhackers.com/category/copywriting/
  4. Business Coaching w/ Naomi: https://www.thelifestyleedit.com/programs/
  5. ATR-2100 and pop guard
  6. Mini Ring Light
  7. Tripod

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>One of the most common pieces of advice you hear when starting a business is to “invest in yourself” or “invest in your business.” I completely agree, but not all investments are equal. I’ve made some investments that have massively improved my business, but I’ve also made some investments that bombed. It’s hard to know upfront what’s going to get you a return on your investment, grow your business, or improve your skills. I’m going to share the five best investments I’ve ever made in my business to give you an idea of what you can try yourself.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review, Aimee Cerka wrote, “Sam is amazing! I’ve been following her for years and it’s AMAZING to be able to listen on the go. She shares real, important info in a way that doesn’t put you to sleep—which legal can definitely do. Thank you for your training and insights Sam! I can run my business with peace now, knowing I’m covered on the legal front.”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:55 - How to sift through personal investment opportunities
  2. 10.26 - The benefit of group business coaching programs
  3. 18:30 - Why you should invest in a copywriter (or learn to write copy yourself)
  4. 26:31 - The best tech investments I’ve made
  5. 31:55 - What Facebook ads did for my business
  6. 35:13 - Investing in relationships

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 26. Should You Really Run Facebook Ads? (Yes, But Here's When)
  2. “Social Posts That Sell” Copywriting Course (affiliate link): https://samvanderwielen--christineblubaugh.thrivecart.com/social-posts-that-sell-samv/
  3. Free Copywriting Tips & Articles: https://copyhackers.com/category/copywriting/
  4. Business Coaching w/ Naomi: https://www.thelifestyleedit.com/programs/
  5. ATR-2100 and pop guard
  6. Mini Ring Light
  7. Tripod

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>c1692e99-aae5-4a20-b951-6cded49bee5eMon, 14 Feb 2022 06:00:00 -040044:01truefull3030I share the five best investments I’ve ever made in my business to give you an idea of what you may want to invest in yourself.29. 10 Reasons Why My First Business Was an Epic Failure29. 10 Reasons Why My First Business Was an Epic FailurePeople are quick to talk about their successes – after all, it feels good to share our wins publicly – but we can often learn much more from our failures, as well as others’ failures. I also think sharing our failures is important in order to remain transparent. In the interest of taking my own medicine, I’m going to share the story of my first business: why I started it, and, ultimately, why I think it ended in epic failure. I’ll also share the lessons I think you can learn from my mistakes so you can avoid making those same mistakes yourself.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review, Raina wrote, “I first stumbled upon Sam through an Instagram ad. I was impressed by the down-to-earth ad copy and very quickly decided to buy her course. From there I found myself on the receiving end of her emails, which again were so refreshing. I loved how transparent she was in what they were and I found myself smiling when I read them. From there I ended up on her podcast, subscribing, and now listening regularly. The first episode I listened to was her planning one for 2022. Game changer! I’ve already seen an increase in sales which I attribute to the tips I received in that podcast. I tend to have a million ideas and love following them all, but with her free planner, I decided to focus on just one idea this quarter, and it’s already paid off in dividends. I just finished listening to her umbrella episode on content, and again it just set off so many light bulbs for me. I thoroughly enjoy how Sam continues to connect the dots for me and my business. I am definitely a fan and plan to listen for years to come. Highly recommend!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 Starbucks gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

Click here to sign up for Sam’s Free LIVE Legal Workshop

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 10:38 - My story and why I started my first business
  2. 19:44 - Why you should do things differently
  3. 23:24 - Staying strong despite competition
  4. 26:00 - How to make content that’s relevant to your audience
  5. 29:06 - Making your offers specific
  6. 31:56 - The impact of having conversations with your customers
  7. 34:32 - Why your business name is so important
  8. 36:51 - Creating the content that’s best for you and your business
  9. 40:07 - Why you need to invest in yourself
  10. 41:43 - Keeping realistic expectations
  11. 45:32 - Knowing when your heart isn’t in it

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 18. 10 Easy Instagram Reels Tips (+ How to Use Music Legally)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>People are quick to talk about their successes – after all, it feels good to share our wins publicly – but we can often learn much more from our failures, as well as others’ failures. I also think sharing our failures is important in order to remain transparent. In the interest of taking my own medicine, I’m going to share the story of my first business: why I started it, and, ultimately, why I think it ended in epic failure. I’ll also share the lessons I think you can learn from my mistakes so you can avoid making those same mistakes yourself.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review, Raina wrote, “I first stumbled upon Sam through an Instagram ad. I was impressed by the down-to-earth ad copy and very quickly decided to buy her course. From there I found myself on the receiving end of her emails, which again were so refreshing. I loved how transparent she was in what they were and I found myself smiling when I read them. From there I ended up on her podcast, subscribing, and now listening regularly. The first episode I listened to was her planning one for 2022. Game changer! I’ve already seen an increase in sales which I attribute to the tips I received in that podcast. I tend to have a million ideas and love following them all, but with her free planner, I decided to focus on just one idea this quarter, and it’s already paid off in dividends. I just finished listening to her umbrella episode on content, and again it just set off so many light bulbs for me. I thoroughly enjoy how Sam continues to connect the dots for me and my business. I am definitely a fan and plan to listen for years to come. Highly recommend!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $20 Starbucks gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

Click here to sign up for Sam’s Free LIVE Legal Workshop

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 10:38 - My story and why I started my first business
  2. 19:44 - Why you should do things differently
  3. 23:24 - Staying strong despite competition
  4. 26:00 - How to make content that’s relevant to your audience
  5. 29:06 - Making your offers specific
  6. 31:56 - The impact of having conversations with your customers
  7. 34:32 - Why your business name is so important
  8. 36:51 - Creating the content that’s best for you and your business
  9. 40:07 - Why you need to invest in yourself
  10. 41:43 - Keeping realistic expectations
  11. 45:32 - Knowing when your heart isn’t in it

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 18. 10 Easy Instagram Reels Tips (+ How to Use Music Legally)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>c0484f78-e405-41bf-a618-0df45381fb23Mon, 07 Feb 2022 06:00:00 -040049:34truefull2929People are quick to talk about their successes, but we rarely hear about the failures. I’m going to share the story of my first business, why I started it, and ultimately why I think it ended in epic failure. I’ll also share the lessons I think you can learn from my mistakes so you can avoid making those same mistakes yourself.28. If I Started Over (What I'd Do Differently & Exactly the Same)28. If I Started Over (What I'd Do Differently & Exactly the Same)When I started my online business, over five years ago, I had no clue what I was doing or that it would end up being anything close to what it is today. While I’m thankful it is, I constantly think back to that time and all of the things I would (or wouldn’t) do if I had the chance to do it all over again. While I may not be planning on starting a new business any time soon, I can still put that thinking to good use by sharing with you the experiences I’ve had over the last few years, what I’ve learned, and what I wish I knew at the start of my business.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review, Britt Stocks said, “Not sure how I started following Sam but I’m so glad I did! I love how her podcasts are bite size/easily digestible lessons, not only helping with the legal aspects of the business but also the day-to-day planning as well as mindset advice! I just set my intentions for 2022 today and included her freebie business planning for 2022 worksheet and I now feel so clear on my intentions and actionable items to make this the best year yet for my business! Thanks, Sam!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $25 Starbucks gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:03 - Why making some mistakes can be unnecessary (and how to avoid the ones that aren’t)
  2. 10:21 - Consuming less, creating more
  3. 14:36 - Focusing on fewer platforms, and going deep on the ones you love
  4. 23:25 - Prioritizing educational content over trends
  5. 25:41 - Moving fast over picking the perfect tool
  6. 28:10 - Don’t compare yourself to others
  7. 34:03 - There is no “magic bullet” for success

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>When I started my online business, over five years ago, I had no clue what I was doing or that it would end up being anything close to what it is today. While I’m thankful it is, I constantly think back to that time and all of the things I would (or wouldn’t) do if I had the chance to do it all over again. While I may not be planning on starting a new business any time soon, I can still put that thinking to good use by sharing with you the experiences I’ve had over the last few years, what I’ve learned, and what I wish I knew at the start of my business.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review, Britt Stocks said, “Not sure how I started following Sam but I’m so glad I did! I love how her podcasts are bite size/easily digestible lessons, not only helping with the legal aspects of the business but also the day-to-day planning as well as mindset advice! I just set my intentions for 2022 today and included her freebie business planning for 2022 worksheet and I now feel so clear on my intentions and actionable items to make this the best year yet for my business! Thanks, Sam!”

If you’d like a shoutout (and a chance to win a $25 Starbucks gift card), just leave a review on Apple Podcasts and send a screenshot of it to me on Instagram via DMs!

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:03 - Why making some mistakes can be unnecessary (and how to avoid the ones that aren’t)
  2. 10:21 - Consuming less, creating more
  3. 14:36 - Focusing on fewer platforms, and going deep on the ones you love
  4. 23:25 - Prioritizing educational content over trends
  5. 25:41 - Moving fast over picking the perfect tool
  6. 28:10 - Don’t compare yourself to others
  7. 34:03 - There is no “magic bullet” for success

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f1643701-fa32-4f80-93e7-284ea6e1682bMon, 31 Jan 2022 06:00:00 -040040:50truefull2828When I first started my business, I had to learn a lot of things the hard way. While I don’t get a chance at a do-over, I can share what I have learned over the last few years, and tell you what I would have done differently so you don’t have to make those same mistakes.27. The Tech Tools That Helped Me Grow My Business (& What I've Ditched!)27. The Tech Tools That Helped Me Grow My Business (& What I've Ditched!)There are so many options for tech tools out there – how do you find the ones that help your business sing, grow, and thrive? It can be such a hassle scouring reviews and trying different things just to find out it isn’t right for you. Sometimes the best way to find something you’ll love is to hear the good and the bad from someone you trust who actually uses it. That’s why I’m going to share my favorite tech tools and equipment, as well as all of the tools I have quit using and why. I don’t want you to get stuck in the muck of picking the perfect tool, so whether you use the tools I mention or not, I want you to just pick something and go with it.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review on Apple Podcasts, Jennifer Dragonette said, “Thank you Sam for this amazing podcast! So many of your episodes open my eyes about things I didn’t think about! I’m feeling so confident and ready to stop having a ‘hobby,’ and start treating my business like a business. I’m prepared on all levels, and feel READY to make it happen! Thank you again. PS still loving and using the templates! Thank you.” If you want a shout out next week, leave a review over on Apple Podcasts.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:30 - The importance of not getting stuck making decisions
  2. 07:56 - ConvertKit
  3. 14:19 - Asana
  4. 26:14 - Kajabi
  5. 29:47 - Samcart
  6. 33:45 - Facebook Eradicator
  7. 34:50 - The physical equipment I use
  8. 37:46 - The tools I’ve stopped using

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 25. Should You Really Run Facebook Ads? (Yes, But Here's When)
  2. ConvertKit
  3. Uplevel with Asana
  4. Kajabi
  5. Samcart
  6. ATR-2100 and pop guard
  7. Sony Alpha a6400 Mirrorless Camera + Lens
  8. Mini Ring Light
  9. Tripod
  10. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>There are so many options for tech tools out there – how do you find the ones that help your business sing, grow, and thrive? It can be such a hassle scouring reviews and trying different things just to find out it isn’t right for you. Sometimes the best way to find something you’ll love is to hear the good and the bad from someone you trust who actually uses it. That’s why I’m going to share my favorite tech tools and equipment, as well as all of the tools I have quit using and why. I don’t want you to get stuck in the muck of picking the perfect tool, so whether you use the tools I mention or not, I want you to just pick something and go with it.

Listener shoutout: In a recent review on Apple Podcasts, Jennifer Dragonette said, “Thank you Sam for this amazing podcast! So many of your episodes open my eyes about things I didn’t think about! I’m feeling so confident and ready to stop having a ‘hobby,’ and start treating my business like a business. I’m prepared on all levels, and feel READY to make it happen! Thank you again. PS still loving and using the templates! Thank you.” If you want a shout out next week, leave a review over on Apple Podcasts.

Click here to find the full show notes and transcript for this episode.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:30 - The importance of not getting stuck making decisions
  2. 07:56 - ConvertKit
  3. 14:19 - Asana
  4. 26:14 - Kajabi
  5. 29:47 - Samcart
  6. 33:45 - Facebook Eradicator
  7. 34:50 - The physical equipment I use
  8. 37:46 - The tools I’ve stopped using

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 25. Should You Really Run Facebook Ads? (Yes, But Here's When)
  2. ConvertKit
  3. Uplevel with Asana
  4. Kajabi
  5. Samcart
  6. ATR-2100 and pop guard
  7. Sony Alpha a6400 Mirrorless Camera + Lens
  8. Mini Ring Light
  9. Tripod
  10. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>ff3f7174-4ebd-4abd-9d22-d0663e595029Mon, 24 Jan 2022 06:00:00 -040043:05truefull2727There are so many options for tech tools out there – how do you find the ones that help your business sing, grow, and thrive? I’m going to share my favorite tech tools and equipment, as well as all of the tools I have quit using and why.26. Should You Really Run Facebook Ads? (Yes, But Here’s When)26. Should You Really Run Facebook Ads? (Yes, But Here’s When)If you were to believe everyone you hear online talking about Facebook ads, you’d either believe they are the one true answer to all of your business woes… or the worst thing to have ever happened in marketing. But which is it, really?

In this episode, I break it down to find the answer nestled in the middle. I learned the hard way so that you don’t have to. So, I cover all of your questions, why you might run Facebook ads, their pros and cons, busting myths, and share nine things you need to have in place if and when you decide to take the plunge.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:04 - Ways people talk about Facebook ads online
  2. 10:50 - Typical reasons Facebook ads don’t work
  3. 20:27 - The purpose of Facebook ads
  4. 27:48 - When Facebook ads are helpful in your business
  5. 30:27 - What to have in place to run Facebook ads, now and in the future

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 12. How to Find Clients for Your Online Business
  2. Episode 13. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself
  3. Episode 14. How to market your evergreen product + which platforms you should be on
  4. Pre-Qualify Before They Buy freebie - https://www.samvanderwielen.com/prequalify-oyt/
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you were to believe everyone you hear online talking about Facebook ads, you’d either believe they are the one true answer to all of your business woes… or the worst thing to have ever happened in marketing. But which is it, really?

In this episode, I break it down to find the answer nestled in the middle. I learned the hard way so that you don’t have to. So, I cover all of your questions, why you might run Facebook ads, their pros and cons, busting myths, and share nine things you need to have in place if and when you decide to take the plunge.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:04 - Ways people talk about Facebook ads online
  2. 10:50 - Typical reasons Facebook ads don’t work
  3. 20:27 - The purpose of Facebook ads
  4. 27:48 - When Facebook ads are helpful in your business
  5. 30:27 - What to have in place to run Facebook ads, now and in the future

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 12. How to Find Clients for Your Online Business
  2. Episode 13. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself
  3. Episode 14. How to market your evergreen product + which platforms you should be on
  4. Pre-Qualify Before They Buy freebie - https://www.samvanderwielen.com/prequalify-oyt/
  5. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>a0c27ae1-d26f-4d8d-a906-4020025e9c43Mon, 17 Jan 2022 06:00:00 -040049:19truefull2626There’s so many mixed messages out there about Facebook ads. Let’s cut through the hype and fear mongering to look at whether or not Facebook ads make sense for your business.25. Creating Brand Loyalists & Future Buyers25. Creating Brand Loyalists & Future BuyersIf you’re anything like me, you need more than one thing to talk about in your business – otherwise, you – and your followers! – might just lose your minds. But the answer isn’t to go crazy with all kinds of out-of-scope subject matter. The last thing you want to do is confuse potential customers about what it is your business offers and drive them into the waiting arms of your more content-savvy competitors.

We all agree; social media can be an echo chamber sometimes. But, there’s a way to create and share other related information while still emphasizing your true priority or key offering. Today, we’re talking about the "Umbrella Method" of creating content, how it leads to ideal clients, and how to go about incorporating it into your own business.

Today’s listener shout-out goes to Liz, who wrote this amazing review: “I love this podcast. Sam knows her stuff and it’s obvious that she genuinely cares about her listeners’ success. She keeps it real and shares incredible insights that are so helpful for business owners like me. Thank you, Sam.”

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:26 - Keeping things fresh with diverse but related topics
  2. 09:34 - The "Umbrella Method"
  3. 17:01 - Looking to other companies for inspiration
  4. 23:52 - Creating content that doesn’t dilute your messaging

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does
  2. Mattress article - https://jilt.com/blog/casper-content
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you’re anything like me, you need more than one thing to talk about in your business – otherwise, you – and your followers! – might just lose your minds. But the answer isn’t to go crazy with all kinds of out-of-scope subject matter. The last thing you want to do is confuse potential customers about what it is your business offers and drive them into the waiting arms of your more content-savvy competitors.

We all agree; social media can be an echo chamber sometimes. But, there’s a way to create and share other related information while still emphasizing your true priority or key offering. Today, we’re talking about the "Umbrella Method" of creating content, how it leads to ideal clients, and how to go about incorporating it into your own business.

Today’s listener shout-out goes to Liz, who wrote this amazing review: “I love this podcast. Sam knows her stuff and it’s obvious that she genuinely cares about her listeners’ success. She keeps it real and shares incredible insights that are so helpful for business owners like me. Thank you, Sam.”

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:26 - Keeping things fresh with diverse but related topics
  2. 09:34 - The "Umbrella Method"
  3. 17:01 - Looking to other companies for inspiration
  4. 23:52 - Creating content that doesn’t dilute your messaging

RESOURCES:

  1. Episode 24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does
  2. Mattress article - https://jilt.com/blog/casper-content
  3. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f64cfd44-6891-4738-8545-564bb803a1f9Mon, 10 Jan 2022 06:00:00 -040026:16truefull2525If you’re bored of the content in your niche, join the club. Social media can be an echo chamber sometimes. But, there’s a way to create and share other related information while still emphasizing your true priority or key offering. Today, we’re talking about the "Umbrella Method" of creating content, how it leads to ideal clients, and how to go about incorporating it into your own business.24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden Does24. Why You Should Treat Your Clients the Way Olive Garden DoesWhether you believe Olive Garden is fine dining or low brow, one thing you have to admit is that they are doing something right – and no, it’s not the breadsticks. Olive Garden has a successful approach to customer service: Treating their customers like family. In this episode, I share two ways you can emulate that approach and why you’d want to in the first place.

With this strategy, you can create your own army of word-of-mouth loyalists to market your business for you and increase their lifetime customer value, without having to make everyone in the world happy.

This week, I’d like to shout out Alex, who kindly wrote: “I was so excited when Sam started this podcast. She has such great information on her Instagram and I’m so happy she started this podcast to have all this great info in one place. It’s so hard to choose one great episode because all of her episodes are amazing.”

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 06:10 - Why you should treat your customers like family
  2. 09:01 - Creating a balance between customer service and sustainability
  3. 17:49 - How to build customer support into your offer
  4. 21:32 - Providing scalable support and expert access
  5. 28:38 - How to give exclusive access
  6. 29:47 - Getting customers to interact with one another
  7. 30:34 - Why supporting your existing customers is more important than acquiring new ones

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Whether you believe Olive Garden is fine dining or low brow, one thing you have to admit is that they are doing something right – and no, it’s not the breadsticks. Olive Garden has a successful approach to customer service: Treating their customers like family. In this episode, I share two ways you can emulate that approach and why you’d want to in the first place.

With this strategy, you can create your own army of word-of-mouth loyalists to market your business for you and increase their lifetime customer value, without having to make everyone in the world happy.

This week, I’d like to shout out Alex, who kindly wrote: “I was so excited when Sam started this podcast. She has such great information on her Instagram and I’m so happy she started this podcast to have all this great info in one place. It’s so hard to choose one great episode because all of her episodes are amazing.”

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 06:10 - Why you should treat your customers like family
  2. 09:01 - Creating a balance between customer service and sustainability
  3. 17:49 - How to build customer support into your offer
  4. 21:32 - Providing scalable support and expert access
  5. 28:38 - How to give exclusive access
  6. 29:47 - Getting customers to interact with one another
  7. 30:34 - Why supporting your existing customers is more important than acquiring new ones

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>b5ae5b7e-dbc5-4b22-bb2d-0ba34d1063d7Mon, 03 Jan 2022 06:00:00 -040036:30truefull2424Olive Garden has a successful approach to customer service: Treating their customers like family. In this episode, I share two ways you can emulate that approach and why you’d want to in the first place.23. 2021 Recap: What It's Really Been Like to Grow a 7-Figure Business This Year23. 2021 Recap: What It's Really Been Like to Grow a 7-Figure Business This YearIt’s the end of the year, which often brings a time of planning and reflection. While we previously discussed how to plan out your business year, I wanted to spend this episode doing some personal reflecting on what 2021 has looked like for me.

Tune in to hear me discuss, openly and honestly, what’s been going on behind the scenes for me – both personally and professionally – and get a breakdown of the lessons I learned along the way.

We go from multi-six figure launches to firing a Facebook ads team and touch on everything in between in this in-depth look into how I apply my planning systems to my own work and life. I’m really transparent with you in this episode!

I also want to shout out Chelsea (@gut.hormone.nutritionist), who left an amazing review, saying: “Sam’s podcast has helped me connect more dots about becoming legally legit as well as giving me tips on how to create a profitable business. I’m glad I stumbled upon her.”

If you’d like to get a shout out on future episodes, just leave a review and make sure to drop your Instagram handle!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:43 - How I approached 2021 differently and the change I experienced once I did
  2. 05:26 - Focusing on personal healing and approaching my father’s health
  3. 13:50 - Running my first live six-figure promotion while treating my dad from home
  4. 17:49 - Being intentional about how much you work
  5. 23:24 - Launching On Your Terms® podcast
  6. 30:13 - Operating my business while being sick and moving
  7. 36:43 - Firing my Facebook ads team and learning to rely on ads less
  8. 46:58 - Hosting a Masterclass series
  9. 49:34 - What I’m doing now
  10. 52:24 - My lessons for the year

RESOURCES:

  1. Louise Henry's "Uplevel with Asana" course - https://samvanderwielen.krtra.com/t/QwGmfvsPA2Xc (get $100 off!)
  2. Episode 22. How to Plan Your Business Year (free guide!)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>It’s the end of the year, which often brings a time of planning and reflection. While we previously discussed how to plan out your business year, I wanted to spend this episode doing some personal reflecting on what 2021 has looked like for me.

Tune in to hear me discuss, openly and honestly, what’s been going on behind the scenes for me – both personally and professionally – and get a breakdown of the lessons I learned along the way.

We go from multi-six figure launches to firing a Facebook ads team and touch on everything in between in this in-depth look into how I apply my planning systems to my own work and life. I’m really transparent with you in this episode!

I also want to shout out Chelsea (@gut.hormone.nutritionist), who left an amazing review, saying: “Sam’s podcast has helped me connect more dots about becoming legally legit as well as giving me tips on how to create a profitable business. I’m glad I stumbled upon her.”

If you’d like to get a shout out on future episodes, just leave a review and make sure to drop your Instagram handle!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:43 - How I approached 2021 differently and the change I experienced once I did
  2. 05:26 - Focusing on personal healing and approaching my father’s health
  3. 13:50 - Running my first live six-figure promotion while treating my dad from home
  4. 17:49 - Being intentional about how much you work
  5. 23:24 - Launching On Your Terms® podcast
  6. 30:13 - Operating my business while being sick and moving
  7. 36:43 - Firing my Facebook ads team and learning to rely on ads less
  8. 46:58 - Hosting a Masterclass series
  9. 49:34 - What I’m doing now
  10. 52:24 - My lessons for the year

RESOURCES:

  1. Louise Henry's "Uplevel with Asana" course - https://samvanderwielen.krtra.com/t/QwGmfvsPA2Xc (get $100 off!)
  2. Episode 22. How to Plan Your Business Year (free guide!)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>6635e40d-2890-4db1-ad39-eb1aaebcd0edMon, 27 Dec 2021 06:00:00 -040001:00:40truefull2323It’s the end of the year, which often brings along a time of planning and reflection. In this episode, I share, openly and honestly, what’s been going on behind the scenes for me – both personally and professionally – and break down the lessons I’ve learned along the way.22. How to Plan Your Business Year (free guide!)22. How to Plan Your Business Year (free guide!)We’re approaching the new year, which means for many of us that it’s time to start planning out how we’ll run our businesses after the calendar flips to 2022. In this episode and the accompanying free guide, I share my exact annual business planning document and walk you through the steps you need to take to map out a plan you can execute easily.

For healthy reference and a dose of reality, I also share what happened when I didn’t plan in the past, when I saw the light, what made me change my ways – and the difference in results I’ve seen since then.

Shout out to an amazing listener, Lindsay (@littlefoundations on Instagram), for leaving a fantastic review on Apple Podcasts. If you’d like to get a shout out on future episodes, just leave a review and make sure to drop your Instagram handle!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:02 - Why I never used to plan (and why I changed my mind)
  2. 11:08 - How detailed you should make your plan
  3. 12:43 - Reflecting on what you’re grateful for and what you let go of
  4. 16:32 - How to plan out events and projects across the year
  5. 20:54 - Working backwards from your goal to the beginning of the year
  6. 25:33 - Breaking down each quarter by its monthly focus
  7. 31:29 - Addressing business and personal goals
  8. 35:22 - Creating daily non-negotiables

RESOURCES:

  1. Free annual business planner guide - https://www.samvanderwielen.com/2022-planning-guide/
  2. Louise Henry's "Uplevel with Asana" course - https://samvanderwielen.krtra.com/t/QwGmfvsPA2Xc (get $100 off!)
  3. Leave a review on Apple Podcasts to get a shoutout! https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/on-your-terms/id1576423248

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>We’re approaching the new year, which means for many of us that it’s time to start planning out how we’ll run our businesses after the calendar flips to 2022. In this episode and the accompanying free guide, I share my exact annual business planning document and walk you through the steps you need to take to map out a plan you can execute easily.

For healthy reference and a dose of reality, I also share what happened when I didn’t plan in the past, when I saw the light, what made me change my ways – and the difference in results I’ve seen since then.

Shout out to an amazing listener, Lindsay (@littlefoundations on Instagram), for leaving a fantastic review on Apple Podcasts. If you’d like to get a shout out on future episodes, just leave a review and make sure to drop your Instagram handle!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:02 - Why I never used to plan (and why I changed my mind)
  2. 11:08 - How detailed you should make your plan
  3. 12:43 - Reflecting on what you’re grateful for and what you let go of
  4. 16:32 - How to plan out events and projects across the year
  5. 20:54 - Working backwards from your goal to the beginning of the year
  6. 25:33 - Breaking down each quarter by its monthly focus
  7. 31:29 - Addressing business and personal goals
  8. 35:22 - Creating daily non-negotiables

RESOURCES:

  1. Free annual business planner guide - https://www.samvanderwielen.com/2022-planning-guide/
  2. Louise Henry's "Uplevel with Asana" course - https://samvanderwielen.krtra.com/t/QwGmfvsPA2Xc (get $100 off!)
  3. Leave a review on Apple Podcasts to get a shoutout! https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/on-your-terms/id1576423248

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>73a07a52-8722-40f8-9027-22d024ac143eMon, 20 Dec 2021 06:00:00 -040041:49truefull2222As we head into the new year, it’s time to start thinking about how you want to operate your business in 2022 and set new goals to tackle. In this episode and the accompanying free guide, I share my business planning process and how to reverse-engineer your goals into quarterly, monthly, and daily actions.21. 3 Things You Should NEVER Do on a Sales Call (& What to Do Instead)21. 3 Things You Should NEVER Do on a Sales Call (& What to Do Instead)Your time is valuable. As a business owner, you spend a lot of that time pursuing leads and, more specifically, making sales calls. Love it or hate it, it’s a part of business. The best thing you can do is to get good at it.

I get tons of questions regarding what you legally can or can’t do on a sales call, whether or not you’re allowed to give advice, what counts as advice vs. education, taking payment over the phone, and so much more. So, in this episode, I break down three things you should never do on a sales call, before diving into what you can do instead, so you can make the most out of your time and effort.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:21 - Why sales calls can land you in hot water
  2. 08:17 - Why you should never give advice on a sales call
  3. 13:16 - Whether or not you should take payment over the phone
  4. 19:04 - How to guide the conversation when running a sales call

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit samvanderwielen.com/prequalify-oyt to get my free “Pre-Qualify Before They Buy” email templates & video guide
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Episode 20. 5 Ways to Avoid Difficult Clients (Stop Legal Problems Before They Start!)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Your time is valuable. As a business owner, you spend a lot of that time pursuing leads and, more specifically, making sales calls. Love it or hate it, it’s a part of business. The best thing you can do is to get good at it.

I get tons of questions regarding what you legally can or can’t do on a sales call, whether or not you’re allowed to give advice, what counts as advice vs. education, taking payment over the phone, and so much more. So, in this episode, I break down three things you should never do on a sales call, before diving into what you can do instead, so you can make the most out of your time and effort.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:21 - Why sales calls can land you in hot water
  2. 08:17 - Why you should never give advice on a sales call
  3. 13:16 - Whether or not you should take payment over the phone
  4. 19:04 - How to guide the conversation when running a sales call

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit samvanderwielen.com/prequalify-oyt to get my free “Pre-Qualify Before They Buy” email templates & video guide
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Episode 20. 5 Ways to Avoid Difficult Clients (Stop Legal Problems Before They Start!)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>7eccd3ec-e3ed-4018-b3a7-2a59b4538e82Mon, 13 Dec 2021 06:00:00 -040031:43truefull2121As a business owner, you spend a lot of time on sales calls. Today, I share three tips on what not to do – and what you should do instead – to make the most of that time and effort.20. 5 Ways to Avoid Difficult Clients (Stop Legal Problems Before They Start!)20. 5 Ways to Avoid Difficult Clients (Stop Legal Problems Before They Start!)We’ve all had problem clients – I know I have. Whether we find out after the fact or learn how to recognize warning signs, not everyone we work with is going to offer a smooth experience. I’ve learned a lot from dealing with them in the past and in this episode, I’m passing on those lessons to you.

Problem clients often become legal problems. We’ve already talked about how to break things off when a client you’re dealing with becomes a pain, but let’s see how we can prevent dealing with them in the first place.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:40 - Why it pays to be picky
  2. 14:57 - How to set boundaries with clients
  3. 23:38 - Trusting your intuition
  4. 24:57 - Paying attention to special requests
  5. 32:00 - How to tell a client you’re not a good fit
  6. 33:41 - Interviewing your clients
  7. 36:33 - Warming up and weeding out

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit samvanderwielen.com/prequalify-oyt to get my Pre-Qualify Before They Buy templates
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Episode 5. What to Do When a Client is a Pain

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>We’ve all had problem clients – I know I have. Whether we find out after the fact or learn how to recognize warning signs, not everyone we work with is going to offer a smooth experience. I’ve learned a lot from dealing with them in the past and in this episode, I’m passing on those lessons to you.

Problem clients often become legal problems. We’ve already talked about how to break things off when a client you’re dealing with becomes a pain, but let’s see how we can prevent dealing with them in the first place.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:40 - Why it pays to be picky
  2. 14:57 - How to set boundaries with clients
  3. 23:38 - Trusting your intuition
  4. 24:57 - Paying attention to special requests
  5. 32:00 - How to tell a client you’re not a good fit
  6. 33:41 - Interviewing your clients
  7. 36:33 - Warming up and weeding out

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit samvanderwielen.com/prequalify-oyt to get my Pre-Qualify Before They Buy templates
  2. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  3. Episode 5. What to Do When a Client is a Pain

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>0edbc3ac-f7ce-434d-938e-ff9b462c5406Mon, 06 Dec 2021 06:00:00 -040043:19truefull2020When it comes to dealing with problem clients, the best thing you can do is not work with them in the first place. Today, I offer five tips for detecting and avoiding problem clients so your business remains profitable and fun.19. How to Legally Share Content (Don’t be a Copycat!)19. How to Legally Share Content (Don’t be a Copycat!)We all want to create and share content respectfully and properly online. But sometimes it’s hard to know where to draw the line between inspiration and imitation. Let’s go over some of the basics of copyright law, what it is, what content falls under that category, and how you can use other peoples’ content, legally. I also discuss the fair use exception, what it is, and what content falls under it.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:56 - Understanding the gray areas of copyright law
  2. 07:11 - What content falls under copyright law
  3. 10:38 - How you can use someone else’s work legally
  4. 15:48 - Fair use laws and how to use them
  5. 22:35 - Making sure you have something original to say

RESOURCES:

  1. How to Legally Share Content [blog post] - https://www.samvanderwielen.com/how-to-legally-share-content/
  2. Copyright Basics PDF from US Copyright Office - https://www.copyright.gov/circs/circ01.pdf
  3. Fair Use Guide - https://www.copyright.gov/fair-use/
  4. Episode 1. Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier Way

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>We all want to create and share content respectfully and properly online. But sometimes it’s hard to know where to draw the line between inspiration and imitation. Let’s go over some of the basics of copyright law, what it is, what content falls under that category, and how you can use other peoples’ content, legally. I also discuss the fair use exception, what it is, and what content falls under it.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:56 - Understanding the gray areas of copyright law
  2. 07:11 - What content falls under copyright law
  3. 10:38 - How you can use someone else’s work legally
  4. 15:48 - Fair use laws and how to use them
  5. 22:35 - Making sure you have something original to say

RESOURCES:

  1. How to Legally Share Content [blog post] - https://www.samvanderwielen.com/how-to-legally-share-content/
  2. Copyright Basics PDF from US Copyright Office - https://www.copyright.gov/circs/circ01.pdf
  3. Fair Use Guide - https://www.copyright.gov/fair-use/
  4. Episode 1. Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier Way

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>80deeefc-095a-438a-852b-6d4ab7c63696Mon, 29 Nov 2021 06:00:00 -040027:00truefull1919It can be hard to know where to draw the line between inspiration and imitation when it comes to sharing content online. Let’s go over some of the basics of copyright law, what it is, what content falls under that category, and how you can use other peoples’ content, legally. I also discuss the fair use exception, what it is, and what content falls under it.18. 10 Easy Instagram Reels Tips (+ How to Use Music Legally)18. 10 Easy Instagram Reels Tips (+ How to Use Music Legally)Instagram Reels: You either love ‘em or you hate ‘em – or sometimes a bit of both all at once. If you listen to all the people out there, you’re bound to hear both sides of it, that Reels are a waste of time and also the only way to grow your business. Let’s cut through the noise and figure out how you can create content that actually moves the needle while using your valuable time effectively. In this episode, I detail 10 tips for Instagram Reels focusing on what’s best for your business, not what’s going to get you the most views. Because growing our business is what we’re all here for, right?

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:00 - The mistakes people make when it comes to Instagram Reels
  2. 07:20 - My background with Reels
  3. 13:17 - Using music legally
  4. 16:01 - Thinking evergreen with Reels content
  5. 17:21 - Letting people get to know you
  6. 19:17 - Getting people to read your captions
  7. 23:39 - Making your point in the caption
  8. 26:15 - Having fun while making it educational
  9. 28:31 - Don’t take it too seriously
  10. 30:40 - How to find trending audio
  11. 31:59 - Get inspiration from related entrepreneurs
  12. 33:57 - Save your Reels to your phone
  13. 35:35 - Answering your questions and sharing my Reels process

RESOURCES:

  1. Get $100 off Louise Henry's Uplevel With Asana course (what I used to get SO organized in my business) here: https://samvanderwielen.krtra.com/t/QwGmfvsPA2Xc [affiliate link]
  2. IG Music Legal Tips from IG — https://about.instagram.com/blog/tips-and-tricks/updates-and-guidelines-for-including-music-in-video/
  3. IG Reels Audio tips from IG — https://help.instagram.com/270447560766967/?helpref=hc_fnav
  4. FB Music Legal Guidelines — https://www.facebook.com/legal/music_guidelines

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Instagram Reels: You either love ‘em or you hate ‘em – or sometimes a bit of both all at once. If you listen to all the people out there, you’re bound to hear both sides of it, that Reels are a waste of time and also the only way to grow your business. Let’s cut through the noise and figure out how you can create content that actually moves the needle while using your valuable time effectively. In this episode, I detail 10 tips for Instagram Reels focusing on what’s best for your business, not what’s going to get you the most views. Because growing our business is what we’re all here for, right?

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:00 - The mistakes people make when it comes to Instagram Reels
  2. 07:20 - My background with Reels
  3. 13:17 - Using music legally
  4. 16:01 - Thinking evergreen with Reels content
  5. 17:21 - Letting people get to know you
  6. 19:17 - Getting people to read your captions
  7. 23:39 - Making your point in the caption
  8. 26:15 - Having fun while making it educational
  9. 28:31 - Don’t take it too seriously
  10. 30:40 - How to find trending audio
  11. 31:59 - Get inspiration from related entrepreneurs
  12. 33:57 - Save your Reels to your phone
  13. 35:35 - Answering your questions and sharing my Reels process

RESOURCES:

  1. Get $100 off Louise Henry's Uplevel With Asana course (what I used to get SO organized in my business) here: https://samvanderwielen.krtra.com/t/QwGmfvsPA2Xc [affiliate link]
  2. IG Music Legal Tips from IG — https://about.instagram.com/blog/tips-and-tricks/updates-and-guidelines-for-including-music-in-video/
  3. IG Reels Audio tips from IG — https://help.instagram.com/270447560766967/?helpref=hc_fnav
  4. FB Music Legal Guidelines — https://www.facebook.com/legal/music_guidelines

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>9c04521a-5eb0-4bcb-b16b-e17ff6484ab1Mon, 22 Nov 2021 06:00:00 -040049:27truefull1818Instagram Reels: You either love ‘em or you hate ‘em – or sometimes a bit of both all at once. Let’s cut through the noise and figure out how you can create content that actually moves the needle while using your valuable time effectively with these 10 Instagram Reels tips.17. 6 Legal Must Haves for Online Businesses17. 6 Legal Must Haves for Online BusinessesOnline businesses aren’t immune to the laws, regulations, and rules that traditional brick-and-mortar businesses have to follow – despite what some “armchair legal experts” may have told you in a Facebook group chat. On top of that, there are some rules that apply specifically to online businesses and the ways that they grow. In order to make sure you are legally protected in ALL aspects of your business, let’s go over six specific things that online businesses need to do to be run in a legally legit™️, safe, and protected way.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:49 - The similarities and differences between starting an online business and brick and mortar
  2. 09:38 - How scope of practice changes when you’re working online
  3. 12:43 - Why you must legally protect your website
  4. 18:11 - The contracts you need to have in place
  5. 23:46 - Why you need business insurance for your online services
  6. 27:07 - Registering your online business
  7. 29:49 - How to take online payments properly

RESOURCES:

  1. 6 Legal Must Haves for Going Virtual [blog post]
  2. Watch my YouTube episode "How to Send/Sign Contracts Legally"
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Episode 10. What Your Website Needs to Be Legally Legit
  5. Episode 8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  6. Episode 7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)
  7. Episode 9. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal Assets

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Online businesses aren’t immune to the laws, regulations, and rules that traditional brick-and-mortar businesses have to follow – despite what some “armchair legal experts” may have told you in a Facebook group chat. On top of that, there are some rules that apply specifically to online businesses and the ways that they grow. In order to make sure you are legally protected in ALL aspects of your business, let’s go over six specific things that online businesses need to do to be run in a legally legit™️, safe, and protected way.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:49 - The similarities and differences between starting an online business and brick and mortar
  2. 09:38 - How scope of practice changes when you’re working online
  3. 12:43 - Why you must legally protect your website
  4. 18:11 - The contracts you need to have in place
  5. 23:46 - Why you need business insurance for your online services
  6. 27:07 - Registering your online business
  7. 29:49 - How to take online payments properly

RESOURCES:

  1. 6 Legal Must Haves for Going Virtual [blog post]
  2. Watch my YouTube episode "How to Send/Sign Contracts Legally"
  3. Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)
  4. Episode 10. What Your Website Needs to Be Legally Legit
  5. Episode 8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected
  6. Episode 7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)
  7. Episode 9. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal Assets

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1bc668ea-cda9-44bd-953d-3cb498b2581bMon, 15 Nov 2021 06:00:00 -040035:20truefull1717Online businesses aren’t immune to the same laws, regulations, and rules that traditional brick-and-mortar businesses have to follow. In order to make sure you are legally protected in all aspects of your business, let’s go over six specific things that online businesses need to do to be run in a legally legit, safe, and protected way.16. Self-Talk, Social Media + Finding our Way [ft. Mindset Coach, Katie Horwitch]16. Self-Talk, Social Media + Finding our Way [ft. Mindset Coach, Katie Horwitch]Self-talk plays a huge role in our lives, especially for anyone who’s putting themselves out on the wire in a public forum like social media. Today, we’re talking with Katie Horwitch, a New York City-based writer, speaker, mindset coach, and the founder of WANT (Women Against Negative Talk), a platform and podcast that offers tips, tools, motivation, and inspiration to help people move forward in life by shifting their negative self-talk. We talk about how you can improve your own self-talk, how it impacts your life as an entrepreneur and on social media, and her career journey to the point where she’s ended up today.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:43 - How Katie incorporates acting into her current work
  2. 14:42 - How Katie’s self-talk practice began
  3. 32:55 - The ways social media affects self-talk
  4. 49:28 - Ways that Katie builds resilience online
  5. 55:27 - How to improve your own self-talk

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit womenagainstnegativetalk.com to listen to the podcast and join Katie’s newsletter!
  2. Find out how to work with Katie at katiejoyhorwitch.com
  3. Follow Katie on Instagram: @katiehorwitch
  4. Listen to Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Self-talk plays a huge role in our lives, especially for anyone who’s putting themselves out on the wire in a public forum like social media. Today, we’re talking with Katie Horwitch, a New York City-based writer, speaker, mindset coach, and the founder of WANT (Women Against Negative Talk), a platform and podcast that offers tips, tools, motivation, and inspiration to help people move forward in life by shifting their negative self-talk. We talk about how you can improve your own self-talk, how it impacts your life as an entrepreneur and on social media, and her career journey to the point where she’s ended up today.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:43 - How Katie incorporates acting into her current work
  2. 14:42 - How Katie’s self-talk practice began
  3. 32:55 - The ways social media affects self-talk
  4. 49:28 - Ways that Katie builds resilience online
  5. 55:27 - How to improve your own self-talk

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit womenagainstnegativetalk.com to listen to the podcast and join Katie’s newsletter!
  2. Find out how to work with Katie at katiejoyhorwitch.com
  3. Follow Katie on Instagram: @katiehorwitch
  4. Listen to Episode 2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8e31a3d0-81cc-48ce-bc67-3e4e86e0a38aMon, 08 Nov 2021 06:00:00 -040001:23:41truefull1616Self-talk plays a huge role in our lives, especially anyone who’s putting themselves out on the wire in public. Today, we’re talking with Katie Horwitch about improving self-talk, how it impacts life as an entrepreneur and on social media, and her career journey to the point where she’s ended up today, an NYC-based writer, speaker, mindset coach, and founder.15. REVEALED: What Used to Work in Marketing Doesn't Work Anymore (+ what works now)15. REVEALED: What Used to Work in Marketing Doesn't Work Anymore (+ what works now)Let’s take a trip back in time to when I first started my online business. What was the marketing landscaping looking like and what was going on in the online business world at that time? I’ll dig into the details in the episode, but I can tell you one thing for sure: things are so different today! I’m going to share what was working when I started my business, what’s no longer working, the marketing strategies that DO work now, and look ahead to predict where things are going. It’s the past, present, and future of marketing for online businesses!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 01:53 - Why you need to get cozy with constant change
  2. 12:28 - The trends that dominated the online marketing scene when I first started
  3. 19:19 - Why true authenticity is a winning strategy
  4. 25:51 - The importance of community depth over audience size
  5. 27:08 - Shifting from a launch-focused strategy to evergreen products and programs
  6. 29:16 - Putting a face to the name of your business
  7. 33:59 - How micro educational video content is the new hotness
  8. 36:19 - Why doing things on your terms works best

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Episode 14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!): samvanderwielen.com/episode-14
  2. Listen to Episode 6. Staying Nimble as an Entrepreneur: samvanderwielen.com/episode-6
  3. The Lifestyle Edit (Naomi) thelifestyleedit.com
  4. Olive & June Nail Kit - get 20% off (affiliate link): http://fbuy.me/v/samanthafoss

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Let’s take a trip back in time to when I first started my online business. What was the marketing landscaping looking like and what was going on in the online business world at that time? I’ll dig into the details in the episode, but I can tell you one thing for sure: things are so different today! I’m going to share what was working when I started my business, what’s no longer working, the marketing strategies that DO work now, and look ahead to predict where things are going. It’s the past, present, and future of marketing for online businesses!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 01:53 - Why you need to get cozy with constant change
  2. 12:28 - The trends that dominated the online marketing scene when I first started
  3. 19:19 - Why true authenticity is a winning strategy
  4. 25:51 - The importance of community depth over audience size
  5. 27:08 - Shifting from a launch-focused strategy to evergreen products and programs
  6. 29:16 - Putting a face to the name of your business
  7. 33:59 - How micro educational video content is the new hotness
  8. 36:19 - Why doing things on your terms works best

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Episode 14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!): samvanderwielen.com/episode-14
  2. Listen to Episode 6. Staying Nimble as an Entrepreneur: samvanderwielen.com/episode-6
  3. The Lifestyle Edit (Naomi) thelifestyleedit.com
  4. Olive & June Nail Kit - get 20% off (affiliate link): http://fbuy.me/v/samanthafoss

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>2f283cc2-3674-47c8-95e5-7647e8dcd435Mon, 01 Nov 2021 06:00:00 -040041:04truefull1515Let’s take a trip back to what the marketing landscaping looked like and what was going on in the online business world when I first started my business six years ago. I share what was working when I started my business, what’s no longer working, the marketing strategies that are working now, and look ahead to predict where things are going.14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!)14. How to Market Your Evergreen Product (+ Which Platforms You Should Be On!)Wouldn’t you love to create a marketing strategy that sells your product on autopilot and amplifies your impact in a BIG way? It’s not as far-fetched as you might think! You can market a product that sells itself, all the while building a snowball effect without having to burn yourself out on social media every day or reinventing the wheel every time you want to make a sale. The universe doesn’t magically take your creation and put it in front of the right people with the wave of a wand – don’t worry, that’s how I thought it would work at first, too. 😆 I’m going to share my two-path process, organic and paid marketing approaches, how to build proof of concept, and the content you should be creating to not only find your ideal clients, but get them to click that ‘buy’ button.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:41 - Adjusting your expectations about how long it takes to gain traction
  2. 05:43 - Where to go next after marketing to your immediate network
  3. 07:21 - All about organic marketing
  4. 10:15 - Should you build a free product to bridge the gap or not?
  5. 20:14 - Creating content that attracts your ideal customer
  6. 25:02 - Using a marketing system that works, instead of just doing what everyone else is doing
  7. 28:16 - When to start running paid ads - hint: it’s probably not as soon as you think

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your ticket to Sam's live “From Startup to Soldout” masterclass series Nov 3-5 here: www.samvanderwielen.com/fsso-oyt
  2. Listen to Episode 12. How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!) here: samvanderwielen.com/episode-12
  3. Listen to Episode 13. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself here: samvanderwielen.com/episode-13

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Wouldn’t you love to create a marketing strategy that sells your product on autopilot and amplifies your impact in a BIG way? It’s not as far-fetched as you might think! You can market a product that sells itself, all the while building a snowball effect without having to burn yourself out on social media every day or reinventing the wheel every time you want to make a sale. The universe doesn’t magically take your creation and put it in front of the right people with the wave of a wand – don’t worry, that’s how I thought it would work at first, too. 😆 I’m going to share my two-path process, organic and paid marketing approaches, how to build proof of concept, and the content you should be creating to not only find your ideal clients, but get them to click that ‘buy’ button.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:41 - Adjusting your expectations about how long it takes to gain traction
  2. 05:43 - Where to go next after marketing to your immediate network
  3. 07:21 - All about organic marketing
  4. 10:15 - Should you build a free product to bridge the gap or not?
  5. 20:14 - Creating content that attracts your ideal customer
  6. 25:02 - Using a marketing system that works, instead of just doing what everyone else is doing
  7. 28:16 - When to start running paid ads - hint: it’s probably not as soon as you think

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your ticket to Sam's live “From Startup to Soldout” masterclass series Nov 3-5 here: www.samvanderwielen.com/fsso-oyt
  2. Listen to Episode 12. How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!) here: samvanderwielen.com/episode-12
  3. Listen to Episode 13. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself here: samvanderwielen.com/episode-13

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f60464b3-b5e5-4a81-80da-1c00d29f5e14Mon, 25 Oct 2021 06:00:00 -040031:34truefull1414You don’t have to reinvent the wheel every time you sit down to market your product. I’m going to share my two-path process, organic and paid marketing approaches, how to build proof of concept, and the content you should be creating to not only find your ideal clients, but get them to click that ‘buy’ button.13. How to Create a Program That Sells Itself13. How to Create a Program That Sells ItselfI’ve experienced both success and failure when it comes to starting a business. I’m not ashamed to admit it because knowing what works and what doesn’t puts me in a powerful position to give advice on what differentiates the two. For me, one of the things I focused on in a different way that helped lead to my business’s success was the product. I have eight ways you can create a product that’s going to become your bread and butter for years to come.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:39 - Why you should keep your product offerings focused
  2. 07:12 - How you can show up differently than others in your niche
  3. 10:03 - Making sure your product works for your customers
  4. 20:25 - Offering ONLY what your customer needs
  5. 23:38 - Pricing your product effectively
  6. 26:51 - How to build your product to scale over time
  7. 28:50 - Beta-testing your product
  8. 34:36 - Selling your full-price product

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your ticket to "From Startup to Soldout" here: samvanderwielen.com/fsso-oyt
  2. Try Canva here: canva.com/join/tbq-wth-fpr
  3. Create a product, website, or program with Kajabi w/ a 30-day free trial here: app.kajabi.com/r/fLP3TYLV/t/6lnttyqz
  4. Watch my free legal workshop '5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business' here: samvanderwielen.com/oyt-workshop

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I’ve experienced both success and failure when it comes to starting a business. I’m not ashamed to admit it because knowing what works and what doesn’t puts me in a powerful position to give advice on what differentiates the two. For me, one of the things I focused on in a different way that helped lead to my business’s success was the product. I have eight ways you can create a product that’s going to become your bread and butter for years to come.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 04:39 - Why you should keep your product offerings focused
  2. 07:12 - How you can show up differently than others in your niche
  3. 10:03 - Making sure your product works for your customers
  4. 20:25 - Offering ONLY what your customer needs
  5. 23:38 - Pricing your product effectively
  6. 26:51 - How to build your product to scale over time
  7. 28:50 - Beta-testing your product
  8. 34:36 - Selling your full-price product

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your ticket to "From Startup to Soldout" here: samvanderwielen.com/fsso-oyt
  2. Try Canva here: canva.com/join/tbq-wth-fpr
  3. Create a product, website, or program with Kajabi w/ a 30-day free trial here: app.kajabi.com/r/fLP3TYLV/t/6lnttyqz
  4. Watch my free legal workshop '5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business' here: samvanderwielen.com/oyt-workshop

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>ab7d6816-8e5c-423e-b45f-7efffbd919fdMon, 18 Oct 2021 06:00:00 -040034:16truefull1313If there’s one thing you can do to turn your business into a success, it’s honing your product offerings and creating something that sells. I’m going to share eight ways you can create a product that’s going to become your bread and butter for years to come.12. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!)12. ​​How to Find Clients for Your Online Business (without ads!)This week, we’re kicking off the first in a three-part series to help you make the transition from a startup business owner to soldout and scaling. We’re going to start things off with the basics: how do you find high-quality, paying customers – wherever you are in your business. We take a look at what some of the biggest companies are doing and scale them down to fit your business, finding a unique value proposition, getting to know your ideal client, and how to establish an expert status and use it to find customers.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:16 - Why most business owners approach finding clients backwards
  2. 09:59 - Where I went wrong in my first business
  3. 19:33 - Finding a market for your ideal clients
  4. 27:40 - How to differentiate your business
  5. 36:57 - Leaning into your expert status
  6. 40:36 - Creating content geared towards your ideal clients

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your ticket to From Startup to Soldout here: samvanderwielen.com/fsso-oyt
  2. Checkout Sarah @ Former Lawyer: formerlawyer.com

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>This week, we’re kicking off the first in a three-part series to help you make the transition from a startup business owner to soldout and scaling. We’re going to start things off with the basics: how do you find high-quality, paying customers – wherever you are in your business. We take a look at what some of the biggest companies are doing and scale them down to fit your business, finding a unique value proposition, getting to know your ideal client, and how to establish an expert status and use it to find customers.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:16 - Why most business owners approach finding clients backwards
  2. 09:59 - Where I went wrong in my first business
  3. 19:33 - Finding a market for your ideal clients
  4. 27:40 - How to differentiate your business
  5. 36:57 - Leaning into your expert status
  6. 40:36 - Creating content geared towards your ideal clients

RESOURCES:

  1. Get your ticket to From Startup to Soldout here: samvanderwielen.com/fsso-oyt
  2. Checkout Sarah @ Former Lawyer: formerlawyer.com

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>d4573faa-22ac-4ea5-94bb-e10370a18334Mon, 11 Oct 2021 06:00:00 -040043:42truefull1212I’m kicking off a three-part series on taking your business from startup to soldout, starting with the basics of finding high-quality, paying customers. Wherever you’re at in your business, this will help you find the right clients the right way.11. So You Want to Write a Book? Your First Steps to Being an Author11. So You Want to Write a Book? Your First Steps to Being an AuthorI am in the early stages of writing my own book, and it is quite an adventure. I have put off writing this for so long because of all the worries I had around what had to be in place before I could write. When I started looking into where to start, I got one piece of advice: “Start by talking to Richelle Fredson.” We made a connection, and now she’s my writing coach and consultant on this project. Richelle’s going to share all the information I wish I had known before. If you have ever wanted to tell your story but you don’t know where to start, we’re going to guide you through the mucky misinformation out there, tell you what a book coach is, what they do, and the three different types of book publishing. She also offers three things that you want to do now if you know you want to write a book someday.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 09:24 - What Richelle did before book coaching
  2. 14:23 - What distinguishes a book that has long-term sales
  3. 18:15 - How Purposeful Platforms was born
  4. 24:42 - What is a book consultant or book coach?
  5. 29:13 - The three publishing options and how they are different
  6. 37:18 - How to know which publishing model is right for you
  7. 45:00 - Teaching what you’re writing about
  8. 48:27 - Three things to do now if you want to write a book
  9. 53:10 - The way the industry has changed, and predictions for the future
  10. 57:32 - When to start writing your book

RESOURCES:

  1. Richelle's Website: purposefulplatforms.com
  2. Follow Richelle on Instagram: @richellefredson
  3. Listen to: Bound + Determined
  4. Apply for Richelle's group program: Book Proposal Blueprint
  5. Listen to Episode 5 of On Your Terms®: What to Do When a Client is a Pain in the Tush
  6. Read: Dying to Be a Good Mother by Heather Chauvin
  7. Read: Untamed by Glennon Doyle

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>I am in the early stages of writing my own book, and it is quite an adventure. I have put off writing this for so long because of all the worries I had around what had to be in place before I could write. When I started looking into where to start, I got one piece of advice: “Start by talking to Richelle Fredson.” We made a connection, and now she’s my writing coach and consultant on this project. Richelle’s going to share all the information I wish I had known before. If you have ever wanted to tell your story but you don’t know where to start, we’re going to guide you through the mucky misinformation out there, tell you what a book coach is, what they do, and the three different types of book publishing. She also offers three things that you want to do now if you know you want to write a book someday.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 09:24 - What Richelle did before book coaching
  2. 14:23 - What distinguishes a book that has long-term sales
  3. 18:15 - How Purposeful Platforms was born
  4. 24:42 - What is a book consultant or book coach?
  5. 29:13 - The three publishing options and how they are different
  6. 37:18 - How to know which publishing model is right for you
  7. 45:00 - Teaching what you’re writing about
  8. 48:27 - Three things to do now if you want to write a book
  9. 53:10 - The way the industry has changed, and predictions for the future
  10. 57:32 - When to start writing your book

RESOURCES:

  1. Richelle's Website: purposefulplatforms.com
  2. Follow Richelle on Instagram: @richellefredson
  3. Listen to: Bound + Determined
  4. Apply for Richelle's group program: Book Proposal Blueprint
  5. Listen to Episode 5 of On Your Terms®: What to Do When a Client is a Pain in the Tush
  6. Read: Dying to Be a Good Mother by Heather Chauvin
  7. Read: Untamed by Glennon Doyle

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>8d21db14-6b62-4c8a-bc56-62291fefa90eMon, 04 Oct 2021 06:00:00 -040001:09:21truefull1111Have you always wanted to write a book, but you don’t know where to start? Writing coach and consultant, Richelle Fredson, shares what she’s learned working on multiple sides of the industry to help authors get their message out into the world and use their book to grow their business.10. What Your Website Needs to Be Legally Protected10. What Your Website Needs to Be Legally ProtectedBeing legally protected is going to help you build your business. With legal protection, you can be more comfortable and confident with putting yourself out there. In this episode we’ll talk about why your website needs legal defense and the three pieces of legal protection you absolutely need to go pro. I’ll share exactly what you need on your website, where to put it, and how it works to keep you protected.

RESOURCES:

  1. GET THE BUNDLE WHILE IT’S ON SALE: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/last-chance-sept/
  2. SAY HI ON IG: https://instagram.com/samvanderwielen

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Being legally protected is going to help you build your business. With legal protection, you can be more comfortable and confident with putting yourself out there. In this episode we’ll talk about why your website needs legal defense and the three pieces of legal protection you absolutely need to go pro. I’ll share exactly what you need on your website, where to put it, and how it works to keep you protected.

RESOURCES:

  1. GET THE BUNDLE WHILE IT’S ON SALE: https://www.samvanderwielen.com/last-chance-sept/
  2. SAY HI ON IG: https://instagram.com/samvanderwielen

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f155737f-5f6e-4e53-a202-a616fa75d171Mon, 27 Sep 2021 06:00:00 -040030:52truefull1010Your website is the storefront of your online business. It’s important that you make sure it’s legally sound. I’m going to share the three policies you need to ensure your website is meeting the standards of legal protection so you can feel confident putting yourself out there.9. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal Assets9. How to Register Your Business to Protect Your Personal AssetsMy goal is to make sure that you aren’t personally on the hook for whatever happens in your business – whether that’s getting sued, owing money, or something else entirely. That means you have to register your business properly so that you, yourself, are protected. It’s not as complicated as people make it out to be, so let’s make it easy for you to keep your assets covered!

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  1. 03:46 - Why you need to be personally protected
  2. 06:55 - Where to start registering your business
  3. 10:22 - The difference between a sole proprietorship and LLC
  4. 17:10 - How to properly act like an LLC

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Episode #7 of On Your Terms®: The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>My goal is to make sure that you aren’t personally on the hook for whatever happens in your business – whether that’s getting sued, owing money, or something else entirely. That means you have to register your business properly so that you, yourself, are protected. It’s not as complicated as people make it out to be, so let’s make it easy for you to keep your assets covered!

In this episode, you’ll learn:

  1. 03:46 - Why you need to be personally protected
  2. 06:55 - Where to start registering your business
  3. 10:22 - The difference between a sole proprietorship and LLC
  4. 17:10 - How to properly act like an LLC

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Episode #7 of On Your Terms®: The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)
  2. Click here to watch the free workshop so you can get legally protected right now!

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>f78e7bab-7a6e-4e5a-8dd8-7c32b621c51aMon, 20 Sep 2021 06:00:00 -040023:15truefull99Business insurance can help protect your business’s money – but what about yours? That’s where properly registering your business is so important. I’m going to share how to get started and what to look out for when registering to ensure you’re protected.8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're Protected8. What Makes a Good Contract? How to Make Sure You're ProtectedStory time: I always knew I wanted to be an attorney, but there was one event that really set off my interest. In college I got involved in a bad housing situation and couldn’t find a way out of my lease. I asked nicely, and I was denied. So I reviewed my lease, did some research, and found a hole in the tenant law that they missed. I brought it to their attention and ended up being let go of my lease and getting my money back. From then on, I knew the importance of a solid contract. I’m going to share what contracts you need, what any good contract should or shouldn’t have, how to sign and send contracts properly, and how they can provide proof in a time of need.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 07:15 - Why we have to talk about “proper” contracts
  2. 15:08 - Getting the contract you need for the moment
  3. 17:19 - What to look for in a good contract
  4. 22:12 - Protecting your intellectual property
  5. 23:21 - Using a liability disclaimer
  6. 26:30 - Sending & signing your contract properly

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Episode 2 “Scope of Practice”: samvanderwielen.com/episode-2
  2. Listen to Episode 7 “3 Steps to Legally Start Your Business”: samvanderwielen.com/episode-7
  3. Try HelloSign (send and e-sign contracts): app.hellosign.com/?ref=a30ef418&s=S (affiliate link)
  4. Shop my Legal Templates for Coaches: samvanderwielen.com/shop-templates
  5. Check out THE ULTIMATE BUNDLE®: samvanderwielen.com/the-ultimate-bundle

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Story time: I always knew I wanted to be an attorney, but there was one event that really set off my interest. In college I got involved in a bad housing situation and couldn’t find a way out of my lease. I asked nicely, and I was denied. So I reviewed my lease, did some research, and found a hole in the tenant law that they missed. I brought it to their attention and ended up being let go of my lease and getting my money back. From then on, I knew the importance of a solid contract. I’m going to share what contracts you need, what any good contract should or shouldn’t have, how to sign and send contracts properly, and how they can provide proof in a time of need.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 07:15 - Why we have to talk about “proper” contracts
  2. 15:08 - Getting the contract you need for the moment
  3. 17:19 - What to look for in a good contract
  4. 22:12 - Protecting your intellectual property
  5. 23:21 - Using a liability disclaimer
  6. 26:30 - Sending & signing your contract properly

RESOURCES:

  1. Listen to Episode 2 “Scope of Practice”: samvanderwielen.com/episode-2
  2. Listen to Episode 7 “3 Steps to Legally Start Your Business”: samvanderwielen.com/episode-7
  3. Try HelloSign (send and e-sign contracts): app.hellosign.com/?ref=a30ef418&s=S (affiliate link)
  4. Shop my Legal Templates for Coaches: samvanderwielen.com/shop-templates
  5. Check out THE ULTIMATE BUNDLE®: samvanderwielen.com/the-ultimate-bundle

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>94a1b3de-03c1-4b75-8b9a-77cc8a8a34ccMon, 13 Sep 2021 06:00:00 -040038:24truefull88If there’s one thing you need to understand to legally protect your business, it’s the importance of a solid contract. I’m going to share what contracts you need, what any good contract should or shouldn’t have, how to sign and send contracts properly, and how they can provide proof in a time of need.7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)7. The First 3 Steps to Legally Protect Your Business (Where to Start!)Are you super overwhelmed with legal advice? Have you taken in way too much information and can't figure out where to start? I will go over the three steps you need to take to protect and grow your online business if you haven't done much yet. We keep it simple – just exactly what you need to know to get started. If you haven't taken any action to protect yourself and your business legally, start here!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:14 - The legally legit trifecta
  2. 09:13 - Forming your business
  3. 15:18 - Getting business insurance
  4. 21:30 - The importance of a proper contract

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Are you super overwhelmed with legal advice? Have you taken in way too much information and can't figure out where to start? I will go over the three steps you need to take to protect and grow your online business if you haven't done much yet. We keep it simple – just exactly what you need to know to get started. If you haven't taken any action to protect yourself and your business legally, start here!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 05:14 - The legally legit trifecta
  2. 09:13 - Forming your business
  3. 15:18 - Getting business insurance
  4. 21:30 - The importance of a proper contract

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>0a2c93eb-c825-4bea-8846-29d013f90fa4Mon, 06 Sep 2021 06:00:00 -040030:37truefull77Are you super overwhelmed with legal advice? I share the three steps you need to take to protect and grow your online business when you’re just starting out.6. Staying Nimble as an Entrepreneur6. Staying Nimble as an EntrepreneurIf you approach your business with a fixed mindset, you won’t be able to pivot when you need to. It’s inevitable that you’re going to have to make changes in your business at some point, and if you’re too rigid in your thinking you aren’t going to recognize those opportunities quickly enough. Whether it’s reacting to personal life events or if something in your business is no longer working, you need to be nimble and ready to move. I’m going to share my steps to handling change quickly and with grace.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 06:20 - Accepting change as part of the process
  2. 11:22 - How pivoting can help your business
  3. 17:25 - When the world forces us to change
  4. 20:11 - Shifting your mindset
  5. 22:02 - Studying the market
  6. 28:21 - Taking questions as hints
  7. 29:09 - Putting on your scientist hat

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit Jamie Mendell - jamiemendell.com

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>If you approach your business with a fixed mindset, you won’t be able to pivot when you need to. It’s inevitable that you’re going to have to make changes in your business at some point, and if you’re too rigid in your thinking you aren’t going to recognize those opportunities quickly enough. Whether it’s reacting to personal life events or if something in your business is no longer working, you need to be nimble and ready to move. I’m going to share my steps to handling change quickly and with grace.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 06:20 - Accepting change as part of the process
  2. 11:22 - How pivoting can help your business
  3. 17:25 - When the world forces us to change
  4. 20:11 - Shifting your mindset
  5. 22:02 - Studying the market
  6. 28:21 - Taking questions as hints
  7. 29:09 - Putting on your scientist hat

RESOURCES:

  1. Visit Jamie Mendell - jamiemendell.com

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>1938627b-7493-4a17-92f6-521f137c8058Mon, 30 Aug 2021 06:00:00 -040033:09truefull66If you approach your business with a fixed mindset, you won’t be able to pivot when you need to. Whether it’s reacting to personal life events or if something in your business is no longer working, you need to be nimble and ready to move. I’m going to share my steps to handling change quickly and with grace.5. What to Do When a Client is a Pain5. What to Do When a Client is a PainToday, we’re talking about issues that are a real PITA (that stands for pain in the…). The worst of these problems can come from your paying clients.

Whether you have all of the best legal protections in place or none at all, trouble clients can always find ways to end up causing legal headaches. I’m going to share how to identify warning signs early so that you can see problems coming, when to cut ties with a difficult client, and – ideally – how to avoid them altogether, in the first place. Keep in mind that these types of issues are normal and they’re in no way a reflection of you as a coach. The best thing to do is move through these experiences with grace.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 06:21 - Why we need to talk about PITA clients
  2. 09:40 - What to take away from them
  3. 10:43 - How problem clients present themselves in your business
  4. 19:45 - Warning signs
  5. 31:56 - When to run
  6. 39:39 - How to avoid problem clients altogether
  7. 52:11 - How to terminate a problem client properly

RESOURCES:

  1. “How to Terminate a Contract with a Client” [blog post]
  2. “How to Send and Sign Contracts” [blog post]
  3. Episode 2. “Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)” [podcast episode)
  4. “How To Deal With Difficult Clients” [blog post]

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Today, we’re talking about issues that are a real PITA (that stands for pain in the…). The worst of these problems can come from your paying clients.

Whether you have all of the best legal protections in place or none at all, trouble clients can always find ways to end up causing legal headaches. I’m going to share how to identify warning signs early so that you can see problems coming, when to cut ties with a difficult client, and – ideally – how to avoid them altogether, in the first place. Keep in mind that these types of issues are normal and they’re in no way a reflection of you as a coach. The best thing to do is move through these experiences with grace.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 06:21 - Why we need to talk about PITA clients
  2. 09:40 - What to take away from them
  3. 10:43 - How problem clients present themselves in your business
  4. 19:45 - Warning signs
  5. 31:56 - When to run
  6. 39:39 - How to avoid problem clients altogether
  7. 52:11 - How to terminate a problem client properly

RESOURCES:

  1. “How to Terminate a Contract with a Client” [blog post]
  2. “How to Send and Sign Contracts” [blog post]
  3. Episode 2. “Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)” [podcast episode)
  4. “How To Deal With Difficult Clients” [blog post]

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>306055b3-d148-4b55-8a98-fe09a925a237Mon, 23 Aug 2021 06:00:00 -040056:48truefull55Clients and customers are the lifeblood of any successful business, but making sure you are getting the right customers is key. I’m going to share how to spot problem clients, how to avoid them in the first place, and how to cut ties when existing clients become problematic.4. The 5 Most Dangerous Legal Myths I See Online4. The 5 Most Dangerous Legal Myths I See OnlineThe online world can be a messy place for legal advice. I’m going to discuss some of the biggest and most dangerous legal myths I’ve seen, such as LLCs versus sole proprietorships, using free contracts when starting out, whether it’s true that the online world is a Wild West, and whether you really need an LLC or business insurance – or both.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:21 - The dangers of following anonymous online advice
  2. 05:20 - Know-it-all Facebook ad comments
  3. 07:50 - The myth of waiting
  4. 13:58 - LLCs vs. sole proprietorship
  5. 16:32 - Copy-pasting someone else’s contract
  6. 21:36 - The internet is not The Wild West
  7. 22:53 - The difference between LLCs and business insurance

RESOURCES:

  1. Top Legal Mistakes to Avoid for Online Businesses (blog post)
  2. Top Legal Mistakes to Avoid for Online Business Guide (PDF downloadable guide)
  3. Episode #2: “Scope of Practice for Coaches: What You're Legally Allowed to Do” (podcast episode)
  4. 7 Legal Myths Keeping You From Being Legally Legit (blog post)
  5. Why Free Legal Contracts Wouldn't Cut It for Kristen Zavo (interview recording)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>The online world can be a messy place for legal advice. I’m going to discuss some of the biggest and most dangerous legal myths I’ve seen, such as LLCs versus sole proprietorships, using free contracts when starting out, whether it’s true that the online world is a Wild West, and whether you really need an LLC or business insurance – or both.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:21 - The dangers of following anonymous online advice
  2. 05:20 - Know-it-all Facebook ad comments
  3. 07:50 - The myth of waiting
  4. 13:58 - LLCs vs. sole proprietorship
  5. 16:32 - Copy-pasting someone else’s contract
  6. 21:36 - The internet is not The Wild West
  7. 22:53 - The difference between LLCs and business insurance

RESOURCES:

  1. Top Legal Mistakes to Avoid for Online Businesses (blog post)
  2. Top Legal Mistakes to Avoid for Online Business Guide (PDF downloadable guide)
  3. Episode #2: “Scope of Practice for Coaches: What You're Legally Allowed to Do” (podcast episode)
  4. 7 Legal Myths Keeping You From Being Legally Legit (blog post)
  5. Why Free Legal Contracts Wouldn't Cut It for Kristen Zavo (interview recording)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>ef0ccc27-a759-4ed4-8368-a0fe49e29225Mon, 16 Aug 2021 06:00:00 -040026:44truefull44The online world can be a messy place for legal advice. I’m going to discuss some of the biggest and most dangerous legal myths I’ve seen, such as LLCs versus sole proprietorships, using free contracts when starting out, whether it’s true that the online world is a Wild West, and whether you really need an LLC or business insurance – or both.3. Turning Pain & Hard Times Into Rocket Fuel for Your Business3. Turning Pain & Hard Times Into Rocket Fuel for Your BusinessLet’s get personal. I’m sure there are people out there who are going through a lot right now – I’m one of them! In fact, the last three years have been the hardest of my life. Despite that, I’ve managed to grow my business immensely. It hasn’t been easy, but I’ve made it happen. So how did I do it? You’re going to hear all about what happened to me when I left being an attorney, how I used that experience as rocket fuel for my own business, what’s happened over the last three years in my personal life while building that business, and all the tips and tricks I’ve used along the way to make it happen.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:22 - What happened when I left my attorney job
  2. 11:05 - Making a decision during hard times
  3. 12:56 - Letting go of what doesn’t work in order to grow
  4. 18:09 - When you subtract, it’s time to add
  5. 20:15 - Building creative outlets outside of your business
  6. 22:24 - Getting the support you need
  7. 25:24 - How to make your business smarter
  8. 27:32 - Your questions about the topic

RESOURCES:

  1. Why Adversity Is Actually Good For Your Business (blog post)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Let’s get personal. I’m sure there are people out there who are going through a lot right now – I’m one of them! In fact, the last three years have been the hardest of my life. Despite that, I’ve managed to grow my business immensely. It hasn’t been easy, but I’ve made it happen. So how did I do it? You’re going to hear all about what happened to me when I left being an attorney, how I used that experience as rocket fuel for my own business, what’s happened over the last three years in my personal life while building that business, and all the tips and tricks I’ve used along the way to make it happen.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:22 - What happened when I left my attorney job
  2. 11:05 - Making a decision during hard times
  3. 12:56 - Letting go of what doesn’t work in order to grow
  4. 18:09 - When you subtract, it’s time to add
  5. 20:15 - Building creative outlets outside of your business
  6. 22:24 - Getting the support you need
  7. 25:24 - How to make your business smarter
  8. 27:32 - Your questions about the topic

RESOURCES:

  1. Why Adversity Is Actually Good For Your Business (blog post)

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>4887f97d-b16f-4928-b7c1-1a7ed943b8a3Mon, 09 Aug 2021 06:00:00 -040032:18truefull33I’m sure there are people out there who are going through a lot right now – I’m one of them! In fact, the last three years have been the hardest of my life. Despite that, I’ve managed to grow my business immensely. I’m going to share all about what happened to me when I left being an attorney and the last three years in my personal life while building my business and all the tips and tricks I’ve used along the way to make it happen.2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)2. Scope of Practice for Coaches (What You're Legally Allowed to Do)Scope of practice is one of the most requested topics in my community, and in my DMs, so we’re going to get down and dirty, talking about what you are, and are not, legally allowed to do as a coach.

First of all, you need to understand exactly what scope of practice is and which scope of practice covers what you do. This is where this episode starts. But there’s so much misinformation out there when it comes to scope of practice legislation that it can be a real minefield, and getting things wrong has the potential to land you in trouble, so I spend a bit of time myth-busting as well.

Once that’s out of the way, I get into how you can design your business in a way that’s safe, covered, and will let you sleep tight at night.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:09 - What scope of practice means
  2. 04:08 - How it affects your business
  3. 06:17 - The myth of unregulated industries
  4. 08:17 - Where the confusion comes from
  5. 16:04 - Do’s and don’ts of your coaching scope of practice

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>Scope of practice is one of the most requested topics in my community, and in my DMs, so we’re going to get down and dirty, talking about what you are, and are not, legally allowed to do as a coach.

First of all, you need to understand exactly what scope of practice is and which scope of practice covers what you do. This is where this episode starts. But there’s so much misinformation out there when it comes to scope of practice legislation that it can be a real minefield, and getting things wrong has the potential to land you in trouble, so I spend a bit of time myth-busting as well.

Once that’s out of the way, I get into how you can design your business in a way that’s safe, covered, and will let you sleep tight at night.

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 02:09 - What scope of practice means
  2. 04:08 - How it affects your business
  3. 06:17 - The myth of unregulated industries
  4. 08:17 - Where the confusion comes from
  5. 16:04 - Do’s and don’ts of your coaching scope of practice

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

]]>73f78fda-566e-42c8-9842-b61a2550c532Mon, 02 Aug 2021 06:00:00 -040027:15truefull22Scope of practice is one of the most requested topics in my community, and in my DMs, so we’re going to get down and dirty, talking about what you’re legally allowed to do as a coach. First of all, you need to understand exactly what scope of practice is and once that’s out of the way, we can get into how you can design your business in a way that’s safe, covered, and will let you sleep tight at night.1. Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier Way1. Community Over Competition is BS: Tips to Navigate Your Competition in a Healthier WayThere can be so much pressure to engage with people offering the same professional services that you do online – especially when you’re starting out. I’m here to tell you that “community over competition” is BS. Don’t listen to it. That doesn’t mean you can’t be polite and friendly with other people doing what you do, but at the end of the day, they’re not your clients and they’re never going to be your clients. You only have a finite amount of time and energy to spend professionally, so why waste it on your competition? Taking a step back will be better for you in more ways than one. It can feel counterintuitive so here are my six tips for navigating online communities and social media and an explanation of why each one is the right thing to do.

I reached out for questions on this topic, so I also answer a few of those on this episode. I explain how avoiding consuming the work of your competitors will make you feel healthier in the long run and how it’ll lead to you doing better work and I also lay out how you can still be friends with your competition just because you’re not necessarily seeing their Instagram posts any more!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:16 - Engaging with your competition online
  2. 09:45 - The pitfalls of being a follower
  3. 14:43 - Dealing with analysis paralysis
  4. 17:46 - Standing out from the competition
  5. 21:50 - Outsourcing market research
  6. 24:16 - Connecting with your ideal clients
  7. 25:44 - What to do when your competition buys your product
  8. 29:34 - Answering your questions

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>There can be so much pressure to engage with people offering the same professional services that you do online – especially when you’re starting out. I’m here to tell you that “community over competition” is BS. Don’t listen to it. That doesn’t mean you can’t be polite and friendly with other people doing what you do, but at the end of the day, they’re not your clients and they’re never going to be your clients. You only have a finite amount of time and energy to spend professionally, so why waste it on your competition? Taking a step back will be better for you in more ways than one. It can feel counterintuitive so here are my six tips for navigating online communities and social media and an explanation of why each one is the right thing to do.

I reached out for questions on this topic, so I also answer a few of those on this episode. I explain how avoiding consuming the work of your competitors will make you feel healthier in the long run and how it’ll lead to you doing better work and I also lay out how you can still be friends with your competition just because you’re not necessarily seeing their Instagram posts any more!

In this episode, you'll hear…

  1. 03:16 - Engaging with your competition online
  2. 09:45 - The pitfalls of being a follower
  3. 14:43 - Dealing with analysis paralysis
  4. 17:46 - Standing out from the competition
  5. 21:50 - Outsourcing market research
  6. 24:16 - Connecting with your ideal clients
  7. 25:44 - What to do when your competition buys your product
  8. 29:34 - Answering your questions

CONNECT:

  1. Get Sam's weekly newsletter, Sam's Sidebar
  2. Follow Sam on Instagram
  3. Follow Sam on YouTube
  4. Subscribe to Sam's Substack, Beyond Business
  5. Take Sam's free legal workshop "5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow Your Online Business"

DISCLAIMER

Mentioned in this episode:

Legal Workshop

Do you feel lost thinking about how to legally protect your online business? Head to mylegalworkshop.com to sign-up for immediate access to my free 1-hour legal workshop, 5 Steps to Legally Protect & Grow your Online Business.

Legal Workshop

]]>540c1231-449c-4552-ab40-dcd006a45204Mon, 26 Jul 2021 06:00:00 -040040:19falsefull11There can be so much pressure to engage with people offering the same professional services that you do online – especially when you’re starting out. I’m here to tell you that “community over competition” is BS. Don’t listen to it. Here are my six tips for navigating online communities and social media and an explanation of why each one is the right thing to do.00. Welcome to On Your Terms®Welcome to On Your Terms®Hey, I'm Sam Vander Wielen, an attorney turned multi-seven-figure entrepreneur and the host of On Your Terms®, a podcast all about helping you legally protect your online business and learn the marketing strategies that will actually help you grow it.

I understand how overwhelming legal protection can be, and I'm here to help break down the legal stuff that you need to know in a no-fear, no-fluff, your-best-friend-just-so-happens-to-be-a-lawyer kind of way. And the vibes? Think cozy coffee shop instead of stuffy lawyer's office.

On Your Terms® is all about giving you marketing strategies that you won't hear many other seven-figure entrepreneurs talking about, mostly because they're holding it for themselves. And I'm giving you legal insights that are tailored specifically for what you're going through as an online business owner: From growing your email list to being uniquely yourself, I've got you covered.

Episodes drop twice a week, ranging from bite-sized tips to in-depth educational sessions to guest interviews, so you always have something to fit your schedule and needs. You'll also hear behind the scenes of how I'm building my business — from marketing, to scaling, to hiring and more.

Ready to join the Terminator Squad? (Oh, by the way, that's what I call my most loyal listeners!) Follow On Your Terms® wherever you listen to podcasts to be notified of new episodes, just like magic.

And if you're looking for a great place to start, check out episode one, where I tell you why competition is a good thing. Don't wait to start legally protecting and growing your online business. Grab a cup of coffee and come join us.

Resources:


Produced by NOVA Media

]]>Hey, I'm Sam Vander Wielen, an attorney turned multi-seven-figure entrepreneur and the host of On Your Terms®, a podcast all about helping you legally protect your online business and learn the marketing strategies that will actually help you grow it.

I understand how overwhelming legal protection can be, and I'm here to help break down the legal stuff that you need to know in a no-fear, no-fluff, your-best-friend-just-so-happens-to-be-a-lawyer kind of way. And the vibes? Think cozy coffee shop instead of stuffy lawyer's office.

On Your Terms® is all about giving you marketing strategies that you won't hear many other seven-figure entrepreneurs talking about, mostly because they're holding it for themselves. And I'm giving you legal insights that are tailored specifically for what you're going through as an online business owner: From growing your email list to being uniquely yourself, I've got you covered.

Episodes drop twice a week, ranging from bite-sized tips to in-depth educational sessions to guest interviews, so you always have something to fit your schedule and needs. You'll also hear behind the scenes of how I'm building my business — from marketing, to scaling, to hiring and more.

Ready to join the Terminator Squad? (Oh, by the way, that's what I call my most loyal listeners!) Follow On Your Terms® wherever you listen to podcasts to be notified of new episodes, just like magic.

And if you're looking for a great place to start, check out episode one, where I tell you why competition is a good thing. Don't wait to start legally protecting and growing your online business. Grab a cup of coffee and come join us.

Resources:


Produced by NOVA Media

]]>6a7165f5-eddb-41b2-8db0-c1e63330487eMon, 12 Jul 2021 06:00:00 -040002:03falsetrailer